Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)
2012 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual M
In Brief ...... 1-1 Safety Belts ...... 3-13 Infotainment System ...... 7-1 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Airbag System ...... 3-21 Introduction ...... 7-2 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Child Restraints ...... 3-34 Radio ...... 7-17 Vehicle Features ...... 1-17 Audio Players ...... 7-26 eAssist Features ...... 1-22 Storage ...... 4-1 Rear Seat Infotainment ...... 7-47 Performance and Storage Compartments ...... 4-1 Phone ...... 7-57 Maintenance ...... 1-25 Additional Storage Trademarks and License Features ...... 4-3 Agreements ...... 7-81 Keys, Doors, and Windows ...... 2-1 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Climate Controls ...... 8-1 Keys and Locks ...... 2-2 Controls ...... 5-2 Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Doors ...... 2-12 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Air Vents ...... 8-9 Vehicle Security...... 2-13 Indicators ...... 5-8 Maintenance ...... 8-10 Exterior Mirrors ...... 2-16 Information Displays ...... 5-25 Interior Mirrors ...... 2-17 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-33 Driving and Operating ...... 9-1 Windows ...... 2-18 Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-40 Driving Information ...... 9-2 Roof ...... 2-21 Universal Remote System . . . . 5-46 Starting and Operating ...... 9-15 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-28 Seats and Restraints ...... 3-1 Lighting ...... 6-1 Automatic Transmission ...... 9-29 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Exterior Lighting ...... 6-2 Drive Systems ...... 9-32 Front Seats ...... 3-4 Interior Lighting ...... 6-6 Brakes ...... 9-33 Rear Seats ...... 3-11 Lighting Features ...... 6-7 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)
2012 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual M
Ride Control Systems ...... 9-36 Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Cruise Control ...... 9-40 General Information ...... 11-1 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-42 Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-3 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-17 Fuel ...... 9-49 Special Application Vehicle Data Recording Towing...... 9-54 Services ...... 11-9 and Privacy...... 13-18 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-60 Additional Maintenance and Care ...... 11-10 OnStar ...... 14-1 Vehicle Care ...... 10-1 Recommended Fluids, OnStar Overview...... 14-1 General Information ...... 10-3 Lubricants, and Parts ...... 11-14 OnStar Services ...... 14-2 Vehicle Checks ...... 10-4 Maintenance Records ...... 11-17 OnStar Additional Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-28 Information ...... 14-5 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-31 Technical Data ...... 12-1 Index ...... i-1 Electrical System ...... 10-35 Vehicle Identification ...... 12-1 Wheels and Tires ...... 10-44 Vehicle Data ...... 12-2 Jump Starting ...... 10-90 Towing...... 10-94 Appearance Care ...... 10-98 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)
Introduction iii
This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners may or may not be on your specific vehicle either because they are Propriétaires Canadiens options that you did not purchase or A French language copy of this due to changes subsequent to the manual can be obtained from your printing of this owner manual. dealer or from: Please refer to the purchase The names, logos, emblems, documentation relating to your On peut obtenir un exemplaire de slogans, vehicle model names, and specific vehicle to confirm each of ce guide en français auprès du vehicle body designs appearing in the features found on your vehicle. concessionnaire ou à l'adresse this manual including, but not limited For vehicles first sold in Canada, suivante: to, GM, the GM logo, BUICK, the substitute the name “General BUICK Emblem, and LACROSSE Helm, Incorporated Motors of Canada Limited” for are trademarks and/or service P.O. Box 07130 Buick Motor Division wherever it Detroit, MI 48207 marks of General Motors LLC, its appears in this manual. subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. 1-800-551-4123 Keep this manual in the vehicle for Numéro de poste 6438 de langue quick reference. française www.helminc.com
Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 20867287 A First Printing © 2011 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)
iv Introduction
Using this Manual Symbols { WARNING To quickly locate information about The vehicle has components and the vehicle, use the Index in the These mean there is something labels that use symbols instead of back of the manual. It is an that could hurt you or other text. Symbols are shown along with alphabetical list of what is in the people. the text describing the operation or manual and the page number where information relating to a specific it can be found. component, control, message, Notice: This means there is gauge, or indicator. something that could result in Danger, Warnings, and property or vehicle damage. This M : This symbol is shown when Cautions would not be covered by the you need to see your owner manual vehicle's warranty. for additional instructions or Warning messages found on vehicle information. labels and in this manual describe hazards and what to do to avoid or * : This symbol is shown when reduce them. you need to see a service manual for additional instructions or Danger indicates a hazard with a information. high level of risk which will result in serious injury or death. Warning or Caution indicates a A circle with a slash through it hazard that could result in injury is a safety symbol which means or death. “Do Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let this happen.” Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)
Introduction v
Vehicle Symbol Chart " : Charging System * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp Here are some additional symbols I : Cruise Control : : Oil Pressure that may be found on the vehicle } and what they mean. For more B : Engine Coolant Temperature : Power information on the symbol, refer to O : Exterior Lamps / : Remote Vehicle Start the Index. # : Fog Lamps > : Safety Belt Reminders : Airbag Readiness Light 9 . : Fuel Gauge 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor : Air Conditioning # + : Fuses d : Traction Control/Stabilitrak® ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam M : Windshield Washer Fluid % : Audio Steering Wheel Controls Changer or OnStar® j : LATCH System Child $ : Brake System Warning Light Restraints Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)
vi Introduction
2 NOTES Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)
In Brief 1-1
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-13 Regenerative Braking ...... 1-24 In Brief Climate Controls ...... 1-14 Battery ...... 1-24 Transmission ...... 1-16 Service ...... 1-25 Instrument Panel Vehicle Features Performance and Maintenance Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Radio(s) ...... 1-17 Traction Control Satellite Radio ...... 1-18 System (TCS) ...... 1-25 Initial Drive Information Portable Audio Devices ...... 1-18 StabiliTrak® System ...... 1-25 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Bluetooth® ...... 1-18 Tire Pressure Monitor ...... 1-26 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-19 Tire Sealant and System ...... 1-4 Cruise Control ...... 1-19 Compressor Kit ...... 1-26 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 1-4 Navigation System ...... 1-20 Engine Oil Life System ...... 1-26 Door Locks ...... 1-5 Driver Information Driving for Better Fuel Trunk Release ...... 1-6 Center (DIC) ...... 1-20 Economy ...... 1-27 Windows ...... 1-6 Vehicle Personalization ...... 1-21 Roadside Assistance Seat Adjustment ...... 1-6 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-21 Program ...... 1-27 Memory Features ...... 1-8 Power Outlets ...... 1-21 OnStar® ...... 1-28 Heated and Ventilated Universal Remote System . . . 1-21 Seats ...... 1-9 Sunroof ...... 1-22 Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-9 Safety Belts ...... 1-10 eAssist Features Passenger Sensing eAssist® Overview ...... 1-22 System ...... 1-10 High Voltage Safety Mirror Adjustment ...... 1-10 Information ...... 1-23 Steering Wheel Driver Efficiency Gauge ...... 1-23 Adjustment ...... 1-11 Automatic Engine Start/Stop Interior Lighting ...... 1-12 Feature ...... 1-24 Exterior Lighting ...... 1-12 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)
1-2 In Brief
Instrument Panel Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)
In Brief 1-3
A. Air Vents on page 8‑9. I. Front Storage on page 4‑2. R. Power Door Locks on B. Head-Up Display (HUD) on J. Data Link Connector (DLC) page 2‑11. page 5‑29 (If Equipped). (Out of View). See Malfunction Hazard Warning Flashers on Indicator Lamp on page 5 16. page 6 4. C. Turn and Lane‐Change Lever. ‑ ‑ See Turn and Lane-Change K. Cruise Control on page 9‑40. Passenger Sensing System on Signals on page 6‑4. L. Steering Wheel Adjustment on page 3‑27. Driver Information Center page 5‑2. S. Parking Brake on page 9‑34. Buttons. See Driver Information M. Horn on page 5‑3. T. Shift Lever Position Indicator. Center (DIC) on page 5‑25. N. Steering Wheel Controls on See Automatic Transmission on D. Instrument Cluster on page 5 9. page 9 29. ‑ page 5‑2 (If Equipped). ‑ Driver Information Center O. Ignition Positions (Key Access) U. Shift Lever. See Shifting Into Display. See Driver Information Park on page 9 25. on page 9‑16 or Ignition ‑ Center (DIC) on page 5‑25. Positions (Keyless Access) on V. Traction Control System (TCS) E. Windshield Wiper/Washer on page 9‑18. on page 9‑36. page 5‑3. P. Heated and Ventilated Front StabiliTrak® System on F. Infotainment Display Screen. Seats on page 3‑10 page 9‑37 (If Equipped). (If Equipped). G. Infotainment on page 7‑2. Ultrasonic Parking Assist on H. Exterior Lamp Controls on Q. Automatic Climate Control page 9‑42. System on page 8 1 page 6‑2. ‑ Rear Window Sunshade on (If Equipped). page 2 20 (If Equipped). Fog Lamps on page 6‑5 ‑ (If Equipped). Dual Automatic Climate Control System on page 8‑4 Instrument Panel Illumination (If Equipped). Control on page 6‑6. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)
1-4 In Brief
Initial Drive 7 : Press and release one time to locate the vehicle. Press and hold Information for at least two seconds to sound This section provides a brief the panic alarm. Press again to overview about some of the cancel the panic alarm. important features that may or may See Keys on page 2‑2 and Remote not be on your specific vehicle. Keyless Entry (RKE) System For more detailed information, refer Operation on page 2‑3. to each of the features which can be found later in this owner manual. Remote Vehicle Start For vehicles with this feature, the Remote Keyless Entry Press the button to extend the key. engine can be started from outside (RKE) System The key can be used for all locks. the vehicle. The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) This key is also used for the Starting the Vehicle transmitter will work up to 20 m ignition, if the vehicle does not have 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the (65 ft) away from the vehicle. On pushbutton start. vehicle. vehicles with remote start the K : Press to unlock the driver door distance will be greater. or all doors. 2. Press and release Q. Q : Press to lock all doors. 3. Immediately after completing Lock and unlock feedback can be Step 2, press and hold / until personalized. the turn signal lamps flash, or for about two seconds if the vehicle : Press and hold to open V is not in view. the trunk. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)
In Brief 1-5
When the engine starts, the parking Door Locks Power Door Locks lamps will turn on and remain on as long as the engine is running. The To lock or unlock the doors: doors will be locked and the climate . From inside the vehicle, use the control system may come on. door lock knob or the power The engine will continue to run for door lock controls, pull once on 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a the door handle to unlock it, and 10-minute time extension. Remote a second time to open it. start can be extended only once. . From outside, use the key, Canceling a Remote Start or press Q or K on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. To cancel a remote start, do one of See Remote Keyless Entry the following: (RKE) System Operation on . Aim the RKE transmitter at the page 2‑3. vehicle and press and hold / See Door Locks on page 2‑10. K : Press to unlock the doors. until the parking lamps turn off. Q : Press to lock the doors. . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. See Power Door Locks on page 2‑11. . Turn the vehicle on and then off. See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2‑8. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)
1-6 In Brief
Trunk Release For more information, see Power To adjust the seat position: Windows on page 2‑19. The trunk may be opened by 1. Pull the handle (C) under the front of the seat cushion. pressing V on the Remote Seat Adjustment Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or 2. Slide the seat to the desired the touch pad located on the rear of Manual Seats position and release the handle. the trunk above the license plate. 3. Try to move the seat back and See Trunk on page 2‑12 for more forth to be sure it is locked in information. place. Windows Press and hold the top or bottom of the switch (B) to raise or lower the seat. Release the switch when the desired height is reached. To raise or recline the seatback, use the lever (A) on the outboard side of the seat. See Seat Adjustment on page 3‑4 and Reclining Seatbacks on A. Seatback Recline Lever page 3‑6 for more information. B. Height Adjustment Switch C. Seat Position Handle
Press the switch to lower the window. Pull the switch up to raise it. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)
In Brief 1-7
Power Seats See Power Seat Adjustment on Lumbar Adjustment page 3‑5. Power Reclining Seatbacks
To adjust the seat: To adjust the lumbar support, if available: . Move the seat forward or rearward by moving the To raise or recline the seatback, tilt . Press and hold the front or rear horizontal control forward or the top of the vertical control of the control to increase or rearward. forward or rearward. See Reclining decrease lumbar support. Seatbacks on page 3‑6. . Raise or lower the front or rear . Press and hold the top or bottom part of the seat cushion by of the control to raise or lower moving the front or rear of the lumbar support. horizontal control up or down. See Lumbar Adjustment on . Raise or lower the entire seat by page 3‑5. moving the control up or down. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)
1-8 In Brief
Memory Features The vehicle will also automatically when pressed. Releasing “1” or “2” save driver seat and outside mirror before the stored positions are positions to the current driver reached stops the recall. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) To automatically recall RKE Memory transmitter when the ignition is positions, unlock the driver door placed in OFF. These automatically with the RKE transmitter, and open stored positions are referred to as the driver door. On vehicles with RKE Memory positions. Keyless Access, opening the driver Storing Button Memory Positions door when an RKE transmitter is present will activate the RKE To save positions into Button Memory recall. If the driver door is Memory: already open, pressing the RKE 1. Adjust the driver seat, seatback transmitter K button will also recliner, and both outside mirrors activate the RKE Memory recall. to the desired driving positions. The driver seat and outside mirrors On vehicles with the memory will move to the previously saved feature, the 1 and 2 buttons on 2. Press and hold MEM (Memory) “ ” “ ” RKE Memory positions. the outboard side of the driver seat and “1” at the same time until a are used to manually save and beep sounds. See Memory Seats on page 3‑7 for recall the driver seat and outside 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for a more information. mirror positions. These manually second driver using “2.” stored positions are referred to as Button Memory positions. To recall the manually saved Button Memory positions, press and hold “1” or “2.” The driver seat and outside mirrors move to the positions stored to those buttons Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)
In Brief 1-9
Easy Exit Driver Seat Heated and Ventilated Press the button once for the This feature moves the seat Seats highest setting. With each press of rearward allowing the driver more the button, the seat will change to room to exit the vehicle. the next lower setting, and then to the off setting. The lights indicate To activate, place the ignition in three for the highest setting and OFF and open the driver door. If the one for the lowest. driver door is already open, placing the ignition in OFF will activate the For more information, see Heated easy exit driver seat. and Ventilated Front Seats on page 3‑10. This feature is turned on or off using the vehicle personalization menu. Head Restraint See “Driver Seat Easy Exit” under Vehicle Personalization on Adjustment page 5‑40 for more information. Do not drive until the head restraints Heated and Ventilated Seat for all occupants are installed and Buttons Shown, Heated Seat adjusted properly. Buttons Similar To achieve a comfortable seating If available, the buttons are on the position, change the seatback climate control panel. To operate, recline angle as little as necessary the ignition must be on. while keeping the seat and the head restraint height in the proper Press L to heat the seat cushion position. and seatback or {, if equipped, to For more information see Head ventilate the seat. Restraints on page 3‑2 and Seat Adjustment on page 3‑4. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)
1-10 In Brief
Safety Belts Passenger Sensing Mirror Adjustment System Exterior
The passenger sensing system turns off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions. No other airbag is affected by the passenger Refer to the following sections for sensing system. important information on how to use safety belts properly: The passenger airbag status To adjust the mirrors: indicator will be visible on the . Safety Belts on page 3‑13. 1. Turn the control knob to the instrument panel when the vehicle is L (left) or R (right) selecting the . How to Wear Safety Belts started. See Passenger Sensing driver or passenger mirror. Properly on page 3‑14. System on page 3‑27 for important information. 2. Push the control knob to the left, . Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑15. right, up, or down to adjust the . Lower Anchors and Tethers for mirror. Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑42. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)
In Brief 1-11
Vehicles with the memory feature Interior Steering Wheel can store a preferred mirror position. Adjust this mirror for a clear view of See Memory Seats under Power Adjustment “ ” the area behind the vehicle. Hold Seat Adjustment on page 3 5 for ‑ the mirror in the center to move it more information. up, down, or side to side. To reduce See Power Mirrors on page 2‑16. headlamp glare from behind, push the tab forward for daytime and pull Manual Foldaway Mirrors it for nighttime use. These mirrors can be folded inward Vehicles with OnStar® have three to prevent damage when going control buttons at the bottom of the through an automatic car wash. mirror. See your dealer for more To fold, pull the mirror toward the information on the system and how vehicle. Push the mirror outward to to subscribe to OnStar. See OnStar return it to the original position. Overview on page 14‑1. See Folding Mirrors on page 2‑16. See Manual Rearview Mirror on Automatic Dimming Feature page 2‑17. To adjust the steering wheel: The vehicle may have an automatic 1. Pull the lever (A) down. dimming driver outside mirror. 2. Move the steering wheel up Automatic dimming reduces the or down. glare of the headlamps behind you. 3. Pull or push the steering wheel See Power Mirrors on page 2‑16. closer or away from you. 4. Pull the lever (A) up to lock the steering wheel in place. Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)
1-12 In Brief
Interior Lighting Reading Lamps The rear reading lamps are located in the headliner. Dome Lamps There are front and rear reading lamps. For more information, see: The interior lamps control located in . the overhead console controls both The front reading lamps are located Instrument Panel Illumination the front and rear interior lamps. in the overhead console. Control on page 6‑6. . Dome Lamps on page 6‑6. Exterior Lighting
# or $ : Press to turn each lamp ( : Turns the lamps off. on or off. H : Turns the lamps on when any door is opened. The exterior lamp control is located ' : Keeps the lamps on all on the instrument panel on the the time. outboard side of the steering wheel. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)
In Brief 1-13
Turn the control to the following Windshield Wiper/Washer positions: O : Turns off the exterior lamps. The knob returns to the AUTO position after it is released. Turn to off again to reactivate the AUTO mode. 3 : Turn the band up for more AUTO: Automatically turns the frequent wipes or down for less exterior lamps on and off, The windshield wiper lever is on the frequent wipes. depending on outside lighting. right side of the steering column. 9 : Use to turn the windshield ; : Turns on the parking lamps, With the ignition in ACC/ wipers off. together with the sidemarker lamps, ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move taillamps, license plate lamps, and the windshield wiper lever to 3 : Briefly move the wiper lever instrument panel lights. select the wiper speed. down for a single wipe or hold down for several wipes. 2 : Turns on the headlamps, 2: Use for fast wipes. together with the parking lamps, 1: Use for slow wipes. Windshield Washer sidemarker lamps, taillamps, license plate lamps, and instrument Pull the windshield wiper lever to panel lights. spray windshield washer fluid and activate the wipers. For more information, see: See Windshield Wiper/Washer on . Exterior Lamp Controls on page 5‑3. page 6‑2. . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) on page 6‑3. . Fog Lamps on page 6‑5. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)
1-14 In Brief
Climate Controls The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with these systems.
Automatic Climate Control System
A. Power F. AUTO (Automatic Operation) B. Temperature Control G. Defrost C. Fan Control H. Air Conditioning D. Air Delivery Mode Control I. Rear Window Defogger E. Recirculation Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)
In Brief 1-15
Dual Automatic Climate Control System for Non‐eAssist Vehicles
A. Power G. Passenger Temperature Control B. Driver Temperature Control H. AUTO (Automatic Operation) C. Defrost I. Rear Window Defogger D. Fan Control J. Heated Steering Wheel E. Air Delivery Mode Control K. Air Conditioning F. Recirculation/Automatic L. ZONE Recirculation Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)
1-16 In Brief
Transmission Automatic Transmission Driver Shift Control (DSC) Driver Shift Control (DSC) allows shifting an automatic transmission similar to a manual transmission. DSC can be enabled through the shift lever. See Manual Mode on page 9‑31.
Dual Automatic Climate Control System for eAssist Vehicles
A. Power H. AUTO (Automatic Operation) B. Driver Temperature Control I. Rear Window Defogger C. Defrost J. Eco Air Conditioning D. Fan Control K. Comfort Air Conditioning E. Air Delivery Mode Control L. ZONE F. Recirculation/Automatic See Automatic Climate Control Recirculation System on page 8‑1 (If Equipped) or G. Passenger Temperature Control Dual Automatic Climate Control System on page 8‑4 (If Equipped). Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1)
In Brief 1-17
Vehicle Features INFO: Press to show available Setting the Clock information about the current station Adjusting the Time Radio(s) or track. See Overview (Radio with CD) on 1. Press the CONFIG button and VOL/O : Press to turn the system page 7‑4 or Overview (Radio with select Time and Date. on and off. Turn to increase or CD/DVD and MEM) on page 7‑6 or 2. Press + or ‐ to increase or decrease the volume. Overview (Radio with CD and decrease hour and minute. Touchscreen) on page 7 8 for more SOURCE: Press to choose ‑ 3. To save the time and return to information about these and other between FM, AM, or XM™, the Time Settings menu, press radio features. if equipped. the / BACK button at any time Menu Knob: Turn to select radio Storing a Favorite Station or press SELECT after adjusting stations. Stations from all bands can be the minutes. g : Press to seek the previous stored in the favorite lists in any Setting the 12/24 Hour Format station or track. order. Up to six stations can be 1. Press the CONFIG button and l stored in each favorite page and the : Press to seek the next station number of available favorite pages select Time and Date. or track. can be set. 2. Press the 12/24 Hour button. Buttons 1 6: Press to save and ‐ To store the station to a position in See Clock (With Date Display) on select favorite stations. the list, press the corresponding page 5‑5 or Clock (Without Date numeric button 1 to 6 until a beep Display) on page 5‑6 or Clock is heard. (Color Radio) on page 5‑6 See “Storing a Station as a Favorite” in AM-FM Radio (Radio with CD/DVD/MEM) on page 7‑17 or AM-FM Radio (Radio with CD and Touchscreen) on page 7‑19 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1)
1-18 In Brief
Satellite Radio Portable Audio Devices Bluetooth® Vehicles with an XM™ satellite radio Some vehicles have a 3.5 mm The Bluetooth system allows users tuner and a valid XM satellite radio (1/8 in) auxiliary input and a with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone subscription can receive XM USB port located in the center to make and receive hands-free programming. console. External devices such calls using the vehicle audio as iPods®, laptop computers, system, microphone, and controls. XM Satellite Radio Service MP3 players, CD changers, and The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone XM is a satellite radio service based USB storage devices may be must be paired with the in-vehicle in the 48 contiguous United States connected, depending on the Bluetooth system before it can be and 10 Canadian provinces. XM audio system. used in the vehicle. Not all phones satellite radio has a wide variety of For more information, see Auxiliary will support all functions. programming and commercial-free Devices (Radio with CD) on See Bluetooth (Overview) on music, coast to coast, and in page 7‑38 or Auxiliary Devices digital-quality sound. A fee is page 7‑57 or Bluetooth (Radio with CD/DVD and MEM) on (Infotainment Controls) on required to receive the XM service. page 7 41 or Auxiliary Devices ‑ page 7‑59 or Bluetooth (Voice (Radio with CD and Touchscreen) For more information refer to: Recognition) on page 7‑64 or on page 7‑44. . www.xmradio.com or call Bluetooth (UHP Mexico Only) on 1-800-929-2100 (U.S.). page 7‑70. . www.xmradio.ca or call 1-877-438-9677 (Canada). For more information, see Satellite Radio on page 7‑23. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1)
In Brief 1-19
Steering Wheel Controls $ / i : Press to silence the Cruise Control vehicle speakers only. Press again to turn the sound on. For vehicles with OnStar or Bluetooth systems, press to reject an incoming call, or to end a current call. _ SRC ^ : Turn _ or ^ to select a radio band or audio source. Turn _ or ^ to select the next or previous favorite radio station, CD, or MP3 track. Press SRC to change between radio and CD or DVD. For vehicles with audio steering + x −: Press + to increase or − to wheel controls, some audio controls 5 : Press to turn the cruise control can be adjusted at the steering decrease the volume. system on and off. wheel. For more information, see Steering * : Press to disengage cruise b / g : Press to interact with the Wheel Controls on page 5‑2. control without erasing the set available Bluetooth, OnStar, speed from memory. or navigation system. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1)
1-20 In Brief
RES/+: Move the thumbwheel up to The navigation system provides make the vehicle resume to a detailed maps of most major previously set speed or to freeways and roads. After a accelerate. destination has been set, the SET/− : Move the thumbwheel system provides turn-by-turn down toward SET/- to set a speed instructions for reaching the and activate cruise control, or to destination. In addition, the system A. SET/CLR: Press to set or make the vehicle decelerate. can help locate a variety of points of clear the menu item when it is interest (POIs), such as banks, displayed. See Cruise Control on page 9‑40. airports, restaurants, and more. See the navigation system manual B. w x: Use the thumbwheel to Navigation System for more information. scroll through the items in If the vehicle has a navigation each menu. system, there is a separate Driver Information C. MENU: Press to display the navigation system manual that Center (DIC) Trip/Fuel menu and the Vehicle includes information on the Information menu. This button is radio, audio players, and The DIC display is located in the also used to return to or exit the navigation system. center of the instrument panel last screen displayed on cluster. It shows the status of many the DIC. vehicle systems. The controls for For more information, see Driver the DIC are located on the turn Information Center (DIC) on signal lever. page 5‑25. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (21,1)
In Brief 1-21
Vehicle Personalization URPA uses audible beeps to Universal Remote System provide distance and system Some vehicle features can be information. programmed by using the audio system controls. These features Keep the sensors on the vehicle's include: rear bumper clean to ensure proper operation. . Climate and Air Quality See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on . Comfort and Convenience page 9‑42 for more information. . Collision/Detection Systems This system provides a way to replace up to three remote control . Language Power Outlets transmitters used to activate The accessory power outlets can be . Lighting devices such as garage door used to plug in electrical equipment, openers, security systems, and . Power Door Locks such as a cell phone or MP3 player. home automation devices. . Remote Lock/Unlock There are two accessory power Read the instructions completely . outlets. One is located under the Return to Factory Settings before attempting to program the armrest inside the center console Universal Remote System. Because See Vehicle Personalization on storage and the other is on the rear of the steps involved, it may be page 5‑40. of the center floor console. helpful to have another person Ultrasonic Parking Assist Remove the cover to access and available to assist you with replace when not in use. programming the Universal Remote If available, Ultrasonic Rear Parking System. Assist (URPA) uses sensors on the See Power Outlets on page 5‑6. rear bumper to detect objects while See Universal Remote System on parking the vehicle. It operates at page 5‑46. speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph). Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (22,1)
1-22 In Brief
Sunroof Vent: Press the rear of the eAssist Features switch (B) to the first detent to vent the sunroof. Press the front of the ® switch (A) to the second detent to eAssist Overview close the sunroof. If the vehicle has eAssist, there are Express-open/Express-close: several additional features which To express-open the sunroof, fully contribute to increased efficiency. press and release the rear of the Vehicles with eAssist have an switch (B). To express-close, fully automatic engine start/stop feature. press and release the front of the This feature saves fuel by shutting switch (A). To stop the sunroof the engine off when the vehicle is partway, press either switch a stopped. When the engine shuts off second time. automatically, all the accessories The sunshade opens automatically will continue to operate normally. On vehicles with a sunroof, the with the sunroof. In very hot or cold conditions, the engine will only shut off switches are located on the To express-open the sunshade, fully overhead console. automatically part of the time. See press and release the rear of the Starting the Engine on page 9‑20. The ignition must be in ON/RUN or switch (C). To stop the sunshade ACC/ACCESSORY, or in Retained partway, press the switch a second There are two air conditioning Accessory Power (RAP). See time. To express-close, fully press settings available. The comfort Retained Accessory Power (RAP) and release the front of the setting maximizes cabin comfort. on page 9‑25. switch (D). To stop the sunshade The eco setting maximizes the partway, press the switch a efficiency allowing more frequent, second time. and longer engine stops than the comfort setting. See Dual Automatic See Sunroof on page 2‑21. Climate Control System on page 8‑4. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (23,1)
In Brief 1-23
This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist The negative 12-volt battery cable (HSA) feature, which may be useful and the high voltage cable in the when the vehicle is stopped on a engine compartment are clearly grade. See Hill Start Assist (HSA) labeled. In emergency situations, on page 9‑36. first responders can cut those Vehicles with eAssist have a slightly cables to disable the high voltage different instrument cluster, which battery system. includes an efficiency gauge, and an AUTO STOP indicator on the Driver Efficiency Gauge tachometer. See Instrument Cluster on page 5‑9. There is also a Power Flow Gauge in the Driver Information Center (DIC). See The cold air intake for the battery is Driver Information Center (DIC) on located behind the rear seat, on the page 5‑25. filler panel. Do not cover the intake. The eAssist system uses a high See Battery on page 10‑25. voltage battery, which is cooled with air drawn from the vehicle interior. High Voltage Safety Information eAssist vehicles have a standard 12-volt battery and a high voltage battery. Only a trained service This gauge assists the driver in technician with the proper operating the vehicle more knowledge and tools should inspect, efficiently and will vary based on test, or replace the high voltage driver input. battery. See your dealer if the high See Driver Efficiency Gauge on voltage battery needs service. page 5‑12 for more information. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (24,1)
1-24 In Brief
Automatic Engine Start/ AUTO STOP on the tachometer The system works whenever the signifies that the engine is in auto accelerator pedal is released, and Stop Feature stop mode. See Tachometer on increases the energy captured as Vehicles with eAssist have an page 5‑11 for more information. more brake pedal is applied. automatic engine start/stop feature. A chime will sound when the driver After the engine is started and has door is opened while in auto stop Battery reached operating temperature, the mode. Remember to shift to P (Park) auto stop feature may cause the and turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF eAssist vehicles have a standard engine to turn off when the brake before exiting the vehicle. 12-volt battery and a high voltage battery. When a new standard pedal is applied and the vehicle See Starting the Engine on comes to a complete stop. When 12-volt battery is needed, see your page 9‑20. the brake pedal is released, or the dealer for one that has the accelerator pedal is applied, the replacement number shown on the engine will restart. The engine will Regenerative Braking original battery's label. Only a continue to run until the next Regenerative braking takes some of trained service technician with the auto stop. the energy from the moving vehicle proper knowledge and tools should and turns it into electrical energy. inspect, test, or replace the high To restart the engine during the auto voltage battery. See your dealer if stop, release the brake pedal or This energy is then stored in the vehicle's high voltage battery the high voltage battery needs press the accelerator pedal. The service. See Battery on page 10‑25. engine starts immediately. The system, contributing to increased vehicle continues to run until the fuel efficiency. next stop. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (25,1)
In Brief 1-25
Service Performance and StabiliTrak® System Never try to do your own service on Maintenance The StabliTrak system assists with eAssist components. You can be directional control of the vehicle in injured and the vehicle can be Traction Control difficult driving conditions. The damaged if you try to do your own system turns on automatically every service work. Service and repair of System (TCS) time the vehicle is started. these high voltage components The traction control system limits . To turn off both TCS and should only be performed by a wheel spin. The system turns on StabiliTrak, press and hold the trained service technician with the automatically every time the vehicle TCS/StabiliTrak button, located proper knowledge and tools. See is started. on the console to the right of Doing Your Own Service Work on . i page 10‑4. To turn off traction control, the shift lever, until and g press and release the Traction illuminate and the appropriate Control System (TCS)/ DIC message is displayed. See StabiliTrak button located on the Ride Control System Messages console to the right of the shift on page 5‑37. lever. i illuminates and the . Press and release the TCS/ appropriate DIC message is StabiliTrak button to turn on both displayed. See Ride Control systems. System Messages on page 5‑37. For more information, see . Press and release the TCS/ StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑37. StabiliTrak button again to turn on traction control. For more information, see Traction Control System (TCS) on page 9‑36. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (26,1)
1-26 In Brief
Tire Pressure Monitor The TPMS does not replace normal Engine Oil Life System monthly tire maintenance. It is the This vehicle may have a Tire driver’s responsibility to maintain The engine oil life system calculates Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). correct tire pressures. engine oil life based on vehicle use and displays the CHANGE ENGINE See Tire Pressure Monitor System OIL SOON message when it is time on page 10‑53. to change the engine oil and filter. The oil life system should be reset Tire Sealant and to 100% only following an oil Compressor Kit change. The TPMS warning light alerts you This vehicle may come with a spare Resetting the Oil Life System to a significant loss in pressure of tire and tire changing equipment or 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with one of the vehicle's tires. If the a tire sealant and compressor kit. the engine off. warning light comes on, stop as The kit can be used to temporarily soon as possible and inflate the seal small punctures in the tread 2. Press the DIC MENU button on tires to the recommended pressure area of the tire. the turn signal lever to enter the shown on the Tire and Loading Vehicle Information Menu. Use Information label. See Vehicle Load See Tire Sealant and Compressor the thumbwheel to scroll through Kit (With Pressure Relief Button) on Limits on page 9‑10. The warning the menu items until you reach light will remain on until the tire page 10‑67 or Tire Sealant and REMAINING OIL LIFE. pressure is corrected. Compressor Kit (With Pressure Deflation Button) on page 10‑74 for 3. Press the SET/CLR button to During cooler conditions, the low tire complete operating information. reset the oil life at 100%. pressure warning light may appear 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. when the vehicle is first started and If the vehicle came with a spare tire then turn off. This may be an early and tire changing equipment, see See Engine Oil Life System on indicator that the tire pressures are If a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑64. page 10‑12. getting low and the tires need to be inflated to the proper pressure. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (27,1)
In Brief 1-27
Driving for Better Fuel . Always follow posted speed Roadside Assistance limits or drive more slowly when Economy conditions require. Program Driving habits can affect fuel . Keep vehicle tires properly U.S.: 1-800-252-1112 mileage. Here are some driving tips inflated. TTY Users (U.S.): 1-888-889-2438 to get the best fuel economy . possible. Combine several trips into a Canada: 1-800-268-6800 single trip. . Avoid fast starts and accelerate Mexico: 01-800-466-0818 . smoothly. Replace the vehicle's tires with the same TPC Spec number As the owner of a new Buick, you . Brake gradually and avoid molded into the tire's sidewall are automatically enrolled in the abrupt stops. near the size. Roadside Assistance program. . Avoid idling the engine for long . Follow recommended scheduled See Roadside Assistance Program periods of time. maintenance. (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑7 or Roadside Assistance Program . When road and weather (Mexico) on page 13‑9 for more conditions are appropriate, use information. cruise control. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (28,1)
1-28 In Brief
Roadside Service and OnStar Online Owner Center OnStar® (U.S. and Canada) (U.S. and Canada) If equipped, this vehicle has a If you have an active OnStar The Online Owner Center is a comprehensive, in-vehicle system subscription, press the Q button complimentary service that includes that can connect to a live Advisor and the current GPS location will be online service reminders, vehicle for Emergency, Security, Navigation, sent to an OnStar Advisor who will maintenance tips, online owner Connection, and Diagnostic assess your problem, contact manual, special privileges, Services. See OnStar Overview on Roadside Assistance, and relay and more. page 14‑1 for more information. your exact location to get the Sign up today at: help you need. www.buickownercenter.com (U.S.) or www.gm.ca (Canada). Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1
Doors Interior Mirrors Keys, Doors, and Trunk ...... 2-12 Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 2-17 Windows Automatic Dimming Vehicle Security Rearview Mirror ...... 2-18 Vehicle Security ...... 2-13 Windows Keys and Locks Anti-theft Alarm System ...... 2-13 Immobilizer ...... 2-14 Windows ...... 2-18 Keys ...... 2-2 Immobilizer Operation Power Windows ...... 2-19 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) (Key Access) ...... 2-14 Sun Visors ...... 2-20 System ...... 2-3 Immobilizer Operation Rear Window Sunshade . . . . . 2-20 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) (Keyless Access) ...... 2-15 System Operation ...... 2-3 Roof Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-8 Exterior Mirrors Sunroof ...... 2-21 Door Locks ...... 2-10 Convex Mirrors ...... 2-16 Power Door Locks ...... 2-11 Power Mirrors ...... 2-16 Delayed Locking ...... 2-11 Folding Mirrors ...... 2-16 Safety Locks ...... 2-11 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-17 Park Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-17 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)
2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Keys and Locks { WARNING Keys Leaving children in a vehicle with the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) { WARNING transmitter is dangerous for many reasons; children or others could Leaving children in a vehicle with be badly injured or even killed. the ignition key is dangerous for They could operate the power many reasons. Children or others windows or other controls or even could be badly injured or even make the vehicle move. The killed. They could operate the windows will function with the power windows or other controls RKE transmitter in the vehicle The key that is part of the Remote or even make the vehicle move. and they could be seriously Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter can The windows will function with the injured or killed if caught in the be used for the ignition and all locks keys in the ignition and children path of a closing window. Do not if the vehicle is a key access could be seriously injured or killed leave the RKE transmitter in a vehicle. If the vehicle has the if caught in the path of a closing vehicle with children. keyless ignition, the key can be window. Do not leave the keys in used for the locks. a vehicle with children. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3
With an active OnStar subscription, . If the transmitter is still not an OnStar Advisor may remotely working correctly, see your unlock the vehicle. See OnStar dealer or a qualified technician Overview on page 14‑1. for service. Remote Keyless Entry Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System (RKE) System Operation See Radio Frequency Statement on The transmitter functions will work page 13‑20 for information up to 20 m (65 ft) away from the regarding Part 15 of the Federal vehicle. On vehicles with remote Communications Commission (FCC) start the distance will be greater. rules and Industry Canada Keep in mind that other conditions, Press the button on the RKE Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. transmitter to extend the key. Press such as those previously stated, can the button and the key blade to If there is a decrease in the RKE impact the performance of the retract the key. operating range: transmitter. See your dealer if a new key is . Check the distance. The needed. transmitter may be too far from the vehicle. Notice: If the keys get locked in the vehicle, it may have to be . Check the location. Other damaged to get them out. Always vehicles or objects may be carry a spare key. blocking the signal. If locked out of the vehicle, see . Check the transmitter's battery. Roadside Assistance Program (U.S. See “Battery Replacement” later and Canada) on page 13‑7 or in this section. Roadside Assistance Program (Mexico) on page 13‑9. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)
2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Pressing Q may also arm the V (Remote Trunk Release): theft-deterrent system. See Press and hold to unlock the trunk. Anti-theft Alarm System on 7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic page 2‑13. Alarm): Press and release K (Unlock): Press to unlock the one time to locate the vehicle. driver door or all doors. See “Door The exterior lamps flash and the Unlock Options” under Vehicle horn chirps. Personalization on page 5‑40. Press and hold 7 for at least The turn signal indicators may flash two seconds to sound the panic and/or the horn may sound to alarm. The horn sounds and the indicate unlocking. See “Unlock turn signals flash until 7 is pressed RKE without Remote Start Shown Feedback” under Vehicle again or the vehicle is started. Personalization on page 5‑40. Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors. / (Remote Vehicle Start): For K The turn signal indicators may flash Pressing will disarm the vehicles with this feature, press Q theft-deterrent system. See and/or the horn may sound to and then press and hold / within Anti-theft Alarm System on indicate locking, see “Locking five seconds to start the engine from page 2‑13. Feedback” under Vehicle outside the vehicle using the RKE Personalization on page 5‑40. Memory seat positions may be transmitter. See Remote Vehicle recalled when unlocking the vehicle. If the driver door is open when Q is Start on page 2‑8 for additional See “Memory Seats” under Power information. pressed, all doors lock except the Seat Adjustment on page 3‑5 and driver door, if enabled through the The buttons on the keys are “Remote Recall” under Vehicle vehicle personalization. disabled when there is a key is in Personalization on page 5‑40 for the ignition, if equipped. If the passenger door is open when more information. Q is pressed, all doors lock. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5
Keyless Access Operation Lock Sensor Keyless Trunk Opening Some vehicles have a keyless Lift up on the touch pad located access system that lets you lock above the license plate to open and unlock the doors and access the trunk if the RKE transmitter is the trunk without removing the RKE within range. transmitter from your pocket, purse, briefcase, etc. The RKE transmitter Programming Transmitters to should be within 1 m (3 ft) of the the Vehicle door or trunk being opened. Only RKE transmitters programmed to the vehicle will work. If a Keyless Unlocking transmitter is lost or stolen, a With the RKE transmitter within replacement can be purchased and 1 m (3 ft), approach the front door programmed through your dealer. and pull the handle to unlock and The vehicle can be reprogrammed open the door. If the transmitter is When all doors are closed and the so that lost or stolen transmitters recognized, the door will unlock ignition is off, the vehicle can be no longer work. Any remaining and open. locked by pressing this area on the transmitters will need to be door handle. This feature will be Entering any door other than the reprogrammed. Each vehicle available for several minutes after can have up to five transmitters driver door will always cause all of the vehicle has been turned off. the doors to unlock. This is not matched to it. customizable. To customize which doors unlock when the driver door is opened, see “Door Unlock Options” under Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑40. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)
2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Programming with a Recognized 3. Place the new transmitter into Programming without a Transmitter (Keyless Access the transmitter pocket. The Recognized Transmitter Vehicles Only) transmitter pocket is located (Keyless Access Vehicles Only) A new transmitter can be inside the center console If there are no currently recognized programmed to the vehicle when storage area under the transmitters available, follow this there is one recognized transmitter. cupholder. The cupholder will procedure to program up to five To program, the vehicle must be off need to be pulled out to access transmitters. This feature is not and all of the transmitters, both the transmitter pocket. available in Canada. This procedure currently recognized and new, must 4. Press the ignition. When the will take approximately 30 minutes be with you. transmitter is learned, the DIC to complete. The vehicle must be off 1. Place the recognized will show that it is ready to and all of the transmitters you wish transmitter(s) in the cupholder. program the next transmitter. to program must be with you. 2. Insert the vehicle key of the 5. Remove the transmitter from the 1. Insert the vehicle key of the new transmitter into the key lock transmitter pocket and press K. transmitter into the key lock cylinder located on the outside cylinder located on the outside To program additional of the driver door and turn of the driver door and turn transmitters, repeat Steps 3 the key to the unlock position the key to the unlock position through 5. five times within 10 seconds. five times within 10 seconds. When all additional transmitters The Driver Information Center The Driver Information are programmed, press and hold Center (DIC) displays (DIC) displays READY FOR the ignition for 10 seconds to REMOTE #2, 3, 4 or 5. REMOTE LEARN PENDING, exit programming mode. PLEASE WAIT. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7
2. Wait for 10 minutes until the 5. Press the ignition. When the DIC displays PRESS ENGINE transmitter is learned the START BUTTON TO LEARN DIC will show that it is ready to and then press the ignition. program the next transmitter. The DIC displays will again 6. Remove the transmitter from the show REMOTE LEARN transmitter pocket and press K. PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. To program additional 3. Repeat Step 2 two additional transmitters, repeat Steps 4 times. After the third time, all through 6. previously known transmitters will no longer work with the When all additional transmitters vehicle. Remaining transmitters are programmed, press and hold To start the vehicle: can be relearned during the the ignition for 10 seconds to 1. Remove the cupholder from the next steps. exit programming mode. center console storage area. The DIC display should Starting the Vehicle with a Low 2. Place the transmitter in the now show READY FOR Transmitter Battery transmitter pocket with the REMOTE # 1. buttons facing up. If the transmitter battery is weak, the 4. Place the new transmitter into DIC may display NO REMOTE 3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or the transmitter pocket. The DETECTED when you try to start N (Neutral), press the brake transmitter pocket is located the vehicle. The REPLACE pedal and the START/STOP inside the center console BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY button. See Starting the Engine storage area under the message may also be displayed on page 9‑20 for additional cupholder. The cupholder will at this time. information about the need to be pulled out to access vehicle's keyless ignition the transmitter pocket. with pushbutton start. Replace the transmitter battery as soon as possible. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)
2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Battery Replacement Remote Vehicle Start 3. Immediately after completing Step 2, press and hold / until Replace the battery if the REPLACE If available, this feature allows the BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY engine to be started from outside the turn signal lamps flash, or for message displays in the DIC. the vehicle. about two seconds if the vehicle is not in view. See “REPLACE BATTERY IN / REMOTE KEY” under Key and Lock The button will be on the When the vehicle starts, the Messages on page 5‑36. RKE transmitter if the vehicle has parking lamps will turn on and remote start. The battery is not rechargeable. remain on as long as the engine To replace the battery: Laws in some local communities is running. The doors will be may restrict the use of remote locked and the climate control 1. Push the button on the starters. For example, some laws system may come on. transmitter to extend the key. may require a person using remote Turn the ignition to ON/RUN 2. Remove the battery cover by start to have the vehicle in view. (key access), or select the ON/RUN/ prying it with a finger. Check local regulations for any START ignition position (keyless 3. Remove the battery by pushing requirements. access), to drive the vehicle. on the battery and sliding it Starting the Engine Using The engine will shut off after toward the key blade. Remote Start 10 minutes unless a time extension 4. Insert the new battery, positive To start the engine using the remote is done or the ignition is put in ON/ side facing up. Push the battery start feature: RUN (key access) or ON/RUN/ down until it is held in place. START (keyless access). Replace with a CR2032 or 1. Aim the Remote Keyless Entry transmitter at the vehicle. When the vehicle is started equivalent battery. remotely, the climate control system 5. Snap the battery cover back on 2. Press and release Q. will use the last setting before the to the transmitter. vehicle was shut off. See “Remote Start Climate Control Opertation” in Automatic Climate Control System on page 8‑1 or Dual Automatic Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9
Climate Control System on A maximum of two remote starts or Conditions in Which Remote Start page 8‑4. Vehicles with heated or remote start attempts are allowed Will Not Work heated and ventilated front seats between ignition cycles. The remote start will not operate if: can have this feature turn on The vehicle's ignition must be . The key is in the ignition (key automatically during a remote start. turned on and then back off before See “Remote Start Heated Seats” access) or the ignition is in any the remote start procedure can be position other than OFF (keyless and “Remote Start Cooled Seats” used again. under Vehicle Personalization on access). page 5‑40 for more information. Canceling a Remote Start . The transmitter is in the vehicle Extending Engine Run Time To cancel a remote start, do any of (keyless access). the following: For a 10-minute extension, repeat . The hood is not closed. Steps 1 and 2 while the engine is . Aim the RKE transmitter at the . The hazard warning flashers still running. The remote start can vehicle and press and hold / are on. only be extended once. until the parking lamps turn off. . There is an emission control When the remote start is extended, . Turn on the hazard warning system malfunction. the second 10 minutes will start flashers. . immediately. The engine coolant temperature . Turn the vehicle on and then off. is too high. For example, if the vehicle has . been running for five minutes, and The oil pressure is low. 10 minutes are added, the engine . Two remote vehicle starts have will run for a total of 15 minutes. already been used. . The vehicle is not in P (Park). Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)
2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Door Locks To lock and unlock the doors from WARNING (Continued) the outside, use the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or { WARNING . Young children who get into the key. Unlocked doors can be unlocked vehicles may be To lock the doors from inside, use dangerous. unable to get out. A child can the power door lock switch or door lock knob. To unlock the doors, use . Passengers, especially be overcome by extreme heat the power door lock switch or pull children, can easily open the and can suffer permanent once on the door handle to unlock it, doors and fall out of a moving injuries or even death from and a second time to open it. vehicle. The chance of being heat stroke. Always lock the thrown out of the vehicle in a vehicle whenever leaving it. Manually locking the driver door crash is increased if the . Outsiders can easily enter also automatically locks all doors are not locked. So, all through an unlocked door other doors. passengers should wear when slowing or stopping the For more information see: safety belts properly and the vehicle. Lock the doors to . doors should be locked help prevent this from Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) whenever the vehicle is happening. System Operation on page 2‑3. driven. . Power Door Locks on page 2‑11. (Continued) . Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑40. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11
Power Door Locks Delayed Locking Safety Locks When locking the doors with the power lock switch and a door is open, the doors will lock five seconds after the last door is closed. You will hear three chimes to signal that the delayed locking feature is in use. Pressing the power lock switch twice or the lock button on the RKE transmitter twice will override the delayed locking feature and immediately lock all the doors. This feature will not operate if the Press o { to activate the safety K (Unlock): Press to unlock all key is in the ignition. doors. locks on the rear doors. The This feature can be programmed by LED (A) comes on when activated. Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors. using the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Delayed Door Lock The rear door power windows are See Power Door Locks in Vehicle “ ” “ ” under Vehicle Personalization on also disabled. Personalization on page 5‑40. page 5‑40. Press o { again to deactivate the lockout switch. If the light flashes, the feature may not be working properly. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)
2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Remote Trunk Release Doors WARNING (Continued) Trunk . Adjust the Climate Control system to a setting that { WARNING brings in only outside air and set the fan speed to the Exhaust gases can enter the highest setting. See “Climate vehicle if it is driven with the Control Systems” in the liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or with Index. any objects that pass through the . If the vehicle has a power seal between the body and the liftgate, disable the power To open the trunk from outside the trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine liftgate function. vehicle, press V on the Remote exhaust contains carbon For more information about Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, monoxide (CO) which cannot be carbon monoxide, see Engine or press the touch pad above the seen or smelled. It can cause Exhaust on page 9‑28. license plate. unconsciousness and even death. If the vehicle must be driven with the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open: . Close all of the windows. . Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel. (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13
Emergency Trunk Release Vehicle Security Handle This vehicle has theft-deterrent Notice: Do not use the features; however, they do not make emergency trunk release handle it impossible to steal. as a tie-down or anchor point when securing items in the trunk Anti-theft Alarm System as it could damage the handle. The emergency trunk release This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm handle is only intended to aid a system. person trapped in a latched trunk, enabling them to open the trunk Arming the System from the inside. To arm the system, press Q on the There is an emergency trunk RKE transmitter. release handle located inside the trunk on the trunk latch. On some The alarm automatically arms after vehicles, the release handle can be about 30 seconds. The security accessed by folding the rear seat light, located on the instrument center seatback. See Rear Seats on panel, flashes. page 3 11. Pull the release handle ‑ Press on the RKE transmitter to to open the trunk from the inside. V open the trunk without setting off the alarm. The system rearms when the trunk is closed. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)
2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Disarming the System Immobilizer the system. Only the correct key starts the vehicle. The vehicle may To disarm the system, do one of the See Radio Frequency Statement on not start if the key is damaged. following: page 13‑20 for information regarding Part 15 of the Federal . Press K on the RKE transmitter. Communications Commission (FCC) . Approach the vehicle with the rules and Industry Canada RKE transmitter (keyless Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. access). . Start the engine. Immobilizer Operation The alarm automatically disarms. (Key Access) The security light, located in the instrument panel cluster, comes on How to Detect a Tamper This vehicle has a passive theft-deterrent system. if there is a problem with arming or Condition disarming the theft-deterrent The system does not have to be system. If K is pressed and the horn manually armed or disarmed. sounds, an attempted break-in has When trying to start the vehicle, the The vehicle is automatically occurred while the system was security light comes on briefly when immobilized when the key is armed. the ignition is turned on. removed from the ignition. If the alarm has been activated, the If the engine does not start and the The system is automatically THEFT ATTEMPTED message will security light stays on, there is a disarmed when the vehicle is appear on the DIC. See Anti-theft problem with the system. Turn the started with the correct key. The key Alarm System Messages on ignition off and try again. uses a transponder that matches an page 5 38 for additional information. ‑ immobilizer control unit in the If the engine still does not start, and vehicle and automatically disarms the key appears to be undamaged or the light continues to stay on, try another ignition key. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15
If the engine still does not start with If the RKE appears to be the other key, the vehicle needs undamaged, try another transmitter. service. If the vehicle does start, the Or, you may try placing the first key may be damaged. See your transmitter in the transmitter pocket dealer who can service the located in the center console. See theft-deterrent system and have a “No Remote Detected” under Key new key made. The security light, located in the and Lock Messages on page 5‑36. Do not leave the key or device that instrument panel cluster, comes on If the engine does not start with the disarms or deactivates the if there is a problem with arming or other transmitter or when the theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. disarming the theft-deterrent transmitter is in the pocket in the system. center console, your vehicle needs Immobilizer Operation The system has one or more service. See your dealer who can (Keyless Access) transmitters that are matched to an service the theft-deterrent system immobilizer control unit in your and have a new transmitter This vehicle has a passive vehicle. Only a correctly matched programmed to the vehicle. theft-deterrent system. transmitter will start the vehicle. Do not leave the key or device that The system does not have to be If the transmitter is ever damaged, disarms or deactivates the manually armed or disarmed. you may not be able to start your theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. vehicle. The vehicle is automatically immobilized when the transmitter When trying to start the vehicle, the leaves the vehicle. security light comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on. The immobilization system is disarmed when the ignition button is If the engine does not start and the pushed in and a valid transmitter is security light stays on, there is a found in the vehicle. problem with the system. Turn the ignition off and try again. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)
2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors Folding Mirrors Manual Foldaway Mirrors Convex Mirrors These mirrors can be folded inward to prevent damage when going { WARNING through an automatic car wash. A convex mirror can make things, To fold, pull the mirror toward the vehicle. Push the mirror outward to like other vehicles, look farther return it to the original position. away than they really are. If you cut too sharply into the right lane, Automatic Dimming Feature you could hit a vehicle on the The vehicle may have a driver right. Check the inside mirror or outside mirror that automatically glance over your shoulder before adjusts for the glare of the changing lanes. To adjust the mirrors: headlamps behind you. Turn Signal Indicator The passenger side mirror is convex 1. Turn the control knob to the shaped. A convex mirror's surface is L (left) or R (right) selecting the The vehicle may have a turn signal curved so more can be seen from driver or passenger mirror. indicator lamp built into the mirror the driver seat. 2. Push the control knob to the left, housing. The turn signal lamp right, up, or down to adjust the flashes with the use of the vehicle's mirror. turn signal and hazard flashers. Vehicles with the memory feature can store a preferred mirror position. See “Memory Seats” under Power Seat Adjustment on page 3‑5 for more information. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17
Heated Mirrors Park Tilt Mirrors Interior Mirrors For vehicles with heated mirrors: If the vehicle is equipped with 1 (Rear Window Defogger): memory mirrors, there is an option Manual Rearview Mirror Press to heat the mirrors. to have the mirrors tilt down, when Adjust the inside rearview mirror for in R (Reverse), to more easily see a clear view of the area behind your See “Rear Window Defogger” under the ground near the vehicle. Automatic Climate Control System vehicle. To avoid glare of the When the vehicle is shifted to headlamps from behind, push the on page 8‑1 for more information. R (Reverse), both the driver and tab forward for daytime and pull it passenger mirrors will tilt downward. for nighttime use. They will return to their previous Vehicles with OnStar have three position when the vehicle is shifted control buttons at the bottom of the out of R (Reverse), the ignition is mirror. See your dealer for more turned to OFF, or the vehicle is left information about OnStar and how in R (Reverse) for an extended to subscribe to it. See OnStar period of time. Overview on page 14‑1. This feature can be turned on or off. See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑40. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1)
2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Automatic Dimming Windows Rearview Mirror On vehicles with an automatic { WARNING dimming inside rearview mirror the automatic dimming reduces the Leaving children, helpless adults, glare from the headlamps of the or pets in a vehicle with the vehicle behind you. windows closed is dangerous. They can be overcome by the Vehicles with OnStar have three extreme heat and suffer control buttons located at the permanent injuries or even death bottom of the mirror. See your from heat stroke. Never leave a dealer for more information about child, a helpless adult, or a pet OnStar and how to subscribe to it. alone in a vehicle, especially with The vehicle aerodynamics are See OnStar Overview on page 14‑1. designed to improve fuel economy the windows closed in warm or performance. This may result in a Cleaning the Mirror hot weather. pulsing sound when either rear Do not spray glass cleaner directly window is down and the front on the mirror. Use a soft towel windows are up. To reduce the dampened with water. sound, open either a front window or the sunroof (if equipped). Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-19
Power Windows Express Window Operation Rear Window Lockout Windows with an express-up or down feature allow the front windows to be lowered or raised without holding the switch. Rear windows only have express-down. Pull a window switch up or push it down all the way, release it, and the window goes down or up automatically. Stop the window by pushing or pulling the switch.
Press the switch to lower the This feature prevents the rear window. Pull the switch up to passenger windows from operating, raise it. except from the driver position. The switches work when the Press o { to activate the rear ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ window lockout switch. The LED (A) ACCESSORY, or in Retained comes on when activated. Accessory Power (RAP). See The rear door locks are also Retained Accessory Power (RAP) disabled. See Safety Locks on on page 9‑25. page 2‑11. Press o { again to deactivate the lockout switch. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1)
2-20 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Programming the Power The window is now reprogrammed. Rear Window Sunshade Windows Repeat the process for the other windows. On vehicles with a rear window If the battery on the vehicle has sunshade, the switch is on the been recharged, disconnected, or console to the right of the shift lever. is not working, you will need to Sun Visors The sunshade only operates when reprogram each front power window the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ for the express-up feature to work. ACCESSORY. Before reprogramming, replace or recharge the vehicle's battery. To open the sunshade, press and release the switch. The sunshade To program each front window: will fully extend. To close the 1. With the ignition in ON/RUN or sunshade, press and release the ACC/ACCESSORY, or in switch again. The sunshade will Retained Accessory Power fully close. (RAP), close all doors. If the vehicle is shifted into 2. Press and hold the power R (Reverse) when the sunshade is window switch until the window extended, it will automatically close. is fully open. Pull the sun visor down to block 3. Pull the power window switch up glare. Detach the sun visor from the until the window is fully closed. center mount to pivot to the side 4. Continue holding the switch up window, or to extend along the rod, for approximately two seconds if available. after the window is completely closed. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (21,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-21
Roof Vent sunshade control (C) or (D). The sunshade cannot be fully closed The sunroof has an express-vent with the sunroof open. Sunroof open feature. From the closed position, press the rear of the To express-open the sunshade from sunroof switch (B) to the first detent the closed position, fully press and to vent the sunroof. To close the release the rear of the switch (C). sunroof, press the front of the The sunshade opens automatically. sunroof switch (A) to the second To stop the sunshade partway, detent. press the switch a second time. To express-close the sunshade fully Express-Open/Express-Close press and release the front of the To express-open the sunroof from switch (D). The sunshade closes the closed or vent position, fully automatically. To stop the sunshade press and release the rear of the partway, press the switch a switch (B). The sunroof opens second time. automatically. To stop the sunroof Notice: Forcing the sunshade partway, press the switch a second forward of the sliding glass panel On vehicles with a sunroof, the time. To express-close the sunroof, may cause damage and the switch is located on the overhead fully press and release the front of sunroof may not operate properly. console. the switch (A). The sunroof closes Always close the glass panel The sunroof only operates when the automatically. To stop the sunroof before closing the sunshade. ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ partway, press the switch a The sunroof glass panel cannot be ACCESSORY, or in Retained second time. opened or closed if the vehicle has Accessory Power (RAP). See If the sunshade is closed, it opens an electrical failure. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) automatically with the sunroof but on page 9‑25. can also be express-opened/ express-closed by using the Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (22,1)
2-22 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Anti-Pinch Feature Periodically open the sunroof and remove any obstacles or loose If an object is in the path of the debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and sunroof while it is closing, the roof sealing area using a clean anti-pinch feature will detect the cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not object and stop the sunroof from remove grease from the sunroof. closing at the point of the obstruction. The sunroof and sunshade will then return to the open or vent position. To close the sunroof once the obstruction Dirt and debris may collect on the has been removed, refer to sunroof seal or in the track. This "Express-Open/Express-Close" could cause issues with sunroof earlier in this section. operation and noise. It could also plug the water drainage system. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-1
Rear Seats Airbag System Seats and Rear Seats ...... 3-11 Airbag System ...... 3-21 Restraints Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-23 Safety Belts When Should an Airbag Safety Belts ...... 3-13 Inflate? ...... 3-24 Head Restraints How to Wear Safety Belts What Makes an Airbag Properly ...... 3-14 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Inflate? ...... 3-25 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-15 How Does an Airbag Front Seats Safety Belt Use During Restrain? ...... 3-26 Seat Adjustment ...... 3-4 Pregnancy ...... 3-19 What Will You See after an Power Seat Adjustment ...... 3-5 Safety Belt Extender ...... 3-19 Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-26 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-5 Safety System Check ...... 3-19 Passenger Sensing Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-6 Safety Belt Care ...... 3-20 System ...... 3-27 Memory Seats ...... 3-7 Replacing Safety Belt System Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Heated and Ventilated Front Parts after a Crash ...... 3-20 Vehicle ...... 3-31 Seats ...... 3-10 Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-32 Airbag System Check ...... 3-33 Replacing Airbag System Parts after a Crash ...... 3-33 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)
3-2 Seats and Restraints
Child Restraints Head Restraints Older Children ...... 3-34 Infants and Young The vehicle's front and rear seats Children ...... 3-36 have adjustable head restraints in Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-39 the outboard seating positions. Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-41 Lower Anchors and Tethers { WARNING for Children (LATCH System) ...... 3-42 With head restraints that are not Replacing LATCH System installed and adjusted properly, Parts After a Crash ...... 3-50 there is a greater chance that Securing Child Restraints occupants will suffer a neck/ (Rear Seat) ...... 3-50 spinal injury in a crash. Do not Adjust the head restraint so that the Securing Child Restraints drive until the head restraints for (Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-52 top of the restraint is at the same all occupants are installed and height as the top of the occupant's adjusted properly. head. This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-3
Front Seat Rear Seat Push down on the head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place. If you are installing a child restraint in the rear seat, see “Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System” under Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑42.
To raise or lower the head restraint, Pull the head restraint up to raise it. press the release button located on To lower the head restraint, press the side of the head restraint and the release button, located on the pull up or push the head restraint head restraint post on the top of the down and release the button. seatback, while you push the head Pull and push on the head restraint restraint down. after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place. The front head restraints are not designed to be removed. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)
3-4 Seats and Restraints
Height Adjustment Front Seats WARNING (Continued)
Seat Adjustment The sudden movement could Seat Position startle and confuse you, or make you push a pedal when you do not want to. Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is not moving.
To adjust the seat position: 1. Pull the handle under the front of the seat cushion. 2. Slide the seat to the desired Press and hold the top or bottom of position and release the handle. the switch to raise or lower the seat. 3. Try to move the seat back Release the switch when the and forth to be sure it is locked desired height is reached. { WARNING in place.
You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver seat while the vehicle is moving. (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-5
Power Seat Adjustment Lumbar Adjustment To raise or lower lumbar support, press and hold the top or bottom of the control. Release the control when the seatback reaches the desired level of lumbar support. See Power Seat Adjustment on page 3‑5 for more information.
To adjust a power seat: If available, press and hold the front . Move the seat forward or or rear of the control to increase or rearward by sliding the control decrease lumbar support. forward or rearward. . Raise or lower the front or rear part of the seat cushion by moving the front or rear of the control up or down. . Raise or lower the entire seat by moving the entire control up or down. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)
3-6 Seats and Restraints
Reclining Seatbacks Manual Reclining Seatbacks WARNING (Continued) { WARNING The shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be against You can lose control of the your body. Instead, it will be in vehicle if you try to adjust a front of you. In a crash, you manual driver seat while the could go into it, receiving neck or vehicle is moving. The sudden other injuries. movement could startle and confuse you, or make you push a The lap belt cannot do its job pedal when you do not want to. either. In a crash, the belt could Adjust the driver seat only when go up over your abdomen. The the vehicle is not moving. belt forces would be there, not at your pelvic bones. This could { WARNING cause serious internal injuries. For proper protection when the { WARNING Sitting in a reclined position when vehicle is in motion, have the the vehicle is in motion can be If either seatback is not locked, seatback upright. Then sit well dangerous. Even when buckled it could move forward in a sudden back in the seat and wear the up, the safety belts cannot do stop or crash. That could cause safety belt properly. their job when reclined like this. injury to the person sitting there. (Continued) Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-7
2. Push and pull on the seatback to Memory Seats make sure it is locked. Power Reclining Seatbacks
To recline the seatback: 1. Lift the recline lever. On vehicles with the memory 2. Move the seatback to the feature, the 1 and 2 buttons on desired position, and then “ ” “ ” the outboard side of the driver seat release the lever to lock the To adjust a power seatback, are used to manually save and seatback in place. if equipped: recall the driver seat and outside 3. Push and pull on the seatback to . Tilt the top of the control mirror positions. These manually make sure it is locked. rearward to recline. stored positions are referred to as To return the seatback to the . Tilt the top of the control forward Button Memory positions. upright position: to raise. 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)
3-8 Seats and Restraints
The vehicle will also automatically Recalling Button Memory Recalling RKE Memory Positions save driver seat and outside mirror Positions (Memory Remote Recall) positions to the current driver To recall the manually saved Button The Memory Remote Recall feature Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Memory positions, press and hold can recall the driver seat and transmitter when the ignition is “1” or “2.” The driver seat and outside mirrors to previously stored placed in OFF. These automatically outside mirrors move to the RKE Memory positions when stored positions are referred to as positions stored to those buttons entering the vehicle. RKE Memory positions. See when pressed. Releasing “1” or “2” Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Every time the ignition is placed in before the stored positions are OFF, the positions of the driver seat System Operation on page 2‑3 for reached stops the recall. more information. and outside mirrors are If something has blocked the driver automatically stored to the RKE Storing Button Memory Positions seat while recalling a memory transmitter that was used to start To save positions into Button position, the recall may stop. the vehicle. These positions are Memory: Remove the obstruction; then press called RKE Memory positions and and hold the appropriate manual may be different than the previously 1. Adjust the driver seat, seatback control for the memory item that is mentioned Button Memory positions recliner, and both outside mirrors not recalling for two seconds. Try saved to the “1” or “2” buttons. To to the desired driving positions. recalling the memory position again automatically recall RKE Memory 2. Press and hold MEM (Memory) by pressing the appropriate memory positions, unlock the driver door and “1” at the same time until a button. If the memory position is still with the RKE transmitter, and open beep sounds. not recalling, see your dealer for the driver door. On vehicles with 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for a service. Keyless Access, opening the driver door when an RKE transmitter is second driver using “2.” present will activate the RKE Memory recall. If the driver door is already open, pressing the RKE transmitter K button will also activate the RKE Memory recall. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-9
The driver seat and outside mirrors Easy Exit Driver Seat If something has blocked the driver will move to the previously saved This feature moves the seat seat while recalling the exit position, RKE Memory positions. rearward allowing the driver more the recall may stop. Remove the This feature is turned on or off using room to exit the vehicle. obstruction; then press and hold the the vehicle personalization menu. power seat control rearward for To activate, place the ignition in two seconds. Try recalling the exit See “Remote Recall” under Vehicle OFF and open the driver door. If the position again. If the exit position is Personalization on page 5‑40 for driver door is already open, placing more information. still not recalling, see your dealer for the ignition in OFF will activate the service. To stop recall movement, press one easy exit driver seat. of the memory, power mirror, This feature is turned on or off using or power seat controls. the vehicle personalization menu. If something has blocked the driver See “Driver Seat Easy Exit” under seat while recalling a memory Vehicle Personalization on position, the recall may stop. page 5‑40 for more information. Remove the obstruction; then press To stop recall movement, press one and hold the appropriate manual of the memory or power seat control for the memory item that is controls. not recalling for two seconds. Try recalling the memory position again by opening the driver door and pressing the RKE transmitter K button. If the memory position is still not recalling, see your dealer for service. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)
3-10 Seats and Restraints
Heated and Ventilated Press the button once for the highest setting. With each press of Front Seats the button, the seat will change to the next lower setting, and then to { WARNING the off setting. The lights indicate three for the highest setting and one If you cannot feel temperature for the lowest. change or pain to the skin, the seat heater may cause burns The passenger seat may take longer to heat up. even at low temperatures. To reduce the risk of burns, people Remote Start Heated and with such a condition should use Ventilated Seats care when using the seat heater, Heated and Ventilated Seat During a remote start, the heated or especially for long periods of Buttons Shown, Heated Seat ventilated seats, if equipped, can be time. Do not place anything on Buttons Similar turned on automatically. They are the seat that insulates against canceled when the ignition is turned heat, such as a blanket, cushion, If available, the buttons are on the on. Press the button to use the cover, or similar item. This may climate control panel. To operate, heated or ventilated seats after the cause the seat heater to the ignition must be on. vehicle is started. overheat. An overheated seat Press L to heat the seat cushion The heated or ventilated seat heater may cause a burn or may and seatback or {, if equipped, to indicator lights on the button do not damage the seat. ventilate the seat. turn on during a remote start. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-11
The heated seat temperature Rear Seats To fold the seatback down: performance of an unoccupied seat may be reduced. This is normal. Folding the Seatback The heated or ventilated seats will Either side of the seatback can be not turn on during a remote start folded down for more cargo space. unless they are enabled in the Fold a seatback only when the vehicle personalization menu. See vehicle is not moving. Remote Vehicle Start on page 2‑8 Notice: Folding a rear seat with and “Remote Start Heated Seats” or the safety belts still fastened may “Remote Start Cooled Seats” under Vehicle Personalization on cause damage to the seat or the safety belts. Always unbuckle the page 5‑40 for more information. safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat. Rear Seat with Safety Belt Retainer Clip Shown 1. Before folding the seatback, make sure the safety belt is in the retainer clip (if equipped). Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)
3-12 Seats and Restraints
Raising the Seatback To raise a seatback: 1. Lift the seatback up and push it { WARNING rearward to lock it in place. Make sure the safety belt is in If either seatback is not locked, it the retainer clip (if equipped) could move forward in a sudden and is not twisted or caught in stop or crash. That could cause the seatback. injury to the person sitting there. A tab near the seatback lever Always push and pull on the retracts when the seatback is seatbacks to be sure they are locked in place. locked. 2. Push and pull the top of the Rear Seat with Safety Belt Guide seatback to be sure it is locked Loop Shown into position. { WARNING 2. Pull on the lever on the top of 3. Repeat the steps to raise the the seatback to unlock it. A safety belt that is improperly other seatback, if necessary. A tab near the seatback lever routed, not properly attached, When the seat is not in use, it raises when the seatback is or twisted will not provide the should be kept in the upright, locked unlocked. protection needed in a crash. The position. 3. Fold the seatback down. person wearing the belt could be seriously injured. After raising the Repeat the steps to fold the rear seatback, always check to be other seatback, if desired. sure that the safety belts are properly routed and attached, and are not twisted. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-13
Why Safety Belts Work Safety Belts WARNING (Continued) This section of the manual describes how to use safety belts It is extremely dangerous to ride properly. It also describes some in a cargo area, inside or outside things not to do with safety belts. of a vehicle. In a collision, passengers riding in these areas { WARNING are more likely to be seriously Do not let anyone ride where a injured or killed. Do not allow safety belt cannot be worn passengers to ride in any area of properly. In a crash, if you or your the vehicle that is not equipped passenger(s) are not wearing with seats and safety belts. safety belts, injuries can be much Always wear a safety belt, and check that all passenger(s) are worse than if you are wearing When riding in a vehicle, you travel safety belts. You can be seriously restrained properly too. as fast as the vehicle does. If the injured or killed by hitting things vehicle stops suddenly, you keep inside the vehicle harder or by This vehicle has indicators as a going until something stops you. being ejected from the vehicle. reminder to buckle the safety belts. It could be the windshield, the In addition, anyone who is not See Safety Belt Reminders on instrument panel, or the safety belts! buckled up can strike other page 5‑14 for additional information. passengers in the vehicle. (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)
3-14 Seats and Restraints
When you wear a safety belt, you Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why and Young Children on page 3‑36. and the vehicle slow down together. should I have to wear safety Follow those rules for everyone's There is more time to stop because belts? protection. you stop over a longer distance and, A: Airbags are supplemental It is very important for all occupants when worn properly, your strongest systems only; so they work with to buckle up. Statistics show that bones take the forces from the safety belts — not instead of unbelted people are hurt more often safety belts. That is why wearing them. Whether or not an airbag in crashes than those who are safety belts makes such good is provided, all occupants still wearing safety belts. sense. have to buckle up to get the There are important things to know Questions and Answers About most protection. about wearing a safety belt properly. Safety Belts Also, in nearly all states and in all Canadian provinces, the law Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle requires wearing safety belts. after a crash if I am wearing a safety belt? How to Wear Safety Belts A: You could be — whether you are wearing a safety belt or not. Properly Your chance of being conscious This section is only for people of during and after a crash, so you adult size. can unbuckle and get out, is There are special things to know much greater if you are belted. about safety belts and children. And there are different rules for smaller children and infants. If a child will be riding in the vehicle, see Older . Sit up straight and always keep Children on page 3‑34 or Infants your feet on the floor in front of you. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-15
. Always use the correct buckle for your seating position. WARNING (Continued) . Wear the lap part of the belt low . Never allow the lap or and snug on the hips, just shoulder belt to become touching the thighs. In a crash, loose or twisted. this applies force to the strong pelvic bones and you would be . Never wear the shoulder belt less likely to slide under the lap under both arms or behind belt. If you slid under it, the belt your back. would apply force on your . Never route the lap or abdomen. This could cause shoulder belt over an serious or even fatal injuries. armrest. . Wear the shoulder belt over the 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull shoulder and across the chest. the belt across you. Do not let it These parts of the body are best Lap-Shoulder Belt get twisted. able to take belt restraining All seating positions in the vehicle The lap-shoulder belt may lock if forces. The shoulder belt locks if have a lap-shoulder belt. you pull the belt across you very there is a sudden stop or crash. The following instructions explain quickly. If this happens, let the how to wear a lap-shoulder belt belt go back slightly to unlock it. { WARNING properly. Then pull the belt across you more slowly. You can be seriously injured, 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is or even killed, by not wearing adjustable, so you can sit up If the shoulder portion of a your safety belt properly. straight. To see how, see passenger belt is pulled out all “Seats” in the Index. the way, the child restraint (Continued) locking feature may be engaged. If this happens, let the belt go back all the way and start again. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)
3-16 Seats and Restraints
later in this section for webbing, when the safety belt is not instructions on use and in use. The latch plate should rest important safety information. on the stitching on the safety belt, 4. To make the lap part tight, pull near the guide loop on the side wall. up on the shoulder belt. Before a door is closed, be sure the It may be necessary to pull safety belt is out of the way. If a stitching on the safety belt door is slammed against a safety through the latch plate to fully belt, damage can occur to both the tighten the lap belt on smaller safety belt and the vehicle. occupants. Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster The vehicle has a shoulder belt 3. Push the latch plate into the height adjuster for the driver and buckle until it clicks. right front passenger seating positions. Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. If the belt Adjust the height so the shoulder is not long enough, see Safety portion of the belt is on the shoulder Belt Extender on page 3‑19. and not falling off of it. The belt should be close to, but not Position the release button on contacting, the neck. Improper the buckle so that the safety belt shoulder belt height adjustment could be quickly unbuckled if could reduce the effectiveness of necessary. the safety belt in a crash. See How If equipped with a shoulder belt to Wear Safety Belts Properly on To unlatch the belt, push the button height adjuster, move it to the page 3‑14. height that is right for you. See on the buckle. The belt should return to its stowed position. Slide “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” the latch plate up the safety belt Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-17
They can help tighten the safety There is one guide for each outside belts during the early stages of a passenger position in the rear seat. moderate to severe frontal and Here is how to install a comfort near frontal crash if the threshold guide to the safety belt: conditions for pretensioner activation are met. Pretensioners work only once. If the pretensioners activate in a crash, the pretensioners and probably other parts of the vehicle's safety belt system will need to be replaced. See Replacing Safety Belt System Press the release button (A) and Parts after a Crash on page 3‑20. move the height adjuster to the Rear Safety Belt Comfort desired position. The adjuster can be moved up by pushing the slide/ Guides trim up. After the adjuster is set to This vehicle may have rear shoulder the desired position, try to move it belt comfort guides. If not, they are 1. Remove the guide from its down without pushing the release available through your dealer. The storage pocket on the side of button to make sure it has locked guides may provide added safety the seat. into position. belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster seats and Safety Belt Pretensioners for some adults. When installed and This vehicle has safety belt properly adjusted, the comfort guide pretensioners for front outboard positions the belt away from the occupants. Although the safety belt neck and head. pretensioners cannot be seen, they are part of the safety belt assembly. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1)
3-18 Seats and Restraints
WARNING (Continued)
and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces.
2. Place the guide over the belt, 3. Be sure that the belt is not and insert the two edges of the twisted and it lies flat. The belt into the slots of the guide. elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide on top.
{ WARNING
A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the 4. Buckle, position, and release protection needed in a crash. The the safety belt as described person wearing the belt could be previously in this section. Make sure the shoulder portion of the seriously injured. The shoulder belt is on the shoulder and not belt should go over the shoulder falling off of it. The belt should (Continued) be close to, but not contacting, the neck. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-19
Safety Belt Use During The best way to protect the fetus is Safety System Check to protect the mother. When a safety Pregnancy belt is worn properly, it is more likely Now and then, check that the safety Safety belts work for everyone, that the fetus will not be hurt in a belt reminder light, safety belts, including pregnant women. Like all crash. For pregnant women, as for buckles, latch plates, retractors, and occupants, they are more likely to anyone, the key to making safety anchorages are all working properly. be seriously injured if they do not belts effective is wearing them Look for any other loose or wear safety belts. properly. damaged safety belt system parts that might keep a safety belt system Safety Belt Extender from doing its job. See your dealer to have it repaired. Torn or frayed If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten safety belts may not protect you in around you, you should use it. a crash. They can rip apart under But if a safety belt is not long impact forces. If a belt is torn or enough, your dealer will order you frayed, get a new one right away. an extender. When you go in to Make sure the safety belt reminder order it, take the heaviest coat you light is working. See Safety Belt will wear, so the extender will be Reminders on page 5‑14 for more long enough for you. To help avoid information. personal injury, do not let someone Keep safety belts clean and dry. else use it, and use it only for the See Safety Belt Care on page 3 20. seat it is made to fit. The extender ‑ A pregnant woman should wear a has been designed for adults. Never lap-shoulder belt, and the lap use it for securing child seats. To portion should be worn as low as wear it, attach it to the regular safety possible, below the rounding, belt. For more information, see the throughout the pregnancy. instruction sheet that comes with the extender. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1)
3-20 Seats and Restraints
Safety Belt Care Replacing Safety Belt After a minor crash, replacement of safety belts may not be necessary. Keep belts clean and dry. System Parts after a But the safety belt assemblies that Crash were used during any crash may { WARNING have been stressed or damaged. { WARNING See your dealer to have the safety Do not bleach or dye safety belts. belt assemblies inspected or It may severely weaken them. In A crash can damage the safety replaced. a crash, they might not be able to belt system in the vehicle. New parts and repairs may be provide adequate protection. A damaged safety belt system necessary even if the safety belt Clean safety belts only with mild may not properly protect the system was not being used at the soap and lukewarm water. person using it, resulting in time of the crash. serious injury or even death in a Have the safety belt pretensioners crash. To help make sure the checked if the vehicle has been in a safety belt systems are working crash, or if the airbag readiness light properly after a crash, have them stays on after you start the vehicle inspected and any necessary or while you are driving. See Airbag replacements made as soon Readiness Light on page 5‑14. as possible. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (21,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-21
Airbag System The vehicle may have the following For roof-rail airbags, the word airbags: AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. The vehicle has the following . Seat-mounted side impact Airbags are designed to supplement airbags: airbags for the second row the protection provided by safety . A frontal airbag for the driver. outboard passengers. belts. Even though today's airbags . A frontal airbag for the front All of the airbags have the word are also designed to help reduce outboard passenger. AIRBAG embossed on the trim or the risk of injury from the force of an on a label near the deployment inflating bag, all airbags must inflate . A seat-mounted side impact very quickly to do their job. airbag for the driver. opening. . A seat-mounted side impact For frontal airbags, the word airbag for the front outboard AIRBAG is on the center of the passenger. steering wheel for the driver and on the instrument panel for the front . A roof-rail airbag for the driver outboard passenger. and the passenger seated directly behind the driver. For seat-mounted side impact airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the . A roof-rail airbag for the front side of the seatback closest to outboard passenger and the the door. passenger seated directly behind the front outboard passenger. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (22,1)
3-22 Seats and Restraints
Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system: { WARNING { WARNING Because airbags inflate with great Children who are up against, { WARNING force and faster than the blink of or very close to, any airbag when You can be severely injured or an eye, anyone who is up it inflates can be seriously injured killed in a crash if you are not against, or very close to any or killed. Airbags plus wearing your safety belt, even airbag when it inflates can be lap-shoulder belts offer protection with airbags. Airbags are seriously injured or killed. Do not for adults and older children, but designed to work with safety sit unnecessarily close to any not for young children and infants. belts, not replace them. Also, airbag, as you would be if sitting Neither the vehicle's safety belt airbags are not designed to inflate on the edge of the seat or leaning system nor its airbag system is in every crash. In some crashes forward. Safety belts help keep designed for them. Young safety belts are the only restraint. you in position before and during children and infants need the See When Should an Airbag a crash. Always wear a safety protection that a child restraint belt, even with airbags. The driver system can provide. Always Inflate? on page 3‑24. should sit as far back as possible secure children properly in the Wearing your safety belt during a while still maintaining control of vehicle. To read how, see Older crash helps reduce the chance of the vehicle. Children on page 3‑34 or Infants hitting things inside the vehicle or and Young Children on being ejected from it. Airbags are Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door or side page 3‑36. “supplemental restraints” to the safety belts. Everyone in the windows in seating positions with vehicle should wear a safety belt seat-mounted side impact airbags properly, whether or not there is and/or roof-rail airbags. an airbag for that person. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (23,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-23
Where Are the Airbags?
There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel cluster, which shows the airbag symbol. The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag Readiness Driver Side Shown, Passenger Light on page 5‑14 for more Side Similar information. The driver frontal airbag is in the The driver and front outboard center of the steering wheel. passenger seat-mounted side impact airbags are in the side of the The front outboard passenger seatbacks closest to the door. frontal airbag is in the passenger side instrument panel. The roof-rail airbags for the driver, front outboard passenger, and second row outboard passengers are in the ceiling above the side windows. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (24,1)
3-24 Seats and Restraints
When Should an Airbag WARNING (Continued) Inflate? or even death. The path of an Frontal airbags are designed to inflating airbag must be kept inflate in moderate to severe frontal clear. Do not put anything or near frontal crashes to help between an occupant and an reduce the potential for severe airbag, and do not attach or put injuries, mainly to the driver's or anything on the steering wheel front outboard passenger's head hub or on or near any other and chest. However, they are only airbag covering. designed to inflate if the impact Do not use seat accessories that exceeds a predetermined Rear Seat Driver Side Shown, block the inflation path of a deployment threshold. Deployment thresholds are used to predict how Passenger Side Similar seat-mounted side impact airbag. severe a crash is likely to be in time On vehicles with second row seat‐ Never secure anything to the roof for the airbags to inflate and help mounted side impact airbags, they of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags restrain the occupants. are in the sides of the rear seatback by routing a rope or tie‐down closest to the door. Whether the frontal airbags will or through any door or window should inflate is not based primarily opening. If you do, the path of an on how fast the vehicle is traveling. { WARNING inflating roof-rail airbag will be It depends on what is hit, the blocked. direction of the impact, and how If something is between an quickly the vehicle slows down. occupant and an airbag, the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (25,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-25
Frontal airbags may inflate at For more severe frontal impacts, full the vehicle is about to roll over on different crash speeds depending on deployment occurs. its side, or in a severe frontal whether the vehicle hits an object The vehicle has seat-mounted side impact. straight on or at an angle, and impact airbags and roof-rail airbags. In any particular crash, no one can whether the object is fixed or See Airbag System on page 3‑21. say whether an airbag should have moving, rigid or deformable, Seat-mounted side impact and inflated simply because of the narrow or wide. roof-rail airbags are intended to vehicle damage or repair costs. Thresholds can also vary with inflate in moderate to severe side specific vehicle design. crashes depending on the location What Makes an Airbag Frontal airbags are not intended to of the impact. In addition, these Inflate? inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear roof‐rail airbags are intended to In a deployment event, the sensing impacts, or in many side impacts. inflate during a rollover or in a severe frontal impact. Seat-mounted system sends an electrical signal In addition, the vehicle has side impact and roof-rail airbags will triggering a release of gas from the dual-stage frontal airbags. inflate if the crash severity is above inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the Dual-stage airbags adjust the the system's designed threshold airbag causing the bag to break out restraint according to crash severity. level. The threshold level can vary of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, The vehicle has electronic frontal with specific vehicle design. and related hardware are all part of the airbag module. sensors, which help the sensing Roof‐rail airbags are not intended to system distinguish between a inflate in rear impacts. For airbag location, see Where Are moderate frontal impact and a more A seat-mounted side impact airbag the Airbags? on page 3‑23. severe frontal impact. For moderate is intended to inflate on the side frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags of the vehicle that is struck. Both inflate at a level less than full roof‐rail airbags will inflate when deployment. either side of the vehicle is struck or if the sensing system predicts that Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (26,1)
3-26 Seats and Restraints
How Does an Airbag What Will You See after { WARNING Restrain? an Airbag Inflates? In moderate to severe frontal or After the frontal airbags and When an airbag inflates, there near frontal collisions, even belted seat-mounted side impact airbags may be dust in the air. This dust occupants can contact the steering inflate, they quickly deflate, so could cause breathing problems wheel or the instrument panel. In quickly that some people may not for people with a history of moderate to severe side collisions, even realize an airbag inflated. asthma or other breathing trouble. even belted occupants can contact Roof-rail airbags may still be at least To avoid this, everyone in the the inside of the vehicle. partially inflated for some time after vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so. If you have Airbags supplement the protection they inflate. Some components of breathing problems but cannot provided by safety belts by the airbag module may be hot for distributing the force of the impact several minutes. For location of the get out of the vehicle after an more evenly over the airbags, see Where Are the airbag inflates, then get fresh air occupant's body. Airbags? on page 3‑23. by opening a window or a door. The parts of the airbag that come If you experience breathing But airbags would not help in many problems following an airbag types of collisions, primarily into contact with you may be warm, but not too hot to touch. There may deployment, you should seek because the occupant's motion is medical attention. not toward those airbags. See When be some smoke and dust coming Should an Airbag Inflate? on from the vents in the deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does not page 3‑24 for more information. The vehicle has a feature that may prevent the driver from seeing out of automatically unlock the doors, turn Airbags should never be regarded the windshield or being able to steer on the interior lamps, turn on the as anything more than a supplement the vehicle, nor does it prevent hazard warning flashers, and to safety belts. people from leaving the vehicle. shut off the fuel system after the airbags inflate. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (27,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-27
You can lock the doors, turn off the Additional windshield breakage may an airbag system will not work interior lamps, and turn off the also occur from the front outboard properly. See your dealer for hazard warning flashers by using passenger airbag. service. the controls for those features. . Airbags are designed to inflate only once. After an airbag Passenger Sensing { WARNING inflates, you will need some new System parts for the airbag system. The vehicle has a passenger A crash severe enough to inflate If you do not get them, the sensing system for the front the airbags may have also airbag system will not be there outboard passenger position. The damaged important functions in to help protect you in another passenger airbag status indicator the vehicle, such as the fuel crash. A new system will include will light on the instrument panel system, brake and steering airbag modules and possibly when the vehicle is started. systems, etc. Even if the vehicle other parts. The service manual appears to be drivable after a for the vehicle covers the need moderate crash, there may be to replace other parts. concealed damage that could . The vehicle has a crash sensing make it difficult to safely operate and diagnostic module which the vehicle. records information after a Use caution if you should attempt crash. See Vehicle Data to restart the engine after a crash Recording and Privacy on The words ON and OFF will be has occurred. page 13‑18 and Event Data Recorders on page 13‑19. visible during the system check. If you use remote start, if equipped, . In many crashes severe enough to Let only qualified technicians to start the vehicle from a distance inflate the airbag, windshields are work on the airbag systems. you may not see the system check. broken by vehicle deformation. Improper service can mean that Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (28,1)
3-28 Seats and Restraints
When the system check is We recommend that children be complete, either the word ON or secured in a rear seat, including: an WARNING (Continued) the word OFF will be visible. See infant or a child riding in a Passenger Airbag Status Indicator rear-facing child restraint; a child passenger frontal airbag inflates on page 5‑15. riding in a forward-facing child seat; and the passenger seat is in a forward position. The passenger sensing system an older child riding in a booster turns off the front outboard seat; and children, who are large Even if the passenger sensing passenger frontal airbag under enough, using safety belts. system has turned off the certain conditions. No other airbag Never put a rear-facing child seat in passenger frontal airbag, no is affected by the passenger the front. This is because the risk to system is fail-safe. No one can sensing system. the rear-facing child is so great, guarantee that an airbag will not The passenger sensing system if the airbag inflates. inflate under some unusual works with sensors that are part of circumstance, even though the the front outboard passenger seat. { WARNING airbag is off. The sensors are designed to detect Secure rear-facing child restraints A child in a rear-facing child the presence of a properly-seated in a rear seat, even if the airbag restraint can be seriously injured occupant and determine if the front is off. If you secure a or killed if the passenger frontal outboard passenger frontal airbag forward-facing child restraint in airbag inflates. This is because should be allowed to inflate or not. the front outboard passenger the back of the rear-facing child According to accident statistics, seat, always move the seat as far restraint would be very close to children are safer when properly back as it will go. It is better to the inflating airbag. A child in a secured in a rear seat in the correct secure the child restraint in a forward-facing child restraint can child restraint for their weight rear seat. and size. be seriously injured or killed if the (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (29,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-29
The passenger sensing system is The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the front designed to turn on the front { WARNING outboard passenger frontal airbag if: outboard passenger frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a If the airbag readiness light ever . The front outboard passenger comes on and stays on, it means seat is unoccupied. person of adult size is sitting properly in the front outboard that something may be wrong . The system determines that an passenger seat. When the with the airbag system. To help infant is present in a child passenger sensing system has avoid injury to yourself or others, restraint. allowed the airbags to be enabled, have the vehicle serviced right . A front outboard passenger the on indicator will light and stay away. See Airbag Readiness takes his/her weight off of the lit as a reminder that the airbags Light on page 5‑14 for more seat for a period of time. are active. information, including important safety information. . Or, if there is a critical problem For some children, including with the airbag system or the children in child restraints and for passenger sensing system. very small adults, the passenger If the On Indicator Is Lit for a sensing system may or may not turn Child Restraint When the passenger sensing off the front outboard passenger system has turned off the front frontal airbag, depending upon the If a child restraint has been installed outboard passenger frontal airbag, person's seating posture and body and the on indicator is lit: the off indicator will light and stay lit build. Everyone in the vehicle who 1. Turn the vehicle off. as a reminder that the airbags are has outgrown child restraints off. See Passenger Airbag Status should wear a safety belt 2. Remove the child restraint from the vehicle. Indicator on page 5‑15. properly — whether or not there is an airbag for that person. 3. Remove any additional items from the seat such as blankets, cushions, seat covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (30,1)
3-30 Seats and Restraints
4. Reinstall the child restraint The passenger sensing system may because that person is not sitting following the directions provided or may not turn off the airbag for a properly in the seat. Use the by the child restraint child in a child restraint depending following steps to allow the system manufacturer and refer to upon the child's seating posture and to detect that person and enable Securing Child Restraints (Rear body build. It is better to secure the the front outboard passenger Seat) on page 3‑50 or Securing child restraint in a rear seat. frontal airbag : Child Restraints (Front 1. Turn the vehicle off. Passenger Seat) on page 3‑52. If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an Adult-Size Occupant 2. Remove any additional material 5. If, after reinstalling the child from the seat, such as blankets, restraint and restarting the cushions, seat covers, seat vehicle, the on indicator is still lit, heaters, or seat massagers. turn the vehicle off. Then slightly recline the vehicle seatback and 3. Place the seatback in the fully adjust the seat cushion, upright position. if adjustable, to make sure that 4. Have the person sit upright in the vehicle seatback is not the seat, centered on the seat pushing the child restraint into cushion, with legs comfortably the seat cushion. extended. Also make sure the child 5. Restart the vehicle and have the restraint is not trapped under the person remain in this position for vehicle head restraint. If this two to three minutes after the on happens, adjust the head If a person of adult-size is sitting in indicator is lit. restraint. See Head Restraints the front outboard passenger seat, on page 3 2. ‑ but the off indicator is lit, it could be 6. Restart the vehicle. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (31,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-31
Additional Factors Affecting A wet seat can affect the The on indicator may be lit if an System Operation performance of the passenger object, such as a briefcase, sensing system. Here is how: handbag, grocery bag, laptop or Safety belts help keep the other electronic device, is put on an . The passenger sensing system passenger in position on the seat unoccupied seat. If this is not during vehicle maneuvers and may turn off the passenger frontal airbag when liquid is desired remove the object from braking, which helps the passenger the seat. sensing system maintain the soaked into the seat. If this passenger airbag status. See happens, the off indicator will be { “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” lit, and the airbag readiness light WARNING in the Index for additional on the instrument panel will also Stowing of articles under the information about the importance of be lit. passenger seat or between the proper restraint use. . Liquid pooled on the seat that passenger seat cushion and A thick layer of additional material, has not soaked in may make it seatback may interfere with the such as a blanket or cushion, more likely that the passenger proper operation of the passenger sensing system will turn on the or aftermarket equipment such as sensing system. seat covers, seat heaters, and seat passenger frontal airbag while a massagers can affect how well the child restraint or child occupant passenger sensing system is on the seat. If the passenger Servicing the operates. We recommend that you frontal airbag is turned on, the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle not use seat covers or other on indicator will be lit. aftermarket equipment except when If the passenger seat gets wet, dry Airbags affect how the vehicle approved by GM for your specific the seat immediately. If the airbag should be serviced. There are parts vehicle. See Adding Equipment to readiness light is lit, do not install a of the airbag system in several the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on child restraint or allow anyone to places around the vehicle. Your page 3‑32 for more information occupy the seat. See Airbag dealer and the service manual have information about servicing the about modifications that can affect Readiness Light on page 5‑14 for how the system operates. important safety information. vehicle and the airbag system. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (32,1)
3-32 Seats and Restraints
To purchase a service manual, see The operation of the airbag system top of the seat fabric, could also Service Publications Ordering can also be affected by changing or interfere with the operation of the Information on page 13‑16. moving any parts of the front seats, passenger sensing system. safety belts, the airbag sensing and This could either prevent proper { WARNING diagnostic module, steering wheel, deployment of the passenger instrument panel, roof-rail airbag airbag(s) or prevent the passenger For up to 10 seconds after the modules, ceiling headliner or pillar sensing system from properly vehicle is turned off and the garnish trim, front sensors, side turning off the passenger airbag(s). battery is disconnected, an airbag impact sensors, or airbag wiring. See Passenger Sensing System on can still inflate during improper Your dealer and the service manual page 3‑27. service. You can be injured if you have information about the location If your vehicle needs to be modified are close to an airbag when it of the airbag sensors, sensing because you have a disability and inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. and diagnostic module, and you have questions about whether They are probably part of the airbag wiring. the modifications will affect the airbag system. Be sure to follow In addition, the vehicle has a vehicle's airbag system, or if you proper service procedures, and passenger sensing system for the have questions about whether the make sure the person performing front outboard passenger position, airbag system will be affected if the work for you is qualified to do so. which includes sensors that are vehicle is modified for any other part of the passenger seat. The reason, call Customer Assistance. passenger sensing system may not See Customer Assistance Offices Adding Equipment to the operate properly if the original seat (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑4 or Airbag-Equipped Vehicle trim is replaced with non-GM Customer Assistance Offices (Mexico) on page 13‑5. Adding accessories that change the covers, upholstery or trim, or with vehicle's frame, bumper system, GM covers, upholstery or trim height, front end or side sheet designed for a different vehicle. metal, may keep the airbag system Any object, such as an aftermarket from working properly. seat heater or a comfort enhancing pad or device, installed under or on Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (33,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-33
Airbag System Check Replacing Airbag System Have the vehicle serviced right Parts after a Crash away. See Airbag Readiness Light The airbag system does not need on page 5‑14 for more information. regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement. Make sure the airbag { WARNING Vehicles with eAssist have a readiness light is working. See high voltage battery and a standard Airbag Readiness Light on A crash can damage the 12‐volt battery. If an airbag inflates page 5‑14 for more information. airbag systems in the vehicle. or the vehicle has been in a crash, A damaged airbag system may the vehicle's sensing system may Notice: If an airbag covering is shut down the high voltage system. not work properly and may damaged, opened, or broken, the When this occurs, the high voltage not protect you and your airbag may not work properly. Do battery is disconnected and the passenger(s) in a crash, resulting not open or break the airbag vehicle is not charging the 12‐volt coverings. If there are any in serious injury or even death. battery or the electrical system. opened or broken airbag covers, To help make sure the airbag The vehicle may start but it shuts have the airbag covering and/or systems are working properly down once the 12‐volt battery is airbag module replaced. For the after a crash, have them depleted. When the 12‐volt battery location of the airbags, see inspected and any necessary is depleted, the vehicle will not start Where Are the Airbags? on replacements made as soon and the on‐board jump start feature page 3‑23. See your dealer for as possible. is disabled. The airbag readiness service. light and/or the 12‐volt battery If an airbag inflates, you will warning light are displayed. Before need to replace airbag system the vehicle can be operated again, it parts. See your dealer for service. must be serviced at your dealer. If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or comes on when you are driving, the airbag system may not work properly. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (34,1)
3-34 Seats and Restraints
Child Restraints The manufacturer's instructions that Q: What is the proper way to come with the booster seat, state wear safety belts? Older Children the weight and height limitations for A: An older child should wear a that booster. Use a booster seat lap-shoulder belt and get the with a lap-shoulder belt until the additional restraint a shoulder child passes the below fit test: belt can provide. The shoulder . Sit all the way back on the seat. belt should not cross the face or Do the knees bend at the seat neck. The lap belt should fit edge? If yes, continue. If no, snugly below the hips, just return to the booster seat. touching the top of the thighs. This applies belt force to the . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the shoulder belt rest on child's pelvic bones in a crash. the shoulder? If yes, continue. It should never be worn over the If no, then return to the abdomen, which could cause booster seat. severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash. . Does the lap belt fit low and According to accident statistics, Older children who have outgrown snug on the hips, touching the children and infants are safer when booster seats should wear the thighs? If yes, continue. If no, properly restrained in a child vehicle's safety belts. return to the booster seat. restraint system or infant restraint . Can proper safety belt fit be system secured in a rear seating maintained for the length of the position. trip? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (35,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-35
In a crash, children who are not buckled up can strike other people WARNING (Continued) who are buckled up, or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older The child might also slide under children need to use safety belts the lap belt. The belt force would properly. then be applied right on the abdomen. That could cause { WARNING serious or fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should go over the Never do this. shoulder and across the chest. Never allow two children to wear the same safety belt. The safety belt cannot properly spread the { WARNING impact forces. In a crash, the two children can be crushed together Never do this. and seriously injured. A safety belt must be used by only one Never allow a child to wear the person at a time. safety belt with the shoulder belt behind their back. A child can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a crash, the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt. The child could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury. (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (36,1)
3-36 Seats and Restraints
Infants and Young Every time infants and young { WARNING children ride in vehicles, they should Children have the protection provided by Everyone in a vehicle needs Children can be seriously injured appropriate child restraints. or strangled if a shoulder belt is protection! This includes infants and Children who are not restrained all other children. Neither the wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to properly can strike other people, distance traveled nor the age and or can be thrown out of the vehicle. size of the traveler changes the tighten. Never leave children need, for everyone, to use safety unattended in a vehicle and restraints. In fact, the law in every never allow children to play with state in the United States and in the safety belts. every Canadian province says children up to some age must be Airbags plus lap‐shoulder belts offer restrained while in a vehicle. protection for adults and older children, but not for young children and infants. Neither the vehicle's safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (37,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-37
{ WARNING WARNING (Continued)
Never do this. It is also better to secure a Never hold an infant or a child forward-facing child restraint in a while riding in a vehicle. Due to rear seat. If you must secure a crash forces, an infant or a child forward-facing child restraint in will become so heavy it is not the right front seat, always move possible to hold it during a crash. the front passenger seat as far For example, in a crash at only back as it will go. 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant will suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's arms. An infant should { WARNING be secured in an appropriate Never do this. restraint. Children who are up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the right front seat. Secure a rear-facing child restraint in a rear seat. (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (38,1)
3-38 Seats and Restraints
Q: What are the different types of The restraint manufacturer's add-on child restraints? instructions that come with the { WARNING A: Add-on child restraints, which restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular A young child's hip bones are still are purchased by the vehicle so small that the vehicle's regular owner, are available in four basic child restraint. In addition, there are many kinds of restraints safety belt may not remain low on types. Selection of a particular the hip bones, as it should. restraint should take into available for children with special needs. Instead, it may settle up around consideration not only the child's the child's abdomen. In a crash, weight, height, and age but also the belt would apply force on a whether or not the restraint will { WARNING body area that is unprotected by be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used. To reduce the risk of neck and any bony structure. This alone head injury during a crash, infants could cause serious or fatal For most basic types of child need complete support. This is injuries. To reduce the risk of restraints, there are many because an infant's neck is not serious or fatal injuries during a different models available. When crash, young children should purchasing a child restraint, be fully developed and its head always be secured in appropriate sure it is designed to be used in weighs so much compared with a motor vehicle. If it is, the the rest of its body. In a crash, an child restraints. restraint will have a label saying infant in a rear-facing child that it meets federal motor restraint settles into the restraint, vehicle safety standards. so the crash forces can be distributed across the strongest part of an infant's body, the back and shoulders. Infants should always be secured in rear-facing child restraints. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (39,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-39
Child Restraint Systems
(B) Forward-Facing Child Seat (C) Booster Seats
(A) Rear‐Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat (B) A booster seat (C) is a child restraint provides restraint for the child's designed to improve the fit of the A rear-facing infant seat (A) body with the harness. vehicle's safety belt system. provides restraint with the seating A booster seat can also help a surface against the back of the child to see out the window. infant. The harness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (40,1)
3-40 Seats and Restraints
Securing an Add-On Child Children can be endangered in a In the U.S., refer to the Restraint in the Vehicle crash if the child restraint is not National Highway Traffic Safety properly secured in the vehicle. Administration (NHTSA) website to { WARNING When securing an add-on child locate the nearest child safety seat restraint, refer to the instructions inspection station. For CPST A child can be seriously injured that come with the restraint which availability in Canada, check with or killed in a crash if the child may be on the restraint itself or in a Transport Canada or the Provincial restraint is not properly secured booklet, or both, and to this manual. Ministry of Transportation office. in the vehicle. Secure the child The child restraint instructions are Securing the Child within the restraint properly in the vehicle important, so if they are not Child Restraint using the vehicle safety belt or available, obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer. LATCH system, following the { WARNING instructions that came with that Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint and the instructions child restraint can move around in a A child can be seriously injured or in this manual. collision or sudden stop and injure killed in a crash if the child is not people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly secured in the child To help reduce the chance of injury, properly secure any child restraint restraint. Secure the child the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle — even when no child properly following the instructions in the vehicle. Child restraint is in it. that came with that child restraint. systems must be secured in vehicle In some areas, Certified Child seats by lap belts or the lap belt Passenger Safety Technicians portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by (CPSTs) are available to inspect the LATCH system. See Lower and demonstrate how to correctly Anchors and Tethers for Children use and install child restraints. (LATCH System) on page 3‑42 for more information. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (41,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-41
Where to Put the { WARNING WARNING (Continued) Restraint According to accident statistics, A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child children and infants are safer when restraint can be seriously injured restraints in a rear seat, even properly restrained in a child or killed if the right front if the airbag is off. If you secure a restraint system or infant restraint passenger airbag inflates. forward-facing child restraint in system secured in a rear seating This is because the back of the the right front seat, always move position. rear-facing child restraint would the front passenger seat as far be very close to the inflating back as it will go. It is better to We recommend that children and airbag. A child in a forward-facing secure the child restraint in a child restraints be secured in a rear child restraint can be seriously rear seat. seat, including: an infant or a child riding in a rear-facing child restraint; injured or killed if the right front See Passenger Sensing System passenger airbag inflates and the a child riding in a forward-facing on page 3‑27 for additional child seat; an older child riding in a passenger seat is in a forward information. booster seat; and children, who are position. large enough, using safety belts. Even if the passenger sensing When securing a child restraint in a A label on your sun visor says, system has turned off the right rear seating position, study the “Never put a rear-facing child seat in front passenger frontal airbag, no instructions that came with your the front.” This is because the risk to system is fail-safe. No one can child restraint to make sure it is the rear-facing child is so great if the guarantee that an airbag will not compatible with this vehicle. airbag deploys. deploy under some unusual Child restraints and booster seats circumstance, even though it is vary considerably in size, and some turned off. may fit in certain seating positions (Continued) better than others. Always make sure the child restraint is properly secured. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (42,1)
3-42 Seats and Restraints
Depending on where you place the Lower Anchors and When installing a child restraint with child restraint and the size of the a top tether, you must also use child restraint, you may not be able Tethers for Children either the lower anchors or the to access adjacent safety belt (LATCH System) safety belts to properly secure the assemblies or LATCH anchors for The LATCH system holds a child child restraint. A child restraint must additional passengers or child restraint during driving or in a crash. never be installed using only the restraints. Adjacent seating This system is designed to make top tether and anchor. positions should not be used if the installation of a child restraint easier. In order to use the LATCH system in child restraint prevents access to or The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle, you need a child interferes with the routing of the the vehicle and attachments on the restraint that has LATCH safety belt. child restraint that are made for use attachments. The child restraint Wherever a child restraint is with the LATCH system. manufacturer will provide you with installed, be sure to secure the Make sure that a LATCH-compatible instructions on how to use the child child restraint properly. child restraint is properly installed restraint and its attachments. The Keep in mind that an unsecured using the anchors, or use the following explains how to attach a child restraint can move around in a vehicle's safety belts to secure the child restraint with these collision or sudden stop and injure restraint, following the instructions attachments in the vehicle. people in the vehicle. Be sure to that came with that restraint, and Not all vehicle seating positions or properly secure any child restraint in also the instructions in this manual. child restraints have lower anchors your vehicle — even when no child and attachments or top tether is in it. anchors and attachments. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (43,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-43
Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor The child restraint may have a single tether (A) or a dual tether (C). Either will have a single attachment (B) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that Lower anchors (A) are metal bars A top tether (A, C) anchors the top forward-facing child restraints have built into the vehicle. There are of the child restraint to the vehicle. a top tether, and that the tether be two lower anchors for each A top tether anchor is built into the attached. Be sure to read and LATCH seating position that will vehicle. The top tether follow the instructions for the accommodate a child restraint with attachment (B) on the child restraint child restraint. lower attachments (B). connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (44,1)
3-44 Seats and Restraints
Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations
To assist in locating the lower anchors, each rear anchor position has a label, near the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion.
The top tether anchors are under the covers, behind the rear seat, on Rear Seat the filler panel. Be sure to use an anchor on the same side of the I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating vehicle as the seating position positions with top tether anchors. where the child restraint will H (Lower Anchor): Seating To assist in locating the top tether be placed. positions with two lower anchors. anchors, the top tether anchor Do not secure a child restraint in a symbol is on the cover. position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (45,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-45
According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when { WARNING WARNING (Continued) properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint Do not attach more than one child of the retractor to set the lock, system secured in a rear seating restraint to a single anchor. if the vehicle has one, after the position. See Where to Put the Attaching more than one child child restraint has been installed. Restraint on page 3‑41 for restraint to a single anchor could additional information. cause the anchor or attachment Notice: Do not let the LATCH to come loose or even break attachments rub against the Securing a Child Restraint during a crash. A child or others vehicle’s safety belts. This may Designed for the LATCH could be injured. To reduce the damage these parts. If necessary, System risk of serious or fatal injuries move buckled safety belts to during a crash, attach only one avoid rubbing the LATCH { WARNING child restraint per anchor. attachments. If a LATCH-type child restraint is Do not fold the empty rear seat not attached to anchors, the child with a safety belt buckled. This restraint will not be able to protect { WARNING could damage the safety belt or the seat. Unbuckle and return the the child correctly. In a crash, the Children can be seriously injured safety belt to its stowed position, child could be seriously injured or or strangled if a shoulder belt is before folding the seat. killed. Install a LATCH-type child wrapped around their neck and restraint properly using the If you need to secure more than one the safety belt continues to anchors, or use the vehicle safety child restraint in the rear seat, see tighten. Buckle any unused safety belts to secure the restraint, Where to Put the Restraint on belts behind the child restraint so following the instructions that page 3‑41. children cannot reach them. Pull came with the child restraint and You cannot secure three child the shoulder belt all the way out the instructions in this manual. restraints using the LATCH anchors (Continued) in the rear seat at the same time, Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (46,1)
3-46 Seats and Restraints
but you can install two of them. . Use anchors 3 and 4 when If you want to do this, install one installing a child restraint using LATCH child restraint in the LATCH in seating position B. passenger-side position, and install . Use anchors 4 and 5 when the other one either in the installing a child restraint using driver-side position or in the center LATCH in seating position C. position. If you need to install child restraints in both the center and Installing child restraints using LATCH in seating positions B and C driver‐side position, the one in the center seating position will need to at the same time is prohibited. be secured using the vehicle safety Make sure to attach the child belts instead of the LATCH anchors. restraint at the proper anchor Refer to the following illustration to A. Passenger Side Rear Seating location. learn which anchors to use. Position and Lower Anchors This system is designed to make 1 and 2 installation of child restraints easier. B. Center Rear Seating Position When using lower anchors, do not and Lower Anchors 3 and 4 use the vehicle's safety belts. Instead use the vehicle's anchors C. Driver Side Rear Seating and child restraint attachments to Position and Lower Anchors secure the restraints. Some 4 and 5 restraints also use another vehicle There are five lower LATCH anchors anchor to secure a top tether. in the rear seat. 1. Attach and tighten the lower . Use anchors 1 and 2 when attachments to the lower installing a child restraint using anchors. If the child restraint LATCH in seating position A. does not have lower attachments or the desired seating position does not have Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (47,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-47
lower anchors, secure the child 2. If the child restraint manufacturer . If the position you are using restraint with the top tether and recommends that the top tether does not have a headrest the safety belts. Refer to the be attached, attach and tighten or head restraint, or the child restraint manufacturer the top tether to the top tether headrest or head restraint instructions and the instructions anchor, if equipped. Refer to the has been removed, and you in this manual. child restraint instructions and are using a single tether, the following steps: route the tether over the 1.1. Find the lower anchors for seatback. the desired seating 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. position. Open the cover to expose 1.2. Put the child restraint on the anchor. the seat. 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten If the head restraint the top tether according to interferes with the proper the child restraint installation of the child instructions and the restraint, the head restraint following instructions: may be removed. See “Head Restraint Removal . and Reinstallation” at the If the position you are using end of this section. does not have a headrest or head restraint, or the 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower headrest or head restraint attachments on the child has been removed, and you restraint to the lower are using a dual tether, anchors. route the tether over the seatback. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (48,1)
3-48 Seats and Restraints
3. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the LATCH path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. There should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement, for proper . If the position you are using . If the position you are using installation. has an adjustable headrest has an adjustable headrest or head restraint and you or head restraint and you are using a single tether, are using a dual tether, route the tether under the route the tether around the headrest or head restraint headrest or head restraint. and in between the headrest or head restraint posts. See Head Restraints on page 3‑2. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (49,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-49
Head Restraint Removal and 4. When the child restraint is Reinstallation removed, reinstall the head restraint before the seating The rear outboard head restraints position is used. can be removed if they interfere with the proper installation of the child restraint. { WARNING To remove the head restraint: With head restraints that are not 1. Partially fold the seatback installed and adjusted properly, forward. See Rear Seats on there is a greater chance that page 3‑11 for additional occupants will suffer a neck/ information. spinal injury in a crash. Do not 2. Press both buttons on the head drive until the head restraints for restraint posts at the same time, all occupants are installed and and pull up on the head adjusted properly. restraint. 3. Store the head restraint in the trunk of the vehicle. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (50,1)
3-50 Seats and Restraints
To reinstall the head restraint: 3. Try to move the head restraint New parts and repairs may be to make sure that it is locked necessary even if the LATCH in place. system was not being used at the time of the crash. Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Crash Securing Child Restraints (Rear Seat) { WARNING When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position, study the A crash can damage the LATCH instructions that came with the system in the vehicle. A damaged child restraint to make sure it is LATCH system may not properly compatible with this vehicle. secure the child restraint, resulting in serious injury or even If the child restraint has the LATCH system, see Lower Anchors and 1. Insert the head restraint posts death in a crash. To help make Tethers for Children (LATCH into the holes in the top of the sure the LATCH system is seatback. The notches (A) on System) on page 3‑42 for how and working properly after a crash, where to install the child restraint the posts must face the driver see your dealer to have the side of the vehicle. using LATCH. If a child restraint is system inspected and any secured in the vehicle using a 2. Push the head restraint down. necessary replacements made as safety belt and it uses a top tether, If necessary, press the height soon as possible. see Lower Anchors and Tethers for adjustment release button to Children (LATCH System) on further lower the head restraint. If the vehicle has the LATCH system page 3‑42 for top tether anchor See Head Restraints on and it was being used during a locations. page 3‑2. crash, new LATCH system parts may be needed. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (51,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-51
Do not secure a child seat in a Reinstallation” under Lower Position the release button on position without a top tether anchor Anchors and Tethers for the buckle so that the safety belt if a national or local law requires Children (LATCH System) on could be quickly unbuckled if that the top tether be anchored, or if page 3‑42. necessary. the instructions that come with the 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run child restraint say that the top strap the lap and shoulder portions of must be anchored. the vehicle's safety belt through If the child restraint does not have or around the restraint. The child the LATCH system, you will be restraint instructions will show using the safety belt to secure the you how. child restraint in this position. Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say. If more than one child restraint needs to be installed in the rear seat, be sure to read Where to Put 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way the Restraint on page 3‑41. out of the retractor to set the lock. When the retractor lock is 1. Put the child restraint on set, the belt can be tightened but the seat. not pulled out of the retractor. If the head restraint interferes with the proper installation of the 3. Push the latch plate into the child restraint, the head restraint buckle until it clicks. may be removed. See “Head Restraint Removal and Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (52,1)
3-52 Seats and Restraints
6. If the child restraint has a top Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors tether, follow the child restraint and Tethers for Children (LATCH manufacturer's instructions System) on page 3‑42 for additional regarding the use of the top information on installing the head tether. See Lower Anchors and restraint properly. Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑42 for more Securing Child Restraints information. (Front Passenger Seat) 7. Before placing a child in the This vehicle has airbags. A rear child restraint, make sure it is seat is a safer place to secure a securely held in place. To check, forward-facing child restraint. See grasp the child restraint at the Where to Put the Restraint on 5. To tighten the belt, push down safety belt path and attempt to page 3‑41. on the child restraint, pull the move it side to side and back shoulder portion of the belt to and forth. When the child In addition, the vehicle has a tighten the lap portion of the belt, restraint is properly installed, passenger sensing system which is and feed the shoulder belt back there should be no more than designed to turn off the right front into the retractor. When installing 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. passenger frontal airbag and seat‐ mounted side impact airbag under a forward-facing child restraint, it To remove the child restraint, certain conditions. See Passenger may be helpful to use your knee unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and Sensing System on page 3 27 and to push down on the child let it return to the stowed position. ‑ Passenger Airbag Status Indicator restraint as you tighten the belt. If the top tether is attached to a top on page 5 15 for more information, tether anchor, disconnect it. If the ‑ Try to pull the belt out of the including important safety head restraint was removed, retractor to make sure the information. retractor is locked. If the reinstall it before the seating retractor is not locked, repeat position is used. See “Head Steps 4 and 5. Restraint Removal and Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (53,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-53
A label on the sun visor says, If the child restraint has the LATCH “Never put a rear-facing child seat in WARNING (Continued) system, see Lower Anchors and the front.” This is because the risk to Tethers for Children (LATCH the rear-facing child is so great if the Even if the passenger sensing System) on page 3‑42 for how and airbag deploys. system has turned off the right where to install the child restraint front passenger frontal airbag, no using LATCH. If a child restraint is secured using a safety belt and it { WARNING system is fail-safe. No one can uses a top tether, see Lower guarantee that an airbag will not A child in a rear-facing child Anchors and Tethers for Children deploy under some unusual restraint can be seriously injured (LATCH System) on page 3‑42 for circumstance, even though it is or killed if the right front top tether anchor locations. turned off. passenger airbag inflates. Do not secure a child seat in a This is because the back of the Secure rear-facing child restraints position without a top tether anchor rear-facing child restraint would in a rear seat, even if the airbag if a national or local law requires be very close to the inflating is off. If you secure a that the top tether be anchored, or if airbag. A child in a forward-facing forward-facing child restraint in the instructions that come with the child restraint can be seriously the right front seat, always move child restraint say that the top strap injured or killed if the right front the front passenger seat as far must be anchored. passenger airbag inflates and the back as it will go. It is better to In Canada, the law requires that passenger seat is in a forward secure the child restraint in a forward-facing child restraints have position. rear seat. a top tether, and that the tether be (Continued) See Passenger Sensing System attached. on page 3‑27 for additional information. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (54,1)
3-54 Seats and Restraints
You will be using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position. Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward-facing child restraint. When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat‐mounted side airbag, the off indicator on the passenger airbag status 4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way indicator should light and stay buckle until it clicks. out of the retractor to set the lit when you start the vehicle. Position the release button on lock. When the retractor lock is See Passenger Airbag Status the buckle so that the safety belt set, the belt can be tightened but Indicator on page 5‑15. could be quickly unbuckled if not pulled out of the retractor. 2. Put the child restraint on necessary. the seat. 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle's safety belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (55,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-55
7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the safety belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. If the airbags are off, the off indicator in the passenger airbag 6. To tighten the belt, push down status indicator will come on and on the child restraint, pull the stay on when the vehicle is started. shoulder portion of the belt to If a child restraint has been installed tighten the lap portion of the belt, and the on indicator is lit, see “If the and feed the shoulder belt back On Indicator Is Lit for a Child into the retractor. When installing Restraint ” under Passenger a forward-facing child restraint, it Sensing System on page 3‑27 for may be helpful to use your knee more information. to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and Try to pull the belt out of the let it return to the stowed position. retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (56,1)
3-56 Seats and Restraints
2 NOTES Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)
Storage 4-1
Storage Storage Cupholders Compartments Storage Compartments Glove Box ...... 4-1 Glove Box Cupholders ...... 4-1 The glove box is located on the Front Storage ...... 4-2 passenger side of the instrument Center Console Storage ...... 4-2 panel. Lift up on the lever to open it. Additional Storage Features Convenience Net ...... 4-3
There are removable cupholders located in the center console. Slide the cover (A) to access the cupholders. Cupholders are also located in the rear center armrest. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)
4-2 Storage
Front Storage Center Console Storage An accessory power outlet is in the lower area. See Power Outlets on page 5‑6. Some vehicles might also have input jacks for auxiliary audio devices. See Auxiliary Devices (Radio with CD) on page 7‑38 or Auxiliary Devices (Radio with CD/ DVD and MEM) on page 7‑41 or Auxiliary Devices (Radio with CD and Touchscreen) on page 7‑44.
Pull up on the handle (A) and pull The armrest can be adjusted by the cover down to open. sliding it to the desired position. The center console has an upper tray and a lower main storage area. To access the main storage area, adjust the armrest to the rear position and push button (A) to open. Push button (B) to access the upper tray. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)
Storage 4-3
Additional Storage Features Convenience Net Use the convenience net located in the trunk to store small loads as far forward as possible. The net should not be used to store heavy loads. Attach the net so the opening is facing up. Attach the net loops to the hooks on the rear panel of the trunk. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)
4-4 Storage
2 NOTES Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-1
Engine Coolant Temperature Information Displays Instruments and Gauge ...... 5-13 Driver Information Controls Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-14 Center (DIC) ...... 5-25 Airbag Readiness Light ...... 5-14 Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . 5-29 Passenger Airbag Status Vehicle Messages Controls Indicator ...... 5-15 Charging System Light ...... 5-16 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-33 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Battery Voltage and Charging Steering Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Malfunction Indicator Lamp ...... 5-16 Messages ...... 5-33 Heated Steering Wheel ...... 5-3 Brake System Messages . . . . 5-33 Horn ...... 5-3 Brake System Warning Light ...... 5-19 Compass Messages ...... 5-34 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3 Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-34 Compass ...... 5-4 Electric Parking Brake Light ...... 5-19 Door Ajar Messages ...... 5-34 Clock (With Date Display) . . . . . 5-5 Engine Cooling System Clock (Without Date Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light ...... 5-20 Messages ...... 5-35 Display) ...... 5-6 Engine Oil Messages ...... 5-35 Clock (Color Radio) ...... 5-6 Traction Off Light ...... 5-21 ® Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-36 Power Outlets ...... 5-6 StabiliTrak OFF Light ...... 5-21 Traction Control System Fuel System Messages ...... 5-36 Warning Lights, Gauges, and (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-21 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-36 Indicators Engine Coolant Temperature Lamp Messages ...... 5-36 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Warning Light ...... 5-22 Object Detection System Indicators ...... 5-8 Tire Pressure Light ...... 5-23 Messages ...... 5-37 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-9 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-23 Ride Control System Speedometer ...... 5-11 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-24 Messages ...... 5-37 Odometer ...... 5-11 Security Light ...... 5-24 Anti-theft Alarm System Tachometer ...... 5-11 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-24 Messages ...... 5-38 Fuel Gauge ...... 5-11 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 5-25 Starting the Vehicle Driver Efficiency Gauge ...... 5-12 Taillamp Indicator Light ...... 5-25 Messages ...... 5-38 Cruise Control Light ...... 5-25 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)
5-2 Instruments and Controls
Tire Messages ...... 5-39 Controls Do not adjust the steering wheel Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-39 while driving. Window Messages ...... 5-40 Steering Wheel Steering Wheel Controls Vehicle Personalization Adjustment Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-40 Universal Remote System Universal Remote System . . . 5-46 Universal Remote System Programming ...... 5-46 Universal Remote System Operation ...... 5-49
For vehicles with audio steering To adjust the steering wheel: wheel controls, some audio controls 1. Pull the lever (A) down. can be adjusted at the steering wheel. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down. b / g (Push to Talk): For vehicles with a Bluetooth®, OnStar, 3. Pull or push the steering wheel or navigation system, press to closer or away from you. interact with those systems. See 4. Pull the lever (A) up to lock the Bluetooth (Overview) on page 7‑57 steering wheel in place. or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-3
on page 7‑59 or Bluetooth (Voice Heated Steering Wheel Windshield Wiper/Washer Recognition) on page 7‑64 or Bluetooth (UHP Mexico Only) on For vehicles with a heated steering page 7‑70, OnStar Overview on wheel, the button for this feature is page 14‑1, or the navigation manual located on the climate control for more information. system. $ / i (Mute/End Call): Press to ( : Press to turn the heated silence the vehicle speakers only. steering wheel on or off. A light on Press again to turn the sound on. the button displays when the feature The windshield wiper lever is on the For vehicles with OnStar or is turned on. right side of the steering column. Bluetooth systems, press to reject The steering wheel takes about With the ignition in ACC/ an incoming call, or end a three minutes to start heating. ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move current call. the windshield wiper lever to select _ SRC ^ (Rotary Control): Horn the wiper speed. Turn to select an audio source. Press a on the steering wheel 2: Use for fast wipes. Press _ or ^ to select the next or pad to sound the horn. 1: Use for slow wipes. previous favorite radio station, CD, or MP3 track. + x − (Volume): Press + to increase the volume. Press − to decrease the volume. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)
5-4 Instruments and Controls
Wipe Parking See Washer Fluid on page 10‑22 for If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ information on filling the windshield OFF while the wipers are on 1, 2, washer fluid reservoir. or 3, they will immediately stop. { WARNING If the windshield wiper lever is then moved to 9 before the driver door In freezing weather, do not use 3 (Adjustable Interval Wipes): is opened, or within 10 minutes, the the washer until the windshield is Turn the band up for more frequent wipers will restart and move to the warmed. Otherwise the washer wipes or down for less frequent base of the windshield. fluid can form ice on the wipes. windshield, blocking your vision. If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ 9 (Off): Use to turn the windshield OFF during a windshield wash, the wipers off. wipers will stop when they reach the Compass base of the windshield. 3 (Mist): Briefly move the wiper The vehicle may have a compass lever down for a single wipe or hold Windshield Washer display on the Driver Information down for several wipes. Pull the windshield wiper lever Center (DIC). The compass receives Clear ice and snow from the wiper toward you to spray windshield its heading and other information blades before using them. If they washer fluid and activate the wipers. from the Global Positioning are frozen to the windshield, System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak, carefully loosen or thaw them. The wipers will continue until the and vehicle speed information. Damaged wiper blades should be lever is released or the maximum wash time is reached. Avoid covering the GPS antenna for replaced. See Wiper Blade long periods of time with objects Replacement on page 10‑27. When the windshield wiper lever is that may interfere with the antenna's Heavy snow or ice can overload the released, additional wipes may ability to receive a satellite signal. wipers. A circuit breaker stops them occur depending on how long the until the motor cools. windshield washer had been activated. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-5
See Backglass Antenna on Setting the Time and Date Setting the Month and Day page 7 25 and Satellite Radio ‑ 1. Press the CONFIG button and Format Antenna on page 7 26 for the ‑ select Time and Date Settings, location of the vehicle's antennas. 1. Press the CONFIG button and or press H. select Time and Date Settings, The compass system is designed to H operate for a certain number of 2. Select Set Time or Set Date. or press . miles or degrees of turn before 2. Highlight Set Date Format. needing a signal from the GPS 3. Turn the Menu knob to adjust satellites. When the compass the highlighted value. 3. Press SELECT to select display shows CAL, drive the 4. Press SELECT to select the MM/DD/YY (month/day/year) or vehicle for a short distance in an next value. DD/MM/YY (day/month/year). open area where it can receive a 5. To save the time or date and Setting the Auto Time Adjust GPS signal. The compass system return to the Time and Date will automatically determine when 1. Press the CONFIG button and Settings menu, press the the GPS signal is restored and select Time and Date Settings, / BACK button at any time or provide a heading again. See H press SELECT after adjusting or press . Compass Messages on page 5 34 ‑ the minutes or year. for more information on the 2. Highlight Auto Time Adjust. messages that may be displayed for Setting the 12/24 Hour Format 3. Press SELECT to turn Auto the compass. Time Adjust on or off. 1. Press the CONFIG button and Clock (With Date Display) select Time and Date Settings, 4. Press SELECT to select Time or press H. Zone, and then select the The infotainment system controls Time Zone. 2. Highlight Set Time Format. are used to access the time and 5. Press SELECT to turn Daylight date settings through the menu 3. Press SELECT to select the Savings on or off. system. See Operation on 12 hour or 24 hour display page 7‑12 for information about format. how to use the menu system. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)
5-6 Instruments and Controls
Clock (Without Date Setting the 12/24 Hour Format 12/24 HR Format: Press the 12 HR screen button for standard 1. Press the CONFIG button and Display) time; press the 24 HR screen button select Time Settings, The infotainment system controls for military time. or press H. are used to access the time and Day + or Day −: Press the Day + date settings through the menu 2. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format. or Day − display buttons to increase system. See Operation on 3. Press SELECT to select the or decrease the day. page 7‑12 for information about how to use the menu system. 12 hour or 24 hour display Display: Press Display to turn the format. display of the time on the screen on Setting the Time or off. 1. Press the CONFIG button and Clock (Color Radio) select Time Settings, The clock is in the center stack Power Outlets or press H. display. The accessory power outlet can be 2. Select Set Time. To set the time: used to plug in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone or MP3 player. 3. Turn the Menu knob to adjust 1. Press the CONFIG button to the highlighted value. enter the menu options. Turn the This outlet is located under the Menu knob to scroll through the armrest inside the center console 4. Press SELECT to select the available setup features. Press storage. next value. SELECT or press the Time The outlet is powered when the 5. To save the time and return to screen button to display other ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ the Time Settings menu, press options within that feature. ACCESSORY, or until the driver the / BACK button at any time 2. Press + or − to decrease or door is opened within 10 minutes of or press SELECT after adjusting increase the Hours and Minutes turning off the vehicle. See Retained the minutes. displayed on the clock. Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9‑25. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-7
Open the protective cover to use Power Outlet 110 Volt Alternating than 150 watts is plugged into the the accessory power outlet. Current outlet, and no system fault is Certain electrical accessories The vehicle may have a power detected. may not be compatible with the outlet that can be used to plug in The indicator light on the outlet will accessory power outlet and electrical equipment with a not turn on if the plug is not fully could overload vehicle or adapter maximum limit of 150 watts. seated. fuses. If there is a problem, see If you try to connect equipment your dealer. using more than 150 watts or a When adding electrical equipment, system fault is detected, the be sure to follow the installation equipment may operate for a instructions included with the short period and turn itself off. equipment. See Add-On Electrical A protection circuit shuts off the Equipment on page 9‑60. power supply and the indicator light Notice: Hanging heavy turns off. To reset the circuit, unplug equipment from the power outlet the item and plug it back in or turn can cause damage not covered the Remote Accessory Power (RAP) by the vehicle warranty. The off and then back on. See Retained power outlets are designed for Accessory Power (RAP) on accessory power plugs only, such page 9‑25. Prolonged usage of the The power outlet is located on the as cell phone charge cords. power outlet at the maximum load of rear of the center console. 150 watts may cause the outlet to An indicator light on the outlet overheat and automatically shut comes on when in use. The light down. The power restarts when comes on when the ignition is in equipment that operates within the ON/RUN, equipment requiring less limit is plugged into the outlet and a system fault is not detected. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)
5-8 Instruments and Controls
The power outlet is not designed for Warning Lights, Gauges can indicate when there the following equipment, and may could be a problem with a vehicle not work properly if any of the Gauges, and function. Often gauges and warning following is plugged in: lights work together to indicate a Indicators problem with the vehicle. . Equipment with high initial peak wattage such as: Warning lights and gauges can When one of the warning lights compressor-driven refrigerators signal that something is wrong comes on and stays on while and electric power tools. before it becomes serious enough driving, or when one of the gauges to cause an expensive repair or shows there may be a problem, . Other equipment requiring an replacement. Paying attention to the extremely stable power supply check the section that explains what warning lights and gauges could to do. Follow this manual's advice. such as: prevent injury. microcomputer-controlled Waiting to do repairs can be costly electric blankets, touch sensor Warning lights come on when there and even dangerous. lamps, etc. could be a problem with a vehicle function. Some warning lights come on briefly when the engine is started to indicate they are working. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-9
Instrument Cluster
English Shown, Metric Similar Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)
5-10 Instruments and Controls
English eAssist Shown, Metric eAssist Similar Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-11
Speedometer Tachometer Fuel Gauge The speedometer shows the The tachometer displays the vehicle's speed in either kilometers engine speed in revolutions per per hour (km/h) or miles per minute (rpm). hour (mph). For eAssist vehicles, when the ignition is in ON/RUN, the Odometer tachometer indicates the vehicle The odometer shows how far the status. When pointing to AUTO vehicle has been driven, in either STOP, the engine is off but the kilometers or miles. vehicle is on and can move. The engine could auto start at any time. This vehicle has a tamper-resistant When the indicator points to OFF, odometer. If the vehicle needs a the vehicle is off. new odometer installed, the new Metric one is set to the mileage of the old When the engine is on, the odometer. If this is not possible, it is tachometer will indicate the engine’s set at zero and a label is put on the revolutions per minute (rpm). The driver door to show the old mileage tachometer may vary by several reading. hundred rpm’s, during auto stop mode, when the engine is shutting off and restarting. A slight bump may be felt when the transmission is determining the most fuel efficient operating range. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)
5-12 Instruments and Controls
Here are four things that some Driver Efficiency Gauge owners ask about. None of these show a problem with the fuel gauge: . At the service station, the fuel pump shuts off before the gauge reads full. . It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gauge indicated. For example, the gauge indicated the tank was half full, but it actually took a little more or less than half the English tank's capacity to fill the tank. When the ignition is on, the fuel . The gauge moves a little while gauge indicates about how much turning a corner or speeding up. For eAssist vehicles, this gauge fuel is left in the tank. assists in driving efficiently and will . The gauge takes a few seconds An arrow on the fuel gauge vary based on driver input. to stabilize after the ignition is indicates the side of the vehicle the turned on, and goes back to To maximize efficiency keep the fuel door is on. empty when the ignition is gauge pointed in the solid green When the indicator nears empty, the turned off. zone in the center of the gauge. low fuel light comes on. There is still The gauge moves to the left when a little fuel left, but the fuel tank braking and to the right when should be filled soon. accelerating. When either are done aggressively, the vehicle is being driven less efficiently and the gauge will move further from the center. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-13
Engine Coolant In eAssist vehicles, the engine coolant warning light comes on Temperature Gauge when the engine is too hot. See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 5‑22 in this section. This reading indicates the same thing as the warning light. It means that the engine coolant has overheated. If the vehicle has been operating under normal driving conditions, pull off the road, stop the English vehicle, and turn off the engine as This gauge shows the engine soon as possible. See Engine coolant temperature. Overheating on page 10‑19 for more Metric information. If the gauge pointer moves toward the shaded area, the engine is too hot. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)
5-14 Instruments and Controls
Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt electronic device. To turn off the Reminder Light reminder light and/or chime, remove Driver Safety Belt Reminder the object from the seat or buckle Light the safety belt. There is a driver safety belt reminder light on the instrument Airbag Readiness Light panel cluster. This light shows if there is an electrical problem. The system check includes the airbag sensor(s), When the vehicle is started, this passenger sensing system, the light flashes and a chime may come pretensioners, the airbag modules, on to remind front passengers to the wiring, and the crash sensing fasten their safety belt. Then the and diagnostic module. For more light stays on solid until the information on the airbag system, When the vehicle is started, this belt is buckled. see Airbag System on page 3‑21. light flashes and a chime may come This cycle continues several times on to remind the driver to fasten if the front passenger remains or their safety belt. Then the light stays becomes unbuckled while the on solid until the belt is buckled. vehicle is moving. This cycle may continue several If the front passenger safety belt is times if the driver remains or buckled, neither the chime nor the becomes unbuckled while the light comes on. vehicle is moving. The airbag readiness light comes on The front passenger safety belt and stays on for several seconds If the driver safety belt is buckled, reminder light and chime may turn when the vehicle is started. neither the light nor the chime on if an object is put on the seat Then the light goes out. comes on. such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, laptop, or other Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-15
If the word OFF is lit on the airbag { WARNING status indicator, it means that the passenger sensing system has If the airbag readiness light stays turned off the front outboard on after the vehicle is started or passenger frontal airbag. comes on while driving, it means the airbag system might not be If, after several seconds, both status working properly. The airbags in When the vehicle is started, the indicator lights remain on, or if there the vehicle might not inflate in a passenger airbag status indicator are no lights at all, there may be a problem with the lights or the crash, or they could even inflate will light ON and OFF for several passenger sensing system. without a crash. To help avoid seconds as a system check. See your dealer for service. injury, have the vehicle serviced If you are using remote start, right away. if equipped, to start the vehicle from a distance, you may not see the { WARNING system check. Then, after several If the airbag readiness light ever Passenger Airbag Status more seconds, the status indicator comes on and stays on, it means Indicator will light either ON or OFF to let you know the status of the front that something may be wrong The vehicle has a passenger outboard passenger frontal airbag. with the airbag system. To help sensing system. See Passenger avoid injury to yourself or others, Sensing System on page 3‑27 for If the word ON is lit on the have the vehicle serviced right important safety information. The passenger airbag status indicator, it away. See Airbag Readiness means that the front outboard instrument panel has a passenger Light on page 5‑14 for more airbag status indicator. passenger frontal airbag is allowed information, including important to inflate. safety information. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)
5-16 Instruments and Controls
Charging System Light Malfunction Indicator Lamp A computer system called OBD II (On-Board Diagnostics-Second Generation) monitors the operation of the vehicle to ensure emissions This light should come on when the are at acceptable levels, to produce ignition is on, but the engine is not a cleaner environment. This light running, as a check to show it is The charging system light comes on comes on when the vehicle is briefly when the ignition is turned working. If it does not, have the placed in ON/RUN for key access or vehicle serviced by your dealer. on, but the engine is not running, as Service Only Mode for keyless a check to show the light is working. access, as a check to show it is If the malfunction indicator lamp The light turns off when the engine working. If it does not, have the comes on and stays on while the is started. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. engine is running, this indicates that vehicle serviced by your dealer. See Ignition Positions (Key Access) there is an OBD II problem and If the light stays on, or comes on on page 9‑16 or Ignition Positions service is required. while driving, there could be a (Keyless Access) on page 9‑18 for Malfunctions often are indicated by problem with the electrical charging more information. the system before any problem is system. Have it checked by your apparent. Being aware of the light dealer. Driving while this light is on can prevent more serious damage could drain the battery. to the vehicle. This system assists If a short distance must be driven the dealer technician in correctly with the light on, be sure to turn off diagnosing any malfunction. all accessories, such as the radio and air conditioner. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-17
Notice: If the vehicle is This light comes on during a Light On Steady: An emission continually driven with this light malfunction in one of two ways: control system malfunction has on, the emission controls might Light Flashing: A misfire condition been detected on the vehicle. not work as well, the vehicle fuel has been detected. A misfire Diagnosis and service might be economy might not be as good, increases vehicle emissions and required. and the engine might not run as could damage the emission control The following may correct an smoothly. This could lead to system on the vehicle. Diagnosis emissions system malfunction: costly repairs that might not be and service might be required. covered by the vehicle warranty. . Check that the fuel cap is fully To prevent more serious damage to installed. See Filling the Tank on Notice: Modifications made to the the vehicle: page 9‑52. The diagnostic engine, transmission, exhaust, system can determine if the fuel . Reduce vehicle speed. intake, or fuel system of the cap has been left off or vehicle or the replacement of the . Avoid hard accelerations. improperly installed. A loose or original tires with other than . Avoid steep uphill grades. missing fuel cap allows fuel to those of the same Tire evaporate into the atmosphere. Performance Criteria (TPC) can . If towing a trailer, reduce the A few driving trips with the cap affect the vehicle's emission amount of cargo being hauled as properly installed should turn the controls and can cause this light soon as it is possible. light off. to come on. Modifications to these systems could lead to If the light continues to flash, when costly repairs not covered by the it is safe to do so, stop the vehicle. vehicle warranty. This could also Find a safe place to park. Turn the result in a failure to pass a vehicle off, wait at least 10 seconds, required Emission Inspection/ and restart the engine. If the light is Maintenance test. See still flashing, follow the previous Accessories and Modifications on steps and see your dealer for service as soon as possible. page 10‑3. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1)
5-18 Instruments and Controls
. Check that good quality fuel is Emissions Inspection and The vehicle may not pass used. Poor fuel quality causes Maintenance Programs inspection if: the engine not to run as efficiently as designed and may Some local governments may have . The malfunction indicator lamp is cause stalling after start-up, programs to inspect the on-vehicle on with the engine running, or if stalling when the vehicle is emission control equipment. For the the light does not come on when changed into gear, misfiring, inspection, the emission system test the ignition is turned to ON/RUN hesitation on acceleration, equipment is connected to the while the engine is off. or stumbling on acceleration. vehicle’s Data Link . The OBD II (On-Board These conditions might go away Connector (DLC). Diagnostics) system determines once the engine is warmed up. that critical emission control If one or more of these conditions systems have not been occurs, change the fuel brand used. completely diagnosed. The It will require at least one full tank of vehicle would be considered not the proper fuel to turn the light off. ready for inspection. This can happen if the 12-volt battery has See Recommended Fuel on recently been replaced or run page 9‑49. The DLC is under the instrument down. The diagnostic system is If none of the above have made the panel to the left of the steering designed to evaluate critical light turn off, your dealer can check wheel. See your dealer if assistance emission control systems during the vehicle. The dealer has the is needed. normal driving. This can take proper test equipment and several days of routine driving. diagnostic tools to fix any If this has been done and the mechanical or electrical problems vehicle still does not pass the that might have developed. inspection for lack of OBD II system readiness, your dealer can prepare the vehicle for inspection. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-19
Brake System Warning If the light comes on while driving, Electric Parking Brake pull off the road and stop carefully. Light The pedal may be harder to push or Light The vehicle brake system consists it can go closer to the floor. It may of two hydraulic circuits. If one take longer to stop. Try turning off circuit is not working, the remaining and restarting the vehicle one or two circuit can still work to stop the times. If the light is still on, have the vehicle. For normal braking vehicle towed for service. See performance, both circuits need to Antilock Brake System (ABS) English Metric be working. Warning Light on page 5‑20 and Towing the Vehicle on page 10 94. If the warning light comes on, there ‑ For vehicles with the Electric is a brake problem. Have your brake Parking Brake (EPB), the parking system inspected right away. { WARNING brake status light comes on when the parking brake is applied. If the The brake system might not be light continues flashing after the working properly if the brake parking brake is released, or while system warning light is on. driving, there is a problem with the Driving with the brake system Electric Parking Brake system. warning light on can lead to a A SERVICE PARKING BRAKE crash. If the light is still on after message may also display in the If the vehicle has antilock brakes, the vehicle has been pulled off Driver Information Center (DIC). this light should come on when the the road and carefully stopped, See Brake System Messages on vehicle is placed in START. If it does have the vehicle towed for page 5‑33 for more information. not, have the vehicle serviced by service. If the light does not come on, your dealer. or remains flashing, see your dealer. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1)
5-20 Instruments and Controls
Antilock Brake System If the ABS light is the only light on, the vehicle has regular brakes, but (ABS) Warning Light the antilock brakes are not functioning. If both the ABS and the brake system warning light are on, the For vehicles with the Electric vehicle's antilock brakes are not Parking Brake (EPB), the parking functioning and there is a problem brake warning light should come on with the regular brakes. See your briefly when ignition is placed in ON/ dealer for service. RUN. If it does not come on, then This light comes on briefly when the See Brake System Warning Light on have it fixed so it will be ready to engine is started. page 5‑19. warn if there is a problem. If the light does not come on, have it See Brake System Messages on If this light comes on, there is a fixed so it will be ready to warn if page 5 33 for all brake related problem with a system on the there is a problem. ‑ DIC messages. vehicle that is causing the parking If the ABS light stays on, turn the brake system to work at a reduced ignition off. level. The vehicle can still be driven, If the light comes on while driving, but should be taken to a dealer as stop as soon as it is safely possible soon as possible. See Parking and turn off the vehicle. Then start Brake on page 9 34 for more ‑ the engine again to reset the information. system. If the ABS light stays on, For vehicles with the uplevel or or comes on again while driving, eAssist cluster, this telltale the vehicle needs service. A chime displays in the Driver Information may also sound when the light Center (DIC) screen. comes on steady. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (21,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-21
Traction Off Light StabiliTrak® OFF Light Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light
This light comes on when the This light comes on when the Traction Control System (TCS) has StabiliTrak system is turned off. The Traction Control System (TCS)/ been turned off by pressing and If the Traction Control System (TCS) StabiliTrak light comes on briefly releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak is off, wheel spin is not limited. when the engine is started. button. If StabiliTrak is off, the system does If the light does not come on, have This light also comes on and the not assist in controlling the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and the StabiliTrak the vehicle serviced by the dealer. system turns off if there is a problem If the system is working normally, with the traction control system. system and the warning light turns off. the indicator light turns off. If the light comes on and stays on If the light is on while certain DIC for an extended period of time while See Traction Control System (TCS) on page 9‑36 and StabiliTrak® messages display, this indicates the system is turned on, the vehicle that the TCS and StabiliTrak needs service. System on page 9‑37 for more information. systems are not working or are See Traction Control System (TCS) disabled. ® on page 9‑36 and StabiliTrak If the light is on and not flashing, System on page 9‑37 for more the TCS and potentially the information. StabiliTrak system have been disabled. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (22,1)
5-22 Instruments and Controls
Check the DIC messages to See Ride Control System Messages Notice: Driving with the engine determine which feature(s) is no on page 5‑37 for more information coolant temperature warning light longer functioning and whether it is on the messages associated with on could cause the vehicle to because of the driver turning off the this light. overheat. See Engine Overheating feature(s), or because the system is For vehicles with an uplevel cluster, on page 10‑19. The vehicle's not working properly and the vehicle this light comes on in the Driver engine could be damaged, and it requires service. information Center (DIC). might not be covered by the If the TCS is disabled, wheel spin is vehicle warranty. Never drive with not limited. If the StabiliTrak system the engine coolant temperature Engine Coolant warning light on. is disabled, the system does not aid Temperature Warning in maintaining directional control of The engine coolant temperature the vehicle. Light warning light comes on when the If the indicator/warning light is on engine has overheated. and flashing, the TCS or the If this happens pull over and turn off StabiliTrak system is actively the engine as soon as possible. See working. Check the DIC messages Engine Overheating on page 10‑19 for details to determine which for more information. system is working. If the LOW TRACTION message appears, the system is limiting wheel spin. If a For eAssist vehicles, this light message appears in the DIC, the comes on briefly while starting the system is aiding in maintaining vehicle. directional control of the vehicle. If it does not, have the vehicle See StabiliTrak® System on serviced by the dealer. If the system page 9‑37 and Traction Control is working normally, the indicator System (TCS) on page 9‑36 for light goes off. more information. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (23,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-23
Tire Pressure Light When the Light Flashes First and covered by the vehicle warranty. Then Is On Steady Always follow the maintenance If the light flashes for about a minute schedule for changing engine oil. and then stays on, there may be a problem with the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, the light will come on at every ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Operation on page 10‑54 for more Monitor System (TPMS), this light information. comes on briefly when the engine is The oil pressure light should come started. It provides information Engine Oil Pressure Light on briefly as the engine is started. about tire pressures and the TPMS. If it does not come on have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. When the Light Is On Steady { WARNING If the light comes on and stays on, it This indicates that one or more of Do not keep driving if the oil means that oil is not flowing through the tires are significantly pressure is low. The engine can the engine properly. The vehicle underinflated. become so hot that it catches fire. could be low on oil and might have A Driver Information Center (DIC) Someone could be burned. Check some other system problem. See tire pressure message may also the oil as soon as possible and your dealer. display. See Vehicle Messages on have the vehicle serviced. For vehicles with the uplevel or page 5‑33 for more information. eAssist cluster, this telltale displays Stop as soon as possible, and Notice: Lack of proper engine oil in the Driver Information Center inflate the tires to the pressure value maintenance can damage the (DIC) screen. shown on the Tire and Loading engine. The repairs would not be Information label. See Tire Pressure on page 10‑51 for more information. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (24,1)
5-24 Instruments and Controls
Low Fuel Warning Light Security Light High-Beam On Light
This light, below the fuel gauge, The immobilizer light should come This light comes on when the comes on briefly when the engine on briefly as the engine is started. high-beam headlamps are in use. is started. If it does not come on, have the See Headlamp High/Low-Beam vehicle serviced by your dealer. If it does not come on have the Changer on page 6‑2 for more vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally, information. If the system is working normally, the indicator light turns off. the indicator light then goes off. If the light stays on and the engine This light also comes on when the does not start, there could be a fuel tank is low on fuel. When fuel problem with the theft-deterrent is added the light should go off. system. See Immobilizer Operation If it does not, have your vehicle (Key Access) on page 2‑14 or serviced. Immobilizer Operation (Keyless Access) on page 2‑15 for more For vehicles with an uplevel or information. eAssist cluster, this telltale displays in the Driver Information Center (DIC) screen. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (25,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-25
Front Fog Lamp Light Cruise Control Light Information Displays Driver Information Center (DIC) The Driver Information Center (DIC) displays information about the vehicle. It also displays warning For vehicles with fog lamps, this This light is white whenever the messages if a system problem is light comes on when the fog lamps cruise control is set and turns green detected. See Vehicle Messages on are on. when the cruise control is active. page 5‑33 for more information. All messages appear in the DIC display The light goes out when the fog The light goes out when the cruise located in the center of the lamps are turned off. See Fog control is turned off. See Cruise instrument panel cluster. Lamps on page 6‑5 for more Control on page 9‑40 for more information. information. On some models, the DIC may show warning lights or indicators in For vehicles with the uplevel or Taillamp Indicator Light the top portion of the display. See eAssist cluster, this telltale will be Warning Lights, Gauges, and shown in the Driver Information Indicators on page 5‑8 for more Center (DIC) screen. information. The vehicle may also have features that can be customized through the controls on the radio. See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑40 for This light comes on when the more information. taillamps are in use. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (26,1)
5-26 Instruments and Controls
DIC Operation and Displays DIC Buttons Trip/Fuel Menu Items The DIC has different displays Press MENU on the turn signal which can be accessed by using the lever until Trip/Fuel Information DIC buttons on the turn signal lever Menu is displayed. Use w x to to the left of the steering wheel. The scroll through the following menu DIC displays trip, fuel, vehicle items: system information, and warning messages if a system problem is . Digital Speedometer detected. A. SET/CLR: Press to set or clear . Trip 1 the menu item when it is The bottom of the DIC display displayed. . Trip 2 shows what position the shift lever . Power Flow Gauge is in, the odometer, and the direction B. (Thumbwheel): Use to w x (eAssist Only) the vehicle is driving. scroll through the items in each . In cold weather the DIC display may menu. A small marker will move Fuel Range change slowly. This is normal and across the bottom of the page . Average Fuel Economy/ will move more quickly as the as you scroll through the items. Instantaneous Fuel Economy vehicle's interior temperature rises. This shows where each page is in the menu. . Average Vehicle Speed C. MENU: Press to get to the Trip/ . Timer Fuel Menu and the Vehicle . Navigation Information Menu. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (27,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-27
Digital Speedometer Fuel Range The Instantaneous Fuel Economy The speedometer shows how fast This display shows the approximate display shows the current fuel the vehicle is moving in either distance the vehicle can be driven economy in liters per 100 kilometers kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles without refueling. The fuel range (L/100 km) or miles per gallon per hour (mph). The speedometer estimate is based on an average of (mpg). This number reflects only the cannot be reset. the vehicle's fuel economy over fuel economy that the vehicle has recent driving history and the right now and changes frequently as Trip 1 and Trip 2 amount of fuel remaining in the fuel driving conditions change. Unlike This display shows the current tank. Fuel range cannot be reset. average economy, this display distance traveled, in either cannot be reset. Average Fuel Economy/ kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since Average Vehicle Speed the last reset for the trip odometer. Instantaneous Fuel Economy The trip odometer can be reset to On some models, this display This display shows the average zero by pressing SET/CLR while the shows Average Fuel Economy. speed of the vehicle in miles per trip odometer display is showing. On other models, this display shows hour (mph) or kilometers per both Average Fuel Economy and hour (km/h). This average is Power Flow Gauge (eAssist Only) Instantaneous Fuel Economy. calculated based on the various vehicle speeds recorded since the This display shows the operating The Average Fuel Economy display mode of the eAssist system and the last reset of this value. The average shows the approximate average speed can be reset by pressing high voltage battery charge level. liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) The animation indicates the SET/CLR while the Average Vehicle or miles per gallon (mpg). This Speed display is showing. direction of energy flow. number is calculated based on the number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the last time this menu item was reset. The fuel economy can be reset by pressing SET/CLR while the Average Fuel Economy display is showing. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (28,1)
5-28 Instruments and Controls
Timer Vehicle Information Menu Tire Pressure This display can be used as a timer. Items The display will show a vehicle with To start the timer, press SET/CLR Press MENU on the turn signal the approximate pressures of all while Timer is displayed. The lever until Vehicle Information Menu four tires. Tire pressure is displayed display will show the amount of time is displayed. Use to scroll in either kilopascal (kPa) or pounds that has passed since the timer was w x per square inch (psi). See Tire through the following menu items: last reset, not including time the Pressure Monitor System on ignition is off. Time will continue to . Unit page 10‑53 and Tire Pressure be counted as long as the ignition is . Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 10‑54 for on, even if another display is being more information. shown on the DIC. The timer will . Jump Start (eAssist Only) Jump Start (eAssist Only) record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes, . Remaining Oil Life and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after This display allows for on-board which the display will return to zero. . Battery Voltage jump starting of the vehicle. See To stop the timer, press SET/CLR Unit “Jump Starting (On-board with briefly while Timer is displayed. To eAssist Only)” for more information. reset the timer to zero, press and Move w x to switch between Remaining Oil Life hold SET/CLR. metric or US when the Unit display is active. Press SET/CLR to confirm This display shows an estimate of Navigation the setting. This will change the the oil's remaining useful life. This display is used for the OnStar displays on the cluster and DIC to If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is or Navigation System Turn-by-Turn either metric or English (US) displayed, that means 99% of the guidance. See OnStar Overview on measurements. current oil life remains. page 14‑1 or the navigation manual, When the remaining oil life is low, if the vehicle has navigation, for the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON more information. message will appear on the display. See Engine Oil Messages on page 5‑35. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (29,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-29
The oil should be changed as soon Battery Voltage Head-Up Display (HUD) as possible. See Engine Oil on This display, available on some page 10 9. In addition to the engine ‑ vehicles, shows the current battery { WARNING oil life system monitoring the oil life, voltage. If the voltage is in the additional maintenance is normal range, the value will display. If the HUD image is too bright or recommended in the Maintenance For example, the display may read too high in your field of view, it Schedule in this manual. See Battery Voltage 15.0 Volts. The may take you more time to see Maintenance Schedule on vehicle's charging system regulates things you need to see when it is page 11‑3 for more information. voltage based on the state of the dark outside. Be sure to keep the Remember, the Oil Life display must battery. The battery voltage can HUD image dim and placed low in be reset after each oil change. It will fluctuate while viewing this your field of view. not reset itself. Also, be careful not information on the DIC. This is to reset the Oil Life display normal. See Charging System Light accidentally at any time other than on page 5‑16 for more information. For vehicles with the Head-Up when the oil has just been changed. If there is a problem with the battery Display (HUD), some information It cannot be reset accurately until charging system, the DIC will concerning the operation of the the next oil change. To reset the display a message vehicle is projected onto the engine oil life system, press SET/ windshield. This includes the CLR while the Oil Life display is Compass speedometer reading, rpm reading, active. See Engine Oil Life System The vehicle may have a compass transmission position, outside air on page 10‑12. display in the Driver Information temperature, compass heading, and Center (DIC). See Compass on a brief display of the current radio page 5‑4 for more information. station, including XM information or CD track. It will also display turn-by-turn navigation information if the vehicle has a navigation radio. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (30,1)
5-30 Instruments and Controls
The images are projected through The following indicator lights come the HUD lens located on the driver on in the instrument panel when side of the instrument panel. activated and also appear on Notice: If you try to use the HUD the HUD: image as a parking aid, you may . Turn Signal Indicators misjudge the distance and . High-Beam Indicator Symbol damage your vehicle. Do not use the HUD image as a parking aid. The HUD temporarily displays some vehicle warnings, such as CHECK The HUD information can be TIRE PRESSURE and FUEL displayed in one of three languages, LEVEL LOW when these messages English, French, or Spanish. The are on the DIC trip computer. speedometer reading and other HUD Display on the Vehicle numerical values can be displayed The HUD also displays the following in either English or metric units. Windshield messages on vehicles with these systems, when they are active: The language selection is changed The HUD information appears as an through the radio and the units of image focused out toward the front . TRACTION CONTROL ACTIVE of the vehicle. measurement is changed through . STABILITRAK ACTIVE the trip computer in the Driver When the ignition is placed in the Information Center (DIC). See ON/RUN or ON/RUN/START When the HUD is on, the AM-FM Radio (Radio with CD/DVD/ position, HUD will display an speedometer reading is continually MEM) on page 7‑17 or AM-FM introductory message for a short displayed. The current radio station Radio (Radio with CD and time, until the HUD is ready. or CD track number will display for a Touchscreen) on page 7‑19 and short period of time after the radio Driver Information Center (DIC) on or CD track status changes. This page 5‑25. happens whenever radio information is changed. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (31,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-31
The speedometer size is reduced Use the following settings to adjust The three formats are as follows: when radio, CD information, the HUD. warnings, or turn-by-turn navigation OFF: To turn HUD off, turn the information are displayed on HUD dimming knob fully the HUD. counterclockwise until the HUD display turns off. Brightness: Turn the dimming knob clockwise or counterclockwise to English Shown, Metric Similar brighten or dim the display. Format One: This display gives the « (Up) or ª (Down): Press the speedometer reading (in English or up or down arrows to center the metric units), turn signal indication, HUD image in your view. The HUD high‐beam indication, transmission image can only be adjusted up and positions, outside air temperature, down, not side to side. and compass heading. PAGE: Press to select the display formats. Release the PAGE button The HUD control is located to the when the format number with the left of the steering wheel. desired display is shown on the To adjust the HUD image so that HUD. If vehicle messages are items are properly displayed, do the displayed, pressing PAGE may following: clear the message. English Shown, Metric Similar 1. Adjust the driver seat to a Format Two: This display includes comfortable position. the information in Format One without the transmission 2. Start the engine. information, the outside air 3. Adjust the HUD controls. temperature, and compass heading. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (32,1)
5-32 Instruments and Controls
Care of the HUD Clean the inside of the windshield as needed to remove any dirt or film that could reduce the sharpness or clarity of the HUD image.
English Shown, Metric Similar English Shown, Metric Similar To clean the HUD lens, use a soft, clean cloth that has household glass Format Three: This display The HUD image displayed on the cleaner sprayed on it. Wipe the includes much of the information in windshield will automatically dim HUD lens gently, then dry it. Do not Format One along with a circular and brighten to compensate for spray cleaner directly on the lens tachometer, but without outside air outside lighting. However, the because the cleaner could leak into temperature and compass heading. HUD brightness control can still be the unit. All formats will show the turn-by-turn adjusted as needed. navigation information and provide The HUD image can temporarily details about the next driving light up depending on the angle maneuver to be made. When you and position of the sunlight on the near your next maneuver, the HUD HUD display. This is normal and will will display a distance bar that will change when the angle of the empty the closer you get to your sunlight on the HUD display maneuver. All navigation information changes. is provided to the HUD by the Polarized sunglasses could make navigation radio or OnStar service, the HUD image harder to see. for vehicles that have these features. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (33,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-33
If You Cannot See the HUD Vehicle Messages features of the vehicle that you may Image When the Ignition Is On be able to notice. At the point that Messages displayed on the features are disabled, this message . Is anything covering the DIC indicate the status of the is displayed. It means that the HUD lens? vehicle or some action that may be vehicle is trying to save the charge . Is the HUD dimmer setting bright needed to correct a condition. in the battery. Turn off unnecessary enough? Multiple messages may display accessories to allow the battery to one after the other. recharge. . Is the HUD image adjusted to the proper height? The messages that do not require LOW BATTERY immediate action can be . Are you wearing polarized acknowledged and cleared by This message is displayed when the sunglasses? pressing SET/CLR. The messages battery voltage is low. See Battery . Still no HUD image? Check the that require immediate action cannot on page 10‑25 for more information. fuse in the instrument panel fuse be cleared until that action is SERVICE BATTERY block. See Instrument Panel performed. All messages should be CHARGING SYSTEM Fuse Block on page 10‑40. taken seriously and clearing the messages does not correct the This message is displayed when If the HUD Image Is Not Clear problem. there is a fault in the battery . Is the HUD image too bright? charging system. Take the vehicle to your dealer for service. . Are the windshield and HUD Battery Voltage and lens clean? Charging Messages Brake System Messages If the HUD image is not correct, BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE contact your dealer. BRAKE FLUID LOW This message displays when the Keep in mind that the windshield is vehicle has detected that the battery This message is displayed when the part of the HUD system. voltage is dropping beyond a brake fluid level is low. See Brake reasonable point. The battery saver Fluid on page 10‑23. system starts reducing certain Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (34,1)
5-34 Instruments and Controls
STEP ON BRAKE TO SERVICE PARKING BRAKE Door Ajar Messages RELEASE PARK BRAKE This message is displayed when DRIVER DOOR OPEN This message is displayed if you there is a problem with the electric attempt to release the electric parking brake. See Parking Brake This message will display when the parking brake without the brake on page 9‑34 for more information. driver door is open. Close the door pedal applied. See Parking Brake Take the vehicle to your dealer. completely. on page 9‑34 for more information. Compass Messages HOOD OPEN RELEASE PARK BRAKE This message will display when the This message is displayed if the CAL hood is open. Close the hood electric parking brake is on while the This message is displayed when the completely. vehicle is in motion. Release it compass needs to be calibrated. LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN before you attempt to drive. See See Compass on page 5‑4. Parking Brake on page 9‑34 for This message will display when the more information. ––– driver side rear door is open. Close the door completely. SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST Three dashes will be displayed if the compass needs service. See your PASSENGER DOOR OPEN This message may be displayed dealer for service. when there is a problem with the This message will display when the brake boost assist system. When Cruise Control Messages front passenger door is open. Close this message is displayed, the brake the door completely. CRUISE SET TO XXX boost assist motor might be heard RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN operating and you might notice This message displays when the This message will display when the pulsation in the brake pedal. cruise control is set and shows the passenger side rear door is open. This is normal under these speed it was set to. See Cruise conditions. Take the vehicle to Close the door completely. Control on page 9‑40 for more your dealer for service. information. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (35,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-35
TRUNK OPEN COOLANT LEVEL LOW ADD Engine Oil Messages COOLANT This message will display when the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON trunk is open. Close the trunk This message will display if the completely. coolant is low. See Engine Coolant This message displays when the on page 10‑16. engine oil needs to be changed. Engine Cooling System When you change the engine oil, be ENGINE OVERHEATED — sure to reset the Oil Life System. Messages IDLE ENGINE See Engine Oil Life System on A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH This message displays when the page 10‑12 and Driver Information ENGINE TEMP engine coolant temperature is too Center (DIC) on page 5‑25 for information on how to reset the This message displays when the hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to idle until it cools down. system. See Engine Oil on engine coolant becomes hotter than page 10‑9 and Maintenance the normal operating temperature. ENGINE OVERHEATED — Schedule on page 11‑3 for more To avoid added strain on a hot STOP ENGINE information. engine, the air conditioning compressor automatically turns off. This message displays and a ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLE When the coolant temperature continuous chime sounds if the ENGINE engine cooling system reaches returns to normal, the air This message displays when the conditioning compressor turns unsafe temperatures for operation. Stop and turn off the vehicle as engine oil temperature is too hot. back on. You can continue to Stop and allow the vehicle to idle drive the vehicle. soon as it is safe to do so to avoid severe damage. This message until it cools down. If this message continues to appear, clears when the engine has cooled ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL have the system repaired by your to a safe operating temperature. dealer as soon as possible to avoid This message displays when the damage to the engine. engine oil level is too low. Check the oil level. See Engine Oil on page 10‑9. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (36,1)
5-36 Instruments and Controls
OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOP Anytime this message stays on, REPLACE BATTERY IN ENGINE the vehicle should be taken to your REMOTE KEY dealer for service as soon as This message displays if low oil possible. This message displays when the pressure levels occur. Stop the battery in the Remote Keyless vehicle as soon as safely possible Entry (RKE) transmitter needs to and do not operate it until the cause Fuel System Messages be replaced. of the low oil pressure has been FUEL LEVEL LOW corrected. Check the oil as soon as Lamp Messages possible and have the vehicle This message displays when the serviced by your dealer. vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as AFL (Adaptive Forward soon as possible. Lighting) LAMPS NEED Engine Power Messages TIGHTEN GAS CAP SERVICE ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED This message displays when the This message displays when the fuel cap is not on tight. Tighten the Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL) This message displays when the fuel cap. system is disabled and needs vehicle's engine power is reduced. service. See your dealer. See Reduced engine power can affect Key and Lock Messages Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL) on the vehicle's ability to accelerate. page 6‑4 for more information. If this message is on, but there is NO REMOTE DETECTED no reduction in performance, proceed to your destination. The This message displays when the performance may be reduced the transmitter battery is weak on next time the vehicle is driven. The vehicles with keyless access. See vehicle may be driven at a reduced “Starting the Vehicle with a Low speed while this message is on, but Transmitter Battery” under Remote maximum acceleration and speed Keyless Entry (RKE) System may be reduced. Operation on page 2‑3 for more information. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (37,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-37
Object Detection System SERVICE BLIND ZONE ALERT Ride Control System Messages SYSTEM Messages If this message appears, both SBZA PARK ASSIST OFF displays will remain on indicating ALL WHEEL DRIVE OFF This message displays when the there is a problem with the SBZA This message displays when the park assist system has been turned system. If these displays remain on All-Wheel Drive (AWD) System has off or when there is a temporary after continued driving, the system been turned off. See All-Wheel condition causing the system to be needs service. Take the vehicle to Drive on page 9‑32. disabled. See Ultrasonic Parking your dealer. Assist on page 9‑42. SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVE SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT SYSTEM SERVICE PARK ASSIST SYSTEM OFF This message displays when there This message displays if there is a This message indicates that the is a problem with the All-Wheel problem with the Ultrasonic Rear driver has turned the system off. Drive (AWD) System. See your Parking Assist (URPA) system. dealer for service. Do not use this system to help you SIDE BLIND ZONE SYS. park. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist UNAVAILABLE SERVICE REAR AXLE on page 9‑42 for more information. This message indicates that the This message displays when there See your dealer for service. SBZA system is disabled because is a problem with the All-Wheel the sensor is blocked and cannot Drive (AWD) System. See your detect vehicles in the blind zone. dealer for service. The sensor may be blocked by mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush. This message may also activate during heavy rain or due to road spray. The vehicle does not need service. For cleaning, see Exterior Care on page 10‑98. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (38,1)
5-38 Instruments and Controls
SERVICE TRACTION SPORT MODE ON Starting the Vehicle CONTROL This message displays when using Messages This message displays when there the selective ride control. See is a problem with the Traction Selective Ride Control on page 9‑39 JUMP START ACTIVE WAIT TO Control System (TCS). When this for more information. START message is displayed, the system TRACTION CONTROL OFF This message displays while will not limit wheel spin. Adjust your performing an on-board jump start driving accordingly. See your dealer This message displays when the of the vehicle. See “Jump Starting for service. Traction Control System (TCS) is (On-board with eAssist Only)” for turned off. Adjust your driving more information. SERVICE STABILITRAK accordingly. This message displays if there is a JUMP START COMPLETE problem with the StabiliTrak system. Anti-theft Alarm System ATTEMPT START If this message appears, try to reset Messages This message displays while the system. Stop; turn off the engine performing an on-board jump start for at least 15 seconds; then start THEFT ATTEMPTED of the vehicle. See “Jump Starting the engine again. If this message This message displays if the vehicle (On-board with eAssist Only)” for still comes on, it means there is a detects a tamper condition. more information. problem. See your dealer for service. The vehicle is safe to drive, JUMP START DISABLED SEE however, you do not have the OWNERS MANUAL benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce This message displays if there is a your speed and drive accordingly. problem with the on-board jump start system. Take the vehicle to your dealer for service. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (39,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-39
Tire Messages The DIC also shows the tire SHIFT TO PARK pressure values. See Driver This message displays when the TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD Information Center (DIC) on transmission needs to be shifted to AIR TO TIRE page 5 25. ‑ P (Park). This may appear when On vehicles with the Tire Pressure SERVICE TIRE MONITOR attempting to remove the key from Monitor System (TPMS), this SYSTEM the ignition or from the vehicle if the message displays when the vehicle is not in P (Park). pressure in one or more of the This message displays if there is a vehicle's tires is low. problem with the Tire Pressure TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLE Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire ENGINE The low tire pressure warning light Pressure Monitor Operation on This message displays and a chime will also come on. See Tire page 10‑54 for more information. Pressure Light on page 5‑23. sounds if the transmission fluid in TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the If a tire pressure message appears transmission fluid temperature high on the DIC, stop as soon as you This message displays when the can cause damage to the vehicle. can. Inflate the tires by adding air system is learning new tires. See Stop the vehicle and let it idle to until the tire pressure is equal to the Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on allow the transmission to cool. This values shown on the Tire and page 10‑54 for more information. message clears when the fluid Loading Information label. See Tires temperature reaches a safe level. on page 10‑44, Vehicle Load Limits Transmission Messages on page 9‑10, and Tire Pressure on page 10‑51. SERVICE TRANSMISSION You can receive more than one tire This message displays if there is a pressure message at a time. To problem with the transmission. See read the other messages that may your dealer. have been sent at the same time, press the SET/CLR button. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (40,1)
5-40 Instruments and Controls
Window Messages Vehicle The following list of menu items may be available: OPEN, THEN CLOSE DRIVER Personalization . Climate and Air Quality WINDOW The audio system controls are used . Comfort and Convenience This message is displayed when the to access the personalization window needs to be reprogrammed. menus for customizing vehicle . Collision/Detection Systems If the vehicle's battery has been features. . Language recharged or disconnected, you will CONFIG (Configuration): Press to . Lighting need to reprogram each front access the Configuration window for the express-up feature to Settings menu. . Power Door Locks work. See Power Windows on . Remote Lock/Unlock/Start page 2‑19 for more information. Menu Knob: Turn to scroll through the menus. . Return to Factory Settings OPEN, THEN CLOSE PASSENGER WINDOW SELECT: Press to enter the menus Turn the Menu knob to highlight the and select menu items. menu. Press SELECT to select it. This message is displayed when the / BACK: Press to exit or move Each of the menus is detailed in the window needs to be reprogrammed. backward in a menu. following information. If the vehicle's battery has been recharged or disconnected, you will Entering the Personalization Climate and Air Quality need to reprogram each front Menus Select the Climate and Air Quality window for the express-up feature to 1. Press CONFIG to access the menu and the following may be work. See Power Windows on Configuration Settings menu. displayed: page 2‑19 for more information. 2. Turn the Menu knob to highlight . Auto Fan Speed Vehicle Settings. . Air Quality Sensor 3. Press SELECT to select the . Auto Heated Seats Vehicle Settings menu. . Air Conditioning Mode Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (41,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-41
. Remote Start Auto Heated Seats Press SELECT when Air Quality the vehicle is started. Selecting Off . Remote Start Cooled Seats Sensor is highlighted to open the turns the air conditioning off each menu. Turn the Menu knob to time the vehicle is started. Last . Auto Defog highlight High or Low. Press Setting will resume the last setting . Auto Rear Defog SELECT to confirm the selection. when the vehicle was shut off. / Auto Fan Speed Press BACK to move to the Press SELECT when Air last menu. Conditioning Mode is highlighted to This will allow you to select the Auto Heated Seats open the menu. Turn the Menu knob automatic fan speed. It can be to highlight Off, On, or Last Setting. adjusted to run lower or higher than If equipped and turned on, this Press SELECT to confirm the normal. feature will automatically activate selection. Press / BACK to move to Press SELECT when Auto Fan heated seats at the level required by the last menu. Speed is highlighted to open the the interior temperature. The auto menu. Turn the Menu knob to heated seats can be turned off by Remote Start Auto Heated Seats highlight High, Medium, or Low. using the heated seat buttons on If equipped and turned on, this Press SELECT to confirm the the climate control panel. feature will turn the heated seats on selection. Press / BACK to move Press SELECT when Auto Heated when using remote start on to the last menu. Seats is highlighted to open the cold days. menu. Turn the Menu knob to Air Quality Sensor Press SELECT when Remote Start highlight On or Off. Press SELECT Auto Heated Seats is highlighted. This will allow you to select whether to confirm the selection. Press / Turn the Menu knob to select On or the system will operate at high or BACK to move to the last menu. Off. Press SELECT to confirm the low sensitivity. Only vehicles with / the dual zone climate control will Air Conditioning Mode selection. Press BACK to move to the last menu. have this option. This allows selection of automatic start of the air conditioning upon vehicle start. Selecting On indicates the air conditioning will be on when Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (42,1)
5-42 Instruments and Controls
Remote Start Cooled Seats Auto Rear Defog Press SELECT when Chime Volume If equipped and turned on, this If equipped, this will allow you to is highlighted. Turn the Menu knob feature will turn the cooled seats on turn the auto rear defog on or off. to select Normal or High. Press when using remote start on This feature will automatically turn SELECT to confirm the selection. warm days. on the rear defogger when it is Press / BACK to move to the last menu. Press SELECT when Remote Start cold outside. Cooled Seats is highlighted. Turn Press SELECT when Auto Rear Driver Seat Easy Exit the Menu knob to select On or Off. Defog is highlighted to open the When on, this feature will move the Press SELECT to confirm the menu. Turn the Menu knob to driver seat rearward upon turning selection. Press / BACK to move to highlight On or Off. Press SELECT the ignition off and opening the the last menu. to confirm the selection. Press driver door. This may be performed / BACK to move to the last menu. Auto Defog to make it easier to exit the vehicle. Comfort and Convenience See “Easy Exit Driver Seat” under This will allow you to turn the auto Power Seat Adjustment on page 3‑5 defog on or off. Only vehicles with Select the Comfort and for more information. the dual zone climate control will Convenience menu and the have this option. following will be displayed: This allows you to turn the easy exit seat feature on or off. Press SELECT when Auto Defog is . Chime Volume Press SELECT when Driver Seat highlighted to open the menu. Turn . Driver Seat Easy Exit the Menu knob to highlight On or Easy Exit is highlighted. Turn the Off. Press SELECT to confirm the . Park Tilt Mirrors Menu knob to select On or Off. Press SELECT to confirm the selection. Press / BACK to move to Chime Volume selection. Press / BACK to move to the last menu. This allows selection of the chime the last menu. volume level. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (43,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-43
Park Tilt Mirrors Collision/Detection Systems Turn the Menu knob to select the language. Press SELECT to confirm When on, both the driver and Select the Collision/Detection / passenger mirrors will tilt downward Systems menu and the following will the selection. Press BACK to when the vehicle is shifted to be displayed: move to the last menu. R (Reverse) to improve visibility of . Side Blind Zone Alert System Lighting the ground near the rear wheels. They will return to their previous Side Blind Zone Alert System Select the Lighting menu and the driving position when the vehicle is following will be displayed: If equipped, this feature allows the shifted out of R (Reverse), the Side Blind Zone Alert System . Exit Lighting ignition is turned to OFF, or the feature to be turned on or off. vehicle is left in R (Reverse). See . Vehicle Locator Lights Park Tilt Mirrors on page 2‑17 for Press SELECT when Side Blind Exit Lighting more information. Zone Alert System is highlighted. Turn the Menu knob to select On or This allows selection of how long This allows you to turn the park tilt Off. Press SELECT to confirm the the exterior lamps stay on when mirrors feature on or off. selection. Press / BACK to move to leaving the vehicle and it is Press SELECT when Park Tilt the last menu. dark outside. Mirrors is highlighted. Turn the Press SELECT when Exit Lighting is Menu knob to select Driver & Language highlighted. Turn the Menu knob to Passenger or Off. Press SELECT to Select the Language menu and the select Off, 30 Seconds, 1 Minute, confirm the selection. Press / following will be displayed: or 2 Minutes. Press SELECT to BACK to move to the last menu. confirm the selection. Press . English / BACK to move to the last menu. . French . Spanish Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (44,1)
5-44 Instruments and Controls
Vehicle Locator Lights will be available and the door will Auto Door Unlock This allows the vehicle locator lights lock as programmed through This allows selection of which of the to be turned on or off. The vehicle this menu. doors will automatically unlock when locator lights come on when Press SELECT when Unlocked the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). unlocking the vehicle with the Door Anti Lock Out is highlighted. Press SELECT when Auto Door RKE transmitter. Turn the Menu knob to select On or Unlock is highlighted. Turn the Press SELECT when Vehicle Off. Press SELECT to confirm the Menu knob to select All Doors, Locator Lights is highlighted. Turn selection. Press / BACK to move to Driver Door, or Off. Press SELECT the Menu knob to select On or Off. the last menu. to confirm the selection. Press Press SELECT to confirm the / BACK to move to the last menu. / Delayed Door Lock selection. Press BACK to move to Remote Lock/Unlock/Start the last menu. When on, this feature will delay the locking of the doors until Select Remote Lock/Unlock/Start Power Door Locks five seconds after the last door is and the following will be displayed: closed. You will hear three chimes Select Power Door Locks and the . to signal delayed locking is in use. Unlock Feedback (Lights) following will be displayed: Pressing either the power lock . Locking Feedback . Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out button or Q on the RKE transmitter . Door Unlock Options . Delayed Door Lock twice will override the delayed locking feature and immediately lock . Remote Recall . Auto Door Unlock all of the doors. . Passive Entry Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out Press SELECT when Delayed Door . Remote Left In Vehicle When on, this feature will keep the Lock is highlighted. Turn the driver door from locking when the Menu knob to select On or Off. door is open. If off is selected, the Press SELECT to confirm the Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out menu selection. Press / BACK to move to the last menu. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (45,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-45
Unlock Feedback (Lights) Door Unlock Options occur upon opening the driver door. When on, the exterior lamps will This allows selection of which doors See “Memory Remote Recall” under flash when unlocking the vehicle K Power Seat Adjustment on page 3‑5 will unlock when pressing on the for more information. with the RKE transmitter. RKE transmitter. This allows the Remote Recall Press SELECT when Unlock Press SELECT when Door Unlock Feedback (Lights) is highlighted. feature to be turned on or off. Options is highlighted. Turn the Remote Recall is when the Turn the Menu knob to select On or Menu knob to select All Doors or Off. Press SELECT to confirm the memorized settings will be recalled Driver Door Only. When set to as you unlock and enter the vehicle. selection. Press / BACK to move to Driver Door Only, the driver door will the last menu. unlock the first time the unlock Press SELECT when Remote Recall button is pressed and all doors will is highlighted. Turn the Menu knob Locking Feedback unlock when the button is pressed a to select On or Off. Press SELECT This allows selection of what type of second time. When set to All Doors, to confirm the selection. Press / feedback is given when locking the all of the doors will unlock at the first BACK to move to the last menu. vehicle with the RKE transmitter. K press of . Press SELECT to Passive Entry Press SELECT when Locking confirm the selection. Press Feedback is highlighted. Turn the / BACK to move to the last menu. This allows the Passive Entry feature to be turned on or off. Menu knob to select Lights and Remote Recall Horn, Lights Only, Horn Only, or Off. Press SELECT when Passive Entry Press SELECT to confirm the When on, this feature will recall the is highlighted. Turn the Menu knob selection. Press / BACK to move current driver's last seat and outside to select On or Off. Press SELECT to the last menu. mirror positions upon unlocking the to confirm the selection. Press driver door with the RKE, and / BACK to move to the last menu. opening that door. The current driver is identified when the RKE is used to unlock the driver door. If keyless access equipped, the recall will Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (46,1)
5-46 Instruments and Controls
Remote Left In Vehicle Universal Remote devices such as garage door This allows the Remote Left In openers, security systems, and Vehicle reminder feature to be System home automation devices. turned on or off. If on, the horn will See Radio Frequency Statement on Do not use the Universal Remote chirp if a remote is left in the page 13‑20 for information system with any garage door opener vehicle. regarding Part 15 of the Federal that does not have the stop and Press SELECT when Remote Left In Communications Commission (FCC) reverse feature. This includes Vehicle is highlighted. Turn the rules and Industry Canada any garage door opener model Menu knob to select On or Off. Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. manufactured before April 1,1982. Press SELECT to confirm the Read the instructions completely selection. Press / BACK to move Universal Remote System before attempting to program the to the last menu. Programming Universal Remote system. Because of the steps involved, it may be Return to Factory Settings helpful to have another person Select Return to Factory Settings to available to assist with programming return all of the vehicle the Universal Remote system. personalization to the default Keep the original hand-held settings. Turn the Menu knob to transmitter for use in other vehicles select Yes or No. Press SELECT to as well as for future Universal confirm and go back to the If the vehicle has this feature, you Remote system programming. It is last menu. will see these buttons with one LED also recommended that upon the indicator next to them in the sale of the vehicle, the programmed overhead console. Universal Remote system buttons be erased for security purposes. This system provides a way to See “Erasing Universal Remote replace up to three remote control System Buttons” later in this transmitters used to activate section. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (47,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-47
When programming a garage door, To program up to three devices: Some entry gates and garage park outside of the garage. Park 1. Hold the end of the hand-held door openers may require directly in line with and facing the transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to substitution of Step 2 with the garage door opener motor-head or 3 in) away from the Universal procedure noted in “Gate gate motor-head. Be sure that Remote system buttons while Operator and Canadian people and objects are clear of the keeping the indicator light in Programming” later in this garage door or gate being view. The hand-held transmitter section. programmed. was supplied by the 3. Press and hold for five seconds It is recommended that a new manufacturer of the garage door the newly trained Universal battery be installed in the hand-held opener receiver Remote system button (the transmitter for quicker and more (motor-head unit). button selected in Step 2) while accurate transmission of the 2. At the same time, press and observing the indicator light and radio-frequency signal. hold both the hand-held garage door activation. Programming the Universal transmitter button and one of the . If the indicator light stays on Remote System three Universal Remote system continuously or the garage buttons to be used to operate door starts to move when For questions or help programming the garage door. Do not release the Universal Remote the Universal Remote system, call the Universal Remote system system button is pressed 1‐800‐355‐3515 or go to button or the hand-held and released, then the www.homelink.com. transmitter button until the programming is complete. Programming a garage door opener indicator light changes from a There is no need to involves time-sensitive actions, so slowly to a rapidly flashing light. continue programming read the entire procedure before You now may release both Steps 4 through 6. starting. Otherwise, the device will buttons. time out and the procedure will have to be repeated. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (48,1)
5-48 Instruments and Controls
. If the Universal Remote unit). The name and color of the The Universal Remote system system indicator light blinks button may vary by should now activate the rapidly for two seconds, manufacturer. garage door. then turns to a constant light and the garage door 5. Firmly press and release the To program the remaining two does not move, continue “Learn” or “Smart” button. After Universal Remote system buttons, with programming Steps 4 pressing this button, you will begin with Step 1 of “Programming through 6. have 30 seconds to complete the Universal Remote System.” Step 6. It may be helpful to have Gate Operator and Canadian another person assist with 6. Immediately return to the Programming vehicle. Firmly press and hold the remaining Steps 4 If you have questions or need help through 6. for two seconds the Universal Remote system button, selected programming the Universal Remote in Step 2 to control the garage system, call 1‐800‐355‐3515 or go door, and then release it. If the to www.homelink.com. garage door does not move or Canadian radio-frequency laws the lamp on the garage door require transmitter signals to time opener receiver (motor-head out or quit after several seconds of unit) does not flash, press and transmission. This may not be long hold the same button a second enough for the Universal Remote time for two seconds, and then system to pick up the signal during release it. Again, if the door Learn or Smart Button programming. Similarly, some U.S. “ ” “ ” does not move or the garage gate operators are manufactured to 4. After Steps 1 through 3 have door lamp does not flash, press time out in the same manner. been completed, locate the and hold the same button a “Learn” or “Smart” button inside third time for two seconds, and the garage on the garage door then release. opener receiver (motor-head Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (49,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-49
If you live in Canada, or you are Universal Remote System Reprogramming a Single having difficulty programming a gate Operation Universal Remote System operator or garage door opener by Button using the “Programming the Using the Universal Remote To reprogram any of the three Universal Remote System” System procedures, regardless of where Universal Remote system buttons: you live, replace Step 2 under Press and hold the appropriate 1. Press and hold the desired “Programming the Universal Remote Universal Remote system button for Universal Remote system System” with the following: at least half of a second. The button. Do not release indicator light will come on while the the button. Continue to press and hold the signal is being transmitted. Universal Remote system button 2. The indicator light will begin to while you press and release every Erasing Universal Remote flash after 20 seconds. Without two seconds (cycle) the hand-held System Buttons releasing the button, proceed transmitter button until the with Step 1 of the section frequency signal has been All programmed buttons should be erased when the vehicle is sold or “Programming the Universal successfully accepted by the Remote System.” Universal Remote system. The the lease ends. Universal Remote system indicator To erase all programmed buttons on If you have questions or need help light will flash slowly at first and then the Universal Remote system programming the Universal Remote rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under device: system, call 1‐800‐355‐3515 or go to www.homelink.com. You may “Programming the Universal Remote 1. Press and hold down the two also call the customer assistance System” to complete. outside buttons until the phone number under Customer indicator light begins to flash. Assistance Offices (U.S. and This should take about Canada) on page 13‑4 or Customer 10 seconds. Assistance Offices (Mexico) on 2. Release both buttons. page 13‑5. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (50,1)
5-50 Instruments and Controls
2 NOTES Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)
Lighting 6-1
Interior Lighting Lighting Instrument Panel Illumination Control ...... 6-6 Exterior Lighting Dome Lamps ...... 6-6 Reading Lamps ...... 6-6 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-2 Sun Visor Lamps ...... 6-7 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 6-2 Lighting Features Headlamp High/Low-Beam Entry Lighting ...... 6-7 Changer ...... 6-2 Exit Lighting ...... 6-7 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 Battery Load Management . . . . 6-8 Daytime Running Battery Power Protection ...... 6-8 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 Automatic Headlamp System ...... 6-3 Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL) ...... 6-4 Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-4 Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 6-4 Fog Lamps ...... 6-5 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)
6-2 Lighting
Exterior Lighting AUTO (Automatic): Automatically Exterior Lamps Off turns the exterior lamps on and off, Reminder Exterior Lamp Controls depending on outside lighting. ; (Parking Lamps): Turns on A warning chime sounds if the driver the parking lamps together with door is opened while the ignition is the following: off and the exterior lamps are on. . Sidemarker Lamps Headlamp High/ . Taillamps Low-Beam Changer . License Plate Lamps 2 3 Headlamp High/Low‐Beam . Instrument Panel Lights Changer: Push the turn signal/lane change lever away from you and 5 (Headlamps): Turns on the release, to turn the high beams on. The exterior lamp control is located headlamps together with the To return to low beams, push the following: on the instrument panel on the lever again or pull it toward you outboard side of the steering wheel. . Sidemarker Lamps and release. Turn the control to the following . Taillamps positions: . License Plate Lamps O (Off): Turns off the exterior . Instrument Panel Lights lamps. The knob returns to the AUTO position after it is released. . Parking Lamps Turn to off again to reactivate the AUTO mode. This indicator light turns on in the instrument panel cluster when the high‐beam headlamps are on. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)
Lighting 6-3
Flash-to-Pass For vehicles with Automatic Headlamp High Intensity Discharge (HID) To flash the high beams, pull the headlamps, the dedicated DRL will System turn signal/lane change lever toward come on when all of the following When the exterior lamp control is you, and release. conditions are met: set to AUTO and it is dark enough . The engine is running. outside, the headlamps come on Daytime Running automatically. Lamps (DRL) . The exterior lamp band is in AUTO. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can . make it easier for others to see the The light sensor determines it front of your vehicle during the day. is daytime. Fully functional daytime running When the DRL are on, the lamps are required on all vehicles low-beam headlamps will be on. first sold in Canada. The taillamps, sidemarker lamps, The DRL system turns on the instrument panel lights, and other low-beam headlamps at a lamps will not be on. reduced brightness. The DRL turn off when the There is a light sensor located on headlamps are turned to O or top of the instrument panel. Do not the ignition is off. cover the sensor; otherwise the headlamps will come on when they are not needed. The system may also turn on the headlamps when driving through a parking garage or tunnel. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)
6-4 Lighting
When it is bright enough outside, driving a short distance is required Turn and Lane-Change the headlamps will turn off or may to calibrate the AFL. See Exterior Signals change to Daytime Running Lamp Controls on page 6‑2. Lamps (DRL). The automatic headlamp system Hazard Warning Flashers turns off when the exterior lamp control is turned to O or the ignition is off. Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL) The Adaptive Forward Lighting Move the lever all the way up or System (AFL) pivots the headlamps down to signal a turn. horizontally to provide greater road illumination while turning. To enable An arrow on the instrument panel AFL, set the exterior lamp switch to cluster flashes in the direction of the the AUTO position. Moving the turn or lane change. switch out of the AUTO position Raise or lower the lever until the deactivates the system. | Hazard Warning Flasher: arrow starts to flash to signal a lane AFL operates when the vehicle Press this button to make the front change. Hold it there until the lane speed is greater than 3 km/h and rear turn signal lamps flash on change is completed. If the lever is (2 mph). AFL does not operate and off. Press again to turn the briefly pressed and released, the when the transmission is in flashers off. turn signal flashes three times. R (Reverse). AFL is not immediately The hazard warning flashers turn on operable after starting the vehicle; automatically if the airbags deploy. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)
Lighting 6-5
The turn and lane‐change signal Fog Lamps To turn on the fog lamps, the ignition can be turned off manually by and the headlamps or parking lamps moving the lever back to its must be on. original position. If the fog lamps are turned on while If after signaling a turn or lane the exterior lamp switch is in the change the arrow flashes rapidly or AUTO position, the headlamps does not come on, a signal bulb come on automatically. might be burned out. # : Press to turn on or off. An Have the bulbs replaced. If the bulb indicator light on the instrument is not burned out, check the fuse. panel cluster comes on when the See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on fog lamps are on. page 10‑36. For vehicles with fog lamps, the button is located on the Some localities have laws that exterior lamp control, left of the require the headlamps to be on steering wheel. along with the fog lamps. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)
6-6 Lighting
Interior Lighting Dome Lamps Reading Lamps There are front and rear reading Instrument Panel lamps. Illumination Control
The interior lamps control located in the overhead console controls both the front and rear interior lamps. The front reading lamps are located The brightness of the instrument To operate: in the overhead console. panel lighting and steering wheel ( (Off): Turns the lamps off. # or$ : Press to turn each lamp controls can be adjusted. H (Door): Turns the lamps on on or off. D (Instrument Panel when any door is opened. Illumination) : Move and hold the ' (On): Keeps the lamps on all thumbwheel up or down to brighten the time. or dim the lights. The interior lamps turn on automatically if the airbags are deployed. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)
Lighting 6-7
Lighting Features Exit Lighting The headlamps, taillamps, parking Entry Lighting lamps, back‐up lamps, and license The headlamps, taillamps, license plate lamps come on at night, or in areas with limited lighting, when the plate lamps, back‐up lamps, dome lamps, and most of the interior lights key is removed from the ignition. turn on briefly when the Remote The dome lamps also come on K when the key is removed from the Keyless Entry (RKE) button is ignition. The exterior lights and The rear reading lamps are located pressed, or when the door handle is in the headliner. dome lamps remain on after the pulled on a keyless access vehicle. door is closed for a set amount of See Ignition Positions (Key Access) time, then automatically turn off. Sun Visor Lamps on page 9‑16 or Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) on page 9‑18. For vehicles with keyless access, This lamp turns on when the cover the exterior lights and dome lamps is opened. After about 30 seconds the exterior lamps turn off, then the dome lamps automatically turn on when a door is and remaining interior lights dim to opened after the ignition is turned off. Entry lighting can be disabled off. See Ignition Positions (Key manually by changing the ignition Access) on page 9‑16 or Ignition out of the OFF position, or by Positions (Keyless Access) on page 9 18. pressing the RKE Q button. ‑ The exterior lights turn off This feature can be changed. immediately by turning the exterior See Vehicle Personalization on lamps control off. page 5‑40. This feature can be changed. See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑40. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)
6-8 Lighting
Battery Load The battery can be discharged at Normally, these actions occur in idle if the electrical loads are very steps or levels, without being Management high. This is true for all vehicles. noticeable. In rare cases at the The vehicle has Electric Power This is because the generator highest levels of corrective action, Management (EPM) that estimates (alternator) may not be spinning fast this action may be noticeable to the the battery's temperature and state enough at idle to produce all of the driver. If so, a DIC message might of charge. It then adjusts the voltage power needed for very high be displayed, such as BATTERY for best performance and extended electrical loads. SAVER ACTIVE, BATTERY life of the battery. A high electrical load occurs when VOLTAGE LOW, or LOW BATTERY. If one of these messages displays, it When the battery's state of charge several of the following are on, such is recommended that the driver is low, the voltage is raised slightly as: headlamps, high beams, fog reduce the electrical loads as much to quickly bring the charge back up. lamps, rear window defogger, as possible. See Driver Information When the state of charge is high, climate control fan at high speed, Center (DIC) on page 5 25. the voltage is lowered slightly to heated seats, engine cooling fans, ‑ prevent overcharging. If the vehicle trailer loads, and loads plugged into has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage accessory power outlets. Battery Power Protection display on the Driver Information EPM works to prevent excessive The battery saver feature is Center (DIC), you may see the discharge of the battery. It does this designed to protect the vehicle's voltage move up or down. This is by balancing the generator's output battery. normal. If there is a problem, an and the vehicle's electrical needs. alert will be displayed. If the exterior lamps or any interior It can increase engine idle speed to light is left on and the ignition is generate more power whenever turned off, the battery rundown needed. It can temporarily reduce protection system automatically the power demands of some turns the lamp off after about accessories. 10 minutes. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)
Infotainment System 7-1
Radio Audio Players Infotainment AM-FM Radio (Radio with CD/ CD Player ...... 7-26 System DVD/MEM) ...... 7-17 CD/DVD Player ...... 7-29 AM-FM Radio (Radio with CD MP3 ...... 7-32 and Touchscreen) ...... 7-19 Mass Storage Introduction Satellite Radio ...... 7-23 Media (MEM) ...... 7-35 Infotainment ...... 7-2 Radio Reception ...... 7-24 Auxiliary Devices Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-3 Backglass Antenna ...... 7-25 (Radio with CD) ...... 7-38 Overview (Radio with CD) . . . . . 7-4 Satellite Radio Antenna ...... 7-26 Auxiliary Devices Overview (Radio with CD/ (Radio with CD/DVD DVD and MEM) ...... 7-6 and MEM) ...... 7-41 Overview (Radio with CD and Auxiliary Devices Touchscreen) ...... 7-8 (Radio with CD and Operation ...... 7-12 Touchscreen) ...... 7-44 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)
7-2 Infotainment System
Rear Seat Infotainment Introduction To minimize taking your eyes off the Rear Seat Entertainment road while driving, do the following (RSE) System ...... 7-47 Infotainment while the vehicle is parked: . Become familiar with the Phone Read the following pages to Bluetooth (Overview) ...... 7-57 operation and controls of the become familiar with the audio audio system. Bluetooth (Infotainment system's features. Controls) ...... 7-59 . Set up the tone, speaker Bluetooth (Voice adjustments, and preset radio Recognition) ...... 7-64 { WARNING stations. Bluetooth (UHP Mexico Only) ...... 7-70 Taking your eyes off the road for For more information, see Defensive extended periods could cause a Driving on page 9‑3. Trademarks and License crash resulting in injury or death Agreements to you or others. Do not give Trademarks and License extended attention to Agreements ...... 7-81 entertainment tasks while driving.
This system provides access to many audio and non‐audio listings. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)
Infotainment System 7-3
Notice: Contact your dealer Navigation System Theft-Deterrent Feature before adding any equipment. For vehicles with a navigation The theft-deterrent feature works by Adding audio or communication system, see the separate navigation learning a portion of the Vehicle equipment could interfere with manual. Identification Number (VIN) to the the operation of the engine, radio, infotainment system. The or other systems, and could infotainment system does not damage them. Follow federal operate if it is stolen or moved to a rules covering mobile radio and different vehicle. telephone equipment. The vehicle has Retained Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP, the audio system can be played even after the ignition is turned off. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9‑25 for more information. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)
7-4 Infotainment System
Overview (Radio with CD) A. VOL/ O . Turns the system on or off and adjusts the volume. B. FAV . Radio: Opens the favorites list. C. Buttons 1 to 6 . Radio: Saves and selects favorite stations. D. INFO . Radio: Shows available information about the current station. . CD: Shows available information about the current track. E. TUNE . Radio: Manually selects radio stations. . CD: Selects tracks. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)
Infotainment System 7-5
F. CD/AUX J. RADIO/BAND N. / BACK . . Selects the CD player or Changes the band while . Menu: Moves one an external audio source. listening to the radio. level back. . G. g Selects the radio when . Character Input: Deletes listening to a different the last character. . Radio: Seeks the previous audio source. station. O. H K. Menu Knob . CD: Select the previous . Opens the Clock menu. track or rewinds within . Opens menus, highlights a track. menu items, or sets P. TONE numeric values while in . Opens the Tone menu. H. X a menu. 5 . Removes a disc from the L. SELECT Q. CD slot. . Selects menu items. . Opens the Phone main menu. I. l M. CONFIG . Mutes the audio system. . Radio: Seeks the next . Opens the Settings menu. station. . CD: Select the next track or fast forwards within a track. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)
7-6 Infotainment System
Overview (Radio with CD/DVD and MEM) A. VOL/ O . Turns the system on or off and adjusts the volume. B. FAV . Radio: Opens the favorites list. . MEM: Opens the favorites list. C. Buttons 1 to 6 . Radio: Saves and selects favorite stations. . MEM: Saves and selects favorite tracks and playlists. D. INFO . Radio: Shows available information about the current station. . CD: Shows available information about the current track. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)
Infotainment System 7-7
E. TUNE/ k G. g J. DEL . . Manually selects radio . Radio: Seeks the previous MEM: Deletes the current stations and pauses station. track from MEM. time shifted content. . CD: Selects the previous K. l . CD/DVD: Select tracks, track or rewinds within . Radio: Seeks the next pauses playback, and a track. station. stops playback. . MEM: Selects the previous . CD: Selects the next . MEM: Select tracks and track or rewinds within track or fast forwards pauses playback. a track. within a track. F. RADIO/BAND H. X . MEM: Selects the next . Changes the band while . Removes a disc from the track or fast forwards listening to the radio. CD slot. within a track. . Selects the radio when L. SELECT I. REC O listening to a different . Selects menu items. audio source. . AUX: Records content from audio CDs, MP3/ M. Menu Knob WMA CDs, and USB mass . Opens menus, highlights storage devices. menu items, or sets numeric values while in a menu. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)
7-8 Infotainment System
N. / BACK Q. CONFIG Overview (Radio with . . Menu: Moves one Opens the Settings menu. CD and Touchscreen) level back. R. 5 Infotainment System Overview . Character Input: Deletes . Opens the Phone the last character. The infotainment system is main menu. controlled by using the Menu knob, O. TONE . Mutes the audio system. SELECT button, preset buttons, and . other buttons on the faceplate. Opens the Tone menu. S. MEM/DVD/AUX The Menu knob can be turned and P. H . Selects MEM, CD/DVD, the SELECT button pressed to . Opens the Clock menu. USB, or a connected front complete any of the highlighted or rear auxiliary audio screen functions. source. The preset buttons can be pressed to select the appropriate screen button function as shown on the display. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)
Infotainment System 7-9
A. VOL/ O (Power/Volume) B. FAV (Favorites) C. Buttons 1 to 6 D. INFO E. TUNE/ k F. F (Home Page) G. g H. X (Eject) I. CD Slot J. l K. SOURCE L. Menu Knob M. SELECT N. CONFIG O. / BACK P. H Q. TONE R. 5 (Phone menu) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)
7-10 Infotainment System
Config Setup Menu English and Metric Unit Menu Knob: The Config setup menu is used for Conversion Turn to: changing the options for the audio, To change the display units between . Highlight a menu option. display, vehicle configuration, English and metric units. See Driver phone, and time. Information Center (DIC) on . Select a value. Press the CONFIG button to page 5‑25 for more information. / BACK : Press to: display the Config Menu, then turn Menu System . Exit a menu. the Menu knob to scroll through the . features. Once the desired feature Controls Return from a submenu screen to the previous menu screen. displays, press the Menu knob The Menu knob, SELECT button, to display more options within . Delete the last character in a and the / BACK button are used to that feature. sequence. navigate the menu system. Selecting a Menu Option Languages SELECT: The vehicle supports English, Press to: French (Canadian), and Spanish. The default language is English. . Enter the menu system. Turn the Menu knob to highlight the . Select or activate the highlighted language. Press SELECT to change menu option. the display language. . Confirm a set value. . Turn a system setting on or off. 1. Turn the Menu knob to move the highlighted bar. 2. Press SELECT to select the highlighted option. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)
Infotainment System 7-11
Submenus Setting a Value Entering a Character Sequence
An arrow on the right‐hand edge of 1. Turn the Menu knob to change 1. Turn the Menu knob to highlight the menu indicates that it has a the current value of the setting. the character. submenu with other options. 2. Press SELECT to confirm the 2. Press SELECT to select the Activating a Setting setting. character. Turning a Function On or Off Press / BACK to delete the last character in the sequence or press and hold to delete the entire character sequence.
1. Turn the Menu knob to highlight the setting. 1. Turn the Menu knob to highlight 2. Press SELECT to activate the the function. setting. 2. Press SELECT to turn the function on or off. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)
7-12 Infotainment System
Storing Radio Station Presets Cleaning the Display Turning the System On or Off Up to 36 preset stations can Notice: Using abrasive cleaners VOL/ O (Volume/Power): Press to be stored. AM, FM, and XM™ when cleaning glass surfaces turn the system on and off. (if equipped) can be mixed. could scratch the glass. Use only To store presets: a soft cloth and do not spray Automatic Switch‐Off O cleaner directly on the system as If the infotainment system has 1. Press VOL/ to turn the it could affect the mechanical system on. been turned on after the ignition is parts. turned off, the system will turn off 2. Select the SOURCE button. Do not apply spray cleaner directly automatically after 10 minutes. 3. Press g or l on the faceplate to the system, the cleaner could Volume Control affect the mechanical parts. or turn and press SELECT to select a station. Do not wipe the panel with a hard VOL/ O (Volume/Power): Turn to cloth or use a volatile liquid such as adjust the volume. 4. Press and hold one of the preset buttons for more than one and a paint thinner, it could scratch the 5 (Phone/Mute): For vehicles surface or erase the characters on half seconds. with OnStar®, press and hold 5 to the buttons. mute the infotainment system. 5. Repeat the steps for each 5 preset. Operation Press and hold again, or turn To change the number of preset the VOL/ O knob to cancel mute. Controls pages, see AM-FM Radio (Radio For vehicles without OnStar®, with CD/DVD/MEM) on page 7 17 or The infotainment system is ‑ press 5 to mute the infotainment AM-FM Radio (Radio with CD and operated by using the pushbuttons, 5 Touchscreen) on page 7‑19 for multifunction knobs, menus shown system. Press again, or turn the more information. on the display, and steering wheel VOL/ O knob to cancel mute. controls, if equipped. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)
Infotainment System 7-13
Menu System / BACK: Submenus Controls Press to: The Menu knob, SELECT button, . Exit a menu. and / BACK button are used to . Return from a submenu screen navigate the menu system. to the previous menu screen. Menu Knob: . Delete the last character in a sequence. Turn to: An arrow on the right‐hand edge of . Enter the menu system. Selecting a Menu Option the menu indicates that it has a submenu with other options. . Highlight a menu option. Activating a Setting . Select a value. SELECT: Press to: . Select or activate the highlighted menu option. 1. Turn the Menu knob to move the . Confirm a set value. highlighted bar. . Turn a system setting on or off. 2. Press SELECT to select the 1. Turn the Menu knob to highlight highlighted option. the setting. 2. Press SELECT to activate the setting. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)
7-14 Infotainment System
Setting a Value Entering a Character Sequence 3. Press and hold SELECT until the value changes to 0. Press the / BACK button to go back to the Tone Settings menu. Adjusting the Treble, Midrange, and Bass
1. Turn the Menu knob to change 1. Turn the Menu knob to highlight the current value of the setting. the character. 2. Press SELECT to confirm the 2. Press SELECT to select the setting. character. Turning a Function On or Off Press the / BACK button to delete the last character in the sequence 1. Press the TONE button. or press and hold to delete the entire character sequence. 2. Select Treble, Midrange, or Bass. Audio Settings 3. Select the value. The audio settings can be set for Press the / BACK button to go each radio band and each audio back to the Tone Settings menu. 1. Turn the Menu knob to highlight player source. the function. To quickly reset an audio setting 2. Press SELECT to turn the value to 0: function on or off. 1. Press the TONE button. 2. Select the audio setting. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)
Infotainment System 7-15
Adjusting the Fader and Balance 3. Select the setting. The DSP settings for the radio with CD/DVD and MEM are: Press the / BACK button to go back to the Tone Settings menu. . 2.0 normal ‐ Select this setting to adjust the audio for stereo DSP (Digital Signal Processing) mode. This provides the best Settings sound quality for the driver seat For vehicles with DSP, it is used to first, with the front passenger provide a choice of different second. 1. Press the TONE button. listening experiences. . hk surround ‐ Select to enable 2. Select Fader or Balance. The DSP settings for the radio with hk surround. This produces a 3. Select the value. CD are: true 6.1 matrix surround from any two channel digital source. Press the / BACK button to go . normal ‐ Select this setting to This feature is not available in back to the Tone Settings menu. adjust the audio for stereo AM/FM radio mode. mode. This provides the best Adjusting the EQ (Equalizer) sound quality for the driver seat To adjust the DSP settings: For vehicles with an equalizer: first, with the front passenger 1. Press the TONE button. second. 2. Select DSP. . hk surround ‐ Select to enable hk surround. This produces a 3. Select the setting. true 6.1 matrix surround from Press the / BACK button to go any two channel digital source. back to the Tone Settings menu. This feature is not available in AM/FM radio mode. 1. Press the TONE button. 2. Select EQ. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)
7-16 Infotainment System
System Settings Auto Volume Maximum Startup Volume Configuring the Number of The auto volume feature The maximum volume played when Favorite Pages automatically adjusts the radio the radio with CD is first turned on volume to compensate for road and can be set. wind noise as the vehicle speeds up or slows down, so that the volume level is consistent. The level of volume compensation can be selected, or the auto volume feature can be turned off. To configure the number of available favorite pages: 1. Press the CONFIG button. 1. Press the CONFIG button. 2. Select Radio Settings. 2. Select Radio Settings. 3. Select Maximum Startup Volume. 3. Select Radio Favorites. 4. Select the setting. 4. Select the number of available 1. Press the CONFIG button. favorite pages. 5. Press the / BACK button to / 2. Select Radio Settings. go back to the System 5. Press the BACK button to Configuration menu. go back to the System 3. Select Auto Volume. Configuration menu. 4. Select the setting. 5. Press the / BACK button to go back to the System Configuration menu. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1)
Infotainment System 7-17
Radio k (Play/Pause): Press to pause Selecting a Band time shifted content, if equipped. Press the RADIO/BAND button to AM-FM Radio (Radio with RDS (Radio Data System) choose AM, FM, or XM, if equipped. CD/DVD/MEM) The last station that was playing The radio may have RDS. The RDS starts playing again. Control Buttons feature is available for use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS Selecting a Station The buttons used to control the information. This feature only works Seek Tuning (Radio with CD) radio are: when the information from the radio RADIO/BAND: Press to turn the station is available. In rare cases, If the radio station is not known: a radio station could broadcast radio on and choose between AM, Briefly press g or l to FM, and XM™, if equipped. incorrect information that causes the radio features to work automatically search for the next Menu Knob: Turn to navigate the improperly. If this happens, contact available station. If a station is not available menus. the radio station. found, the radio switches to a more sensitive search level. If a station TUNE: Turn to search for stations. While the radio is tuned to an still is not found, the frequency that INFO: Press to display additional FM-RDS station, the station name was last active begins to play. information that may be available for or call letters display. If the radio station is known: the current song. Radio Menus g / l : Press to search for Press and hold g or l until the stations. Radio menus are available for AM station on the display is reached, and FM. then release the button. FAV: Press to open the favorites list and select the favorites page. Turn the Menu knob to open the main radio menu for that band. 1 to 6: Press to select preset stations. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1)
7-18 Infotainment System
Seek Tuning (Radio with CD/DVD 3. Select the station. Updating Station & Category Lists and MEM) Category Lists If stations stored in the station list can no longer be received: Briefly press g or l to Most stations that broadcast an automatically search for the next RDS program type code specify the 1. Turn the Menu knob. available station. If a station is not type of programming transmitted. 2. Select Update AM or FM Station found, the radio switches to a more Some stations change the program sensitive search level. If a station List, if the stations stored in type code depending on the the station list are no longer still is not found, the frequency that content. The system stores the was last active begins to play. received. A station search will be RDS stations sorted by program completed and the first station in Manual Tuning type in the FM category list. the updated list will play. Turn the TUNE knob to select the To search for a programming type To cancel the station search, frequency on the display. determined by station: press SELECT. Favorites List 1. Turn the Menu knob. Storing a Station as a Favorite 2. Select FM category list. A list of 1. Turn the Menu knob. Stations from all bands can be all programming types available stored in any order in the 2. Select Favorites List. displays. favorite pages. 3. Select the station. 3. Select the programming type. Up to six stations can be stored in A list of stations that transmit Station Lists each favorite page and the number programming of the selected of available favorite pages can 1. Turn the Menu knob. type displays. be set. 2. Select AM or FM Station List. All 4. Select the station. receivable stations in the current Storing Stations The category lists are updated reception area are displayed. If a To store the station to a position in station list has not been created, when the station lists are updated. the list, press the corresponding an automatic station search button 1 to 6 until a beep is heard. is done. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1)
Infotainment System 7-19
Retrieving Stations Press and hold l or g to fast If the vehicle is turned back on Press the FAV button to open a forward or rewind through the time within 20 minutes, the radio resumes playback from the favorite page or to switch to another shift buffer. Hold l until the end paused point. favorite page. Briefly press one of of the recorded buffer resumes the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve the live playback. station. AM-FM Radio (Radio with Press and release l or g to jump CD and Touchscreen) Time Shifting (Radio with forward or back 30 seconds in the CD/DVD and MEM) time shift buffer. Playing the Radio The radio with MEM time shift When the radio station is changed, Audio Source Menu feature can rewind 20 minutes of the buffer is cleared and FM/AM content. While listening to automatically restarted for the VOL/ O (Power/Volume): the radio, the content from the current station. Content from a . Press to turn the radio on or off. current station is always being previously tuned station is no . buffered. longer available. Turn the knob to increase or decrease the volume. Press k to pause the radio. The The time shift feature is not The volume is adjusted for radio displays the time shift status available while recording or with the current audio source or bar. The status bar shows the other sources of playback. voice prompts. amount of content stored in the Pausing AM/FM with the Vehicle The steering wheel controls can buffer and the current pause point. Turned Off also be used to adjust the volume. To resume playback from the If AM/FM is paused when the See Steering Wheel Controls on current pause point, press k again. vehicle is turned off, the radio page 5‑2 for more information. The radio is no longer live, but continues to buffer the current radio Also, see “Radio Settings” and played from the time shift buffer. station for up to 20 minutes. “Automatic Volume Control” in A status bar displays below the this section. station number. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1)
7-20 Infotainment System
TUNE/ k : Turn to change the Setting the Tone EQ Settings radio station. See “Finding a To adjust the bass, treble and EQ (Equalization): The EQ Station” following for more midrange: settings are selected through the information. Press to play a . sound menu. EQ provides a choice CD track. Bass: Press + or - to change the level. of Manual or Talk. Turn the Menu SOURCE: Press to select the AM, knob to highlight. Press SELECT to . FM, or XM (if equipped) band. Middle (Midrange): Press + or - select Manual or Talk. to change the level. The audio sources can also be Radio Settings . Treble: Press + or - to change changed by using the steering To access the Radio settings menu: wheel controls. See Steering Wheel the level. Controls on page 5‑2 for more Adjusting the Speakers . Press the CONFIG button. information. . Scroll through the settings by Turn the Menu knob until Radio Tone Menu turning the Menu knob. Press Settings displays. Press SELECT to select Fade or Balance. SELECT to display other options To access the sound menu, press within that feature. the TONE button. To adjust the speaker fade: Audio system settings or features Use the sound menu to adjust the . Press F (Front) or R (Rear) to can be customized for: following features: change from the front or rear speakers and turn the Menu . Audio Cue Options . Bass knob for more sound from the . Auto Volume . Middle left or right speakers. . Gracenotes Options . Treble To adjust the speaker balance: . Startup Volume . EQ . Press L (Left) or R (Right) to . Number of Favorite Pages change from the left or right . Fade speakers. . Balance Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (21,1)
Infotainment System 7-21
. XM Catagories XM Categories: Turn the Menu Local Station List Search . RDS knob to highlight the category. Press SELECT to select. Turn the Menu . Software Version Menus knob to Show all XM Categories to Audio Cue Options: Audio Cue display all categories. Volume: Press + or ‐ or turn the RDS: Press SELECT to turn RDS Menu knob to increase or decrease on or off. the audio cue volume. Software Version Menus: Turn the Turn the Menu knob to On or OFF Menu knob to highlight the menu. to turn Audio Cues on or off. Press SELECT to select Auto Volume: Turn the Menu knob software menu. To find a list of local stations in the to select volume Off, Low, Medium, current AM or FM band, turn the or High. Finding a Station Menu knob. The radio performs a Gracenotes Options: Press Select a band such as AM, FM, search for available stations. or XM (if equipped). SELECT to turn Normalization on Mixed-Band Presets or off. Turn the Menu knob to find a radio station. To select a preset station, Up to 36 preset stations can be Startup Volume: Press + or ‐ or stored. Each page can store turn the Menu knob to increase or press the corresponding preset button. six preset stations. The presets decrease the infotainment startup within a page can be from different volume. See “Mixed-Band Presets” following radio bands. for more information. Number of Favorite Pages: Turn To scroll through the pages, press the Menu knob to highlight the Seeking a Station the FAV (favorites) button. The number of favorites. Press SELECT g l current page number displays above to select. Press or to search for a the preset buttons. station. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (22,1)
7-22 Infotainment System
The stored stations for each list To recall a preset station from a Radio Data System (RDS) displays at the bottom of the screen. FAV page: The audio system has a Radio Data The number of preset FAV lists can 1. Press the FAV button to scroll to System (RDS). RDS features are be changed. the page. available for use only on FM To store a radio station to a 2. Press the preset button. The stations that broadcast RDS mixed-band preset list: stored preset station is recalled. information. With RDS, the 1. Press the SOURCE button until radio can: Automatic Store the desired band is selected. . Seek to stations broadcasting 2. Turn the Menu knob to the The strongest stations in a the selected type of station. radio band can be searched and programming. automatically stored through the . Receive announcements 3. Press the FAV button to scroll Automatic Store feature. Press the list. concerning local and national and hold the AS button until an emergencies. 4. Press and hold one of the autostore message displays. The preset buttons for more than 12 stations with the strongest signal . Display messages from radio two seconds. The station strength in the current radio band stations. frequency appears on the preset will be stored. This system relies on receiving button at the bottom of the specific information from these display. stations and only works when the 5. Repeat the steps for each preset information is available. In rare in each page. cases, a radio station could broadcast incorrect information that causes the radio features to work improperly. If this happens, contact the radio station. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (23,1)
Infotainment System 7-23
The RDS system is always on. 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. In XM Messages When information is broadcast from Canada, see www.xmradio.ca or XL (Explicit Language the current FM station, the station call 1-877-438-9677. Channels): These channels, or any name or call letters display on the When XM is active, the channel others, can be blocked by request, audio screen. RDS can provide a name and number, category name, by calling 1-800-929-2100 in the program type (PTY) for current song title, and artist display on the U.S., and 1-877-438-9677 in programming and the name of the screen. Canada. program being broadcasted. XM Categories XM Updating: The encryption code Satellite Radio in the receiver is being updated. XM stations are organized in No action is required. This process XM™ Satellite Radio Service categories. should take no longer than Vehicles with an XM satellite radio Removing or Adding Categories 30 seconds. tuner and an XM satellite radio 1. Press the CONFIG button. Loading XM: The audio system is subscription can receive XM Turn the Menu knob until acquiring and processing audio and programming. Radio displays. Press SELECT text data. No action is needed. This XM is a satellite radio service based or press Radio to display the message should disappear shortly. in the 48 contiguous United States radio settings menu. Channel Off Air: This channel is and 10 Canadian provinces. XM 2. Select the Show/Hide XM not currently in service. Tune in to satellite radio has a wide variety of Categories screen button. another channel. programming and commercial-free Channel Unauth: This channel is music, coast to coast, and in 3. Press the category buttons on blocked or cannot be received with digital-quality sound. A service fee the screen to show or hide the your XM subscription package. is required to receive the XM category. service. For more information, see Channel Unavailable: This www.xmradio.com or call previously assigned channel is no longer assigned. Tune to another station. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (24,1)
7-24 Infotainment System
No Artist Info: The system is CAT Not Found: The system is Radio Reception working properly. No artist working properly. There are no information is available at this channels available for the selected Frequency interference and time on this channel. category. static can occur during normal radio reception if items such as No Title Info: The system is XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0, cellular phone chargers, vehicle working properly. No song title this message alternates with the XM convenience accessories, and information is available at this radio eight‐digit radio ID label. This external electronic devices are time on this channel. label is needed to activate the plugged into the accessory power No CAT Info: The system is service. outlet. If there is interference or working properly. No category Unknown: If this message is static, unplug the item from the information is available at this received when tuned to channel 0, accessory power outlet. time on this channel. there could be a receiver fault. FM No Information: The system is Consult with your dealer. FM signals only reach about working properly. No text or Check Antenna: If this message 16 to 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although informational messages are does not clear within a short period the radio has a built-in electronic available at this time on this of time, the receiver could have a circuit that automatically works to channel. fault. Consult with your dealer. reduce interference, some static No XM Signal: The system is XM Not Available: If this message can occur, especially around tall working properly. The vehicle may does not clear within a short period buildings or hills, causing the be in a location where the XM signal of time, the receiver could have a sound to fade in and out. is being blocked. When the vehicle fault. Consult with your dealer. is moved into an open area, the signal should return. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (25,1)
Infotainment System 7-25
AM Cellular Phone Usage If a cellular telephone antenna needs to be attached to the glass, The range for most AM stations is Cellular phone usage may cause make sure that the grid lines for the greater than for FM, especially at interference with the vehicle's radio. AM-FM antenna are not damaged. night. The longer range can cause This interference may occur when There is enough space between station frequencies to interfere with making or receiving phone calls, the grid lines to attach a cellular each other. For better radio charging the phone's battery, telephone antenna without reception, most AM radio stations or simply having the phone on. This interfering with radio reception. boost the power levels during the interference can cause an increased day, and then reduce these levels level of static while listening to the Notice: Using a razor blade or during the night. Static can also radio. If static is received while sharp object to clear the inside occur when things like storms and listening to the radio, unplug the rear window can damage the rear power lines interfere with radio cellular phone and turn it off. window antenna and/or the rear reception. When this happens, try window defogger. Repairs would reducing the treble on the radio. Backglass Antenna not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not clear the inside XM™ Satellite Radio Service The AM-FM antenna is integrated rear window with sharp objects. with the rear window defogger, XM satellite radio service gives located in the rear window. Make Notice: Do not apply aftermarket digital radio reception from coast to glass tinting with metallic film. coast in the 48 contiguous United sure that the inside surface of the rear window is not scratched and The metallic film in some tinting States, and in Canada. Just as with that the lines on the glass are not materials will interfere with or FM, tall buildings or hills can damaged. If the inside surface is distort the incoming radio interfere with satellite radio signals, reception. Any damage caused to causing the sound to fade in and damaged, it could interfere with radio reception. For proper radio your backglass antenna due to out. In addition, traveling or standing reception, the antenna connector metallic tinting materials will not under heavy foliage, bridges, be covered by the vehicle garages, or tunnels may cause loss needs to be properly attached to the post on the glass. warranty. of the XM signal for a period of time. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (26,1)
7-26 Infotainment System
Satellite Radio Antenna Audio Players When playing any compatible recordable disc, the sound quality For vehicles with XM satellite radio can be reduced due to disc quality, service, the antenna is located on CD Player the method of recording, the quality the roof of the vehicle. Keep the The player can be used for CD of the music or video that has been antenna clear of obstructions for and MP3s. recorded, or the way the disc has clear radio reception. been handled. With the ignition on, insert a CD into the slot, label side up. The player To avoid damage to the CD player: pulls it in and begins playing. . Do not use scratched or The vehicle must be in P (Park) for damaged discs video to display. . Do not apply labels to discs. The system is capable of playing: The labels could get caught in the player. . Most audio CDs . Insert only one disc at a time. . CD-R . Keep the loading slot free of . CD-RW foreign materials, liquids and . MP3 or unprotected WMA debris. formats If a description label is needed, try labeling the top of the disc using a marking pen. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (27,1)
Infotainment System 7-27
Loading and Ejecting Discs Playing an Audio CD with a ‐ If longer than five seconds, the current track starts from the To load a disc: Color Radio beginning. 1. Turn the ignition on. A track number displays at the beginning of each track. Song, . Press and hold to fast reverse 2. Insert a disc into the slot. The Artist, and Album information through a track. Release the player pulls it in the rest of the displays when available. button to return to playing way. If the disc is damaged or speed. Elapsed time displays. improperly loaded, there is an Use the following controls to play Menu Knob: error and the disc ejects. the disc: Turn to: The disc automatically plays once TUNE/ k (Play/Pause): Press to loaded. start, pause, or resume play. . Enter the menu system. Press X to eject a disc from the l (Seek Next/FWD): . Highlight a menu option. CD player. . Seeks to the next track. . Select a value. Playing a CD . Press and hold to fast forward SELECT: through a track. Release to Press to: A disc must be loaded to select the return to playing speed. Elapsed source. time displays. . Select or activate the highlighted menu option. When a disc is loaded, the disc icon g (Seek Previous/REV): displays. . Confirm a set value. . Seeks to the beginning of the There are two ways to play a CD: current or previous track. . Turn a system setting on or off. . Insert the disc and playback ‐ If the track has been playing starts automatically. for less than five seconds, it . Press the SOURCE repeatedly seeks the previous track. to select the disc source. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (28,1)
7-28 Infotainment System
Control Buttons for Radio with CD Menu Error Messages CD and DVD If Disc Read Error displays and/or The buttons used to control the the disc comes out, it could be for CD player are: one of the following reasons: CD/AUX: Press to use the . The disc has an invalid or CD player. unknown format. l or g : Press to select tracks or . The disc is not from a to fast forward or rewind within a correct region. track. . The disc is very hot. Try the disc INFO: Press to display additional again when the temperature information about the current track returns to normal. that may be available. . The road is very rough. Try the CD Menu for Color Radio Only TUNE: Turn to select tracks. disc again when the road is Press SELECT to display the smoother. Menu Knob: Turn to enter CD Menu. the menu. . The disc is dirty, scratched, wet, Shuffle: Select to play the tracks or upside down. SELECT: Press to select an item. randomly rather than in sequence. . The air is very humid. Select again to stop shuffle. A check Try the disc again later. mark indicates shuffle is on. . There was a problem while Track List: Select to display the list burning the disc. of tracks on the disc. Select the track from the list. The selected . The label is caught in the track plays and the CD screen CD player. displays. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (29,1)
Infotainment System 7-29
If the CD is not playing correctly, for damage the surface. Pick up discs While using the CD player, use any other reason, try a known by grasping the outer edges or the only CDs in good condition good CD. edge of the hole and the outer edge. without any label, load one CD at If any error continues, contact your If the bottom surface of a disc is a time, and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of dealer. dirty, take a soft, lint‐free cloth, or dampen a clean, soft cloth in a foreign materials, liquids, and CD/DVD Player mild neutral detergent solution debris. mixed with water, and clean it. Control Buttons The CD/DVD player can play CDs, Wipe the disc from the center to DVD‐As, MP3/WMA CDs, MP3/ the outer edge. The buttons used to control the WMA DVDs, and DVD‐Vs. CD/DVD player are: Care of the CD/DVD Player The CD/DVD player will not play MEM/DVD/AUX: Press to choose 8 cm (3 in) discs. Do not add a label to a disc, as it between the MEM, CD/DVD, could get caught in the CD/DVD and AUX. Care of CDs and DVDs player. If a label is needed, label the l / g : Press to select tracks or Sound quality can be reduced due top of the recorded disc with a to fast forward or rewind within a to disc quality, recording method, marking pen. track. quality of the music recorded, and Do not use disc lens cleaners INFO: Press to display additional how the disc has been handled. because they could contaminate the information about the disc that may Handle discs carefully and store lens of the disc optics and damage be available. them in their original cases or other the CD/DVD player. protective cases away from direct TUNE: Turn to select tracks. sunlight and dust. If the bottom Notice: If a label is added to a surface of a disc is damaged, the CD, more than one CD is inserted Menu Knob: Turn to enter disc may not play properly or at all. into the slot at a time, or an the menu. Do not touch the bottom surface of attempt is made to play scratched SELECT: Press to select an item. a disc while handling it; this could or damaged CDs, the CD player could be damaged. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (30,1)
7-30 Infotainment System
X (Eject): Press to eject the disc. Information about the disc and Fast Forward and Rewind current track is shown on the l g k : Press to pause a CD, DVD‐A, display depending on the Press and hold or to fast or DVD‐V; press again to resume data stored. forward or rewind within the playback. Press and hold to stop a current track. DVD‐V disc. Selecting CD or DVD‐A Tracks Playing an MP3 CD or DVD Inserting a CD or DVD Using the control buttons: Files that are not stored in folders With the printed side facing up, . Press g or l to select the are displayed in the root insert a disc into the slot until it is previous or next track. directory (disc). drawn in. . Turn the TUNE knob. The search rate increases if the Removing a CD or DVD Using the menu: Menu knob is continuously turned while searching in a list. Press X. 1. Turn the Menu knob. Selecting an MP3 Track The disc is pushed out of the 2. Select Tracks List. Using the control buttons: CD/DVD slot. 3. Select the track. . Press g or l to select the If the disc is not removed after it is Pausing a CD or DVD A Track ejected, it is pulled back in after a ‐ previous or next track. k few seconds. Press to pause a CD or DVD‐A . Turn the TUNE knob. track. Press k again to continue Playing a CD or DVD‐A Disc Using the CD or DVD Menu: playing the track. Press the MEM/DVD/AUX button if 1. Turn the Menu knob. there is a disc in the player. Playing CD or DVD‐A Tracks in It begins playing. Random Order 2. Select Folder List. Turn the Menu knob and set Shuffle 3. Select the folder. Songs to On. 4. Select the track. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (31,1)
Infotainment System 7-31
Searching for MP3s on a CD The number of objects in each Playing a DVD‐V or DVD category is shown in parentheses See Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) after the category. It is normal for the search feature System on page 7‑47 for information to take some time to display the To search for tracks: about how to control a Video DVD information after reading the disc 1. Turn the Menu knob. using the wireless remote control. due to the amount of information stored on the disc. The infotainment 2. Select Search. Selecting a Chapter system automatically switches to 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Using the control buttons: FM while the disc is being read. Song Titles, or Genres. . Press g or l to select the Files that do not have any meta 4. Select the track. The search rate previous or next chapter. data stored in the ID3 tag display increases if the Menu knob is . Turn the TUNE knob. as Unknown. continuously turned while Tracks can be searched for by: searching in a list. Using the DVD menu: . Playlists Playing MP3 Tracks in Random 1. Turn the Menu knob. Order . Artists 2. Select Chapter List. Turn the Menu knob and then set . Albums 3. Select the chapter. Shuffle Songs to On. . Song Titles Selecting a Title Recording an Audio or MP3 . Genres CD to MEM 1. Turn the Menu knob. 2. Select Title List. See Mass Storage Media (MEM) on page 7‑35 for more information. 3. Select the title. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (32,1)
7-32 Infotainment System
Changing the Audio Stream . Cursor RIGHT MP3 . Cursor LEFT 1. Turn the Menu knob. Playing an MP3, CD, and DVD 2. Select Audio Stream. . Up Menu MP3 Format 3. Select Change Audio Stream. Use the following actions to navigate the menu on a DVD‐V Disc There are guidelines that must be 4. Press SELECT to change the while playing chapters. met, when creating an MP3 disc or selection. the CD might not play. . Pause (Play) Select Cancel to exit the menu. The guidelines are: . Chapter List Pausing a DVD . Sampling rate: 8 kHz, 16 kHz, . Title List 1. Turn the Menu knob. 22.05 kHz, 24 kHz, 32 kHz, . DVD/DVD 44.1 kHz, and 48 kHz. 2. Select Pause to pause the disc. Select Unpause to start . DVD/AUX . Bit rates supported: 8, 16, 24, playback. . AUX/DVD 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 144, 160, 192, 224, 256, Navigating the DVD‐V Disc Menu . AUX/AUX and 320 kbps. Use the following actions to To navigate the menu: . Maximum number of folders is navigate the title menu on a 1. Turn the Menu knob. 255 with a maximum hierarchy DVD‐V Disc. of eight folders. 2. Select the action. . Select/Enter . Maximum of 1024 files on a disc. . Cursor UP . Cursor DOWN Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (33,1)
Infotainment System 7-33
. Recorded on a CD-R or CD-RW l (Next/FWD): Press to seek to Menu Knob: with a maximum capacity of the next track. Press again to 700 MB. Turn to: continue moving forward through . . The Artist/Album/Song Titles/ the disc. Enter the menu system. Genre information requires a . Press and hold to advance quickly Highlight a menu option. CD to be fully scanned before through playback. Release the . Select a value. the music navigator works with button to return to playing speed. these menus. Disc scanning SELECT: Elapsed time displays. does not occur when the disc is Press to: being played. g (Previous/REV): Press to seek to the beginning of the current or . Select or activate the highlighted When an MP3 is loaded in the previous track. If the track has menu option. player, MP3 displays. played for less than five seconds, it . Confirm a set value. If a disc is already loaded, but you goes to the previous track. If longer are currently on a map screen or than five seconds, the current track . Turn a system setting on or off. listening to a different audio source, restarts. Press again to continue press SOURCE to switch to the moving back through the disc. disc source. A track number Press and hold this button to appears on the display when reverse quickly through playback. each track starts to play. Release the button to return to To play a disc: playing speed. Elapsed time displays. TUNE/ k (Play/Pause): Use to start, pause, or resume play of a loaded disc. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (34,1)
7-34 Infotainment System
Disc Music Menu . Track List (All Songs) . Genres Press SELECT to access the Select to view a list of all songs Select to view the genres on the Disc music menu. on the disc. There might be a disc. Select a genre to view a list delay before the list displays. of all songs of that genre. There Select a song from the list and might be a delay before the list it begins to play. Songs are displays. Select a song from the displayed based on the CD list and it begins to play. burning application folder and . Song Titles file structure used. Select to display a list of all . Artists songs on the disc. There might Select to view the list of artists be a delay before the list that have been stored on the displays. Select a song from the disc. Select an artist name to list and it begins to play. Songs Turn SELECT to scroll, then press view a list of all songs by the are displayed in alphabetical it to select any of the following artist. There might be a delay order based on the Song Title category buttons on the MP3 music before the list displays. Select ID3 tag, if available. menu to display the corresponding the desired song from the list category screen: and it begins to play. Root Directory . Folders/Playlists The root directory is treated as a . Albums folder. All files contained directly Select to view the folders stored Select to view the albums on the under the root directory are on the disc. Select a folder to disc. Select the album to view a accessed prior to any root directory view the list of all the songs in list of all songs on the album. folders. that folder. There might be a There might be a delay before delay before the list displays. the list displays. Select a song Select the song from the list and from the list and it begins to play. it begins to play. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (35,1)
Infotainment System 7-35
Empty Directory or Folder Mass Storage INFO: Press to display additional If a root directory or folder is empty Media (MEM) information about the MEM track or contains only folders, the player that may be available. advances to the next folder in the Infotainment systems with MEM k storage are able to record up to TUNE/ : Press to pause the file structure that contains a track currently playing; press again compressed audio file. The empty 1.1 GB (gigabyte) of music from audio CDs, MP3/WMA/AAC discs, to resume playback. Turn to select folder(s) are not displayed or tracks. numbered. and USB storage devices. The MEM player can also time shift audio from O REC: Press to record music No Folder AM, FM, and XM radio. from a CD or USB drive. When the CD only contains Music or content stored in MEM that DEL: Press to delete the current compressed audio files without any you did not create, or have the right track from MEM. folders or playlists, all files are to distribute, must be deleted before FAV (Favorites): Press to display located under the root folder. the sale or end of lease of the MEM favorites. vehicle. File System and Naming 1 to 6: Press to select a track The displayed song title is taken Control Buttons or playlist stored in that numeric from the file's ID3 tag. If a song title The buttons used to control the position. is not present in the ID3 tag, the MEM player are: radio displays the file name as the track name. MEM/DVD/AUX: Press to select the MEM player. l / g : Press to select tracks or to fast forward or rewind within a track. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (36,1)
7-36 Infotainment System
Recording from Audio CDs Re-recording a Previously Recording from MP3/WMA Recorded Disc The infotainment system can record Discs or USB Storage Devices the current song playing or all songs If the disc or track has already USB Host Support from an audio CD to MEM. A status been recorded to MEM, the bar appears on the top of the message The Song(s) is Already The USB connector uses the USB display when the recording process Recorded displays. standards, 1.1 and 2.0. starts and disappears when the Stopping the Recording USB Supported Devices process has ended. Copy protected . CDs cannot be recorded to MEM. Press O REC while recording from USB Flash Drives . Portable USB Hard Drives Recording to MEM an audio CD to display the stop recording option. Select Stop Recording to MEM Press O REC, then select Record Recording Song to MEM. O Current Song or Record All Songs Renaming Recorded Discs Press REC, then select Record on Disc. If the track has started Current Song or Record Current playing, the system will restart the Discs that have been recorded to Folder. track and begin recording from the MEM can be renamed. The information stored by MEM is beginning of the track. When the 1. Turn the Menu knob. titled according to the ID3 tag song recording is completed, the associated with it. message Song Recorded to MEM 2. Select Rename Recorded Discs. displays, and there may be a slight 3. Select the disc. Re-recording a Previously pause. Recorded Disc 4. Select Album or Artist to rename Songs recorded to MEM are stored either one. If the disc or track has already as the current date, disc, and track been recorded to MEM, the 5. Use the Menu knob to enter number. message The Song(s) is Already the character sequence. See Recorded displays. Operation on page 7‑12 for more information. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (37,1)
Infotainment System 7-37
Stopping the Recording 3. Select the track. Shuffle Songs Press O REC while recording from Searching for a Track Select the Shuffle Songs option from the MEM menu to randomly an MP3/WMA CD or USB storage Tracks can be searched for by: device to display the stop recording play back tracks stored in MEM. . Playlists option. Select Stop Recording Song Configuring MEM Favorites to MEM. . Artists During MEM playback, press the Deleting Tracks from MEM . Albums FAV button to change between Individual tracks and all tracks can . Song Titles favorite categories. The favorite categories are: be deleted from MEM. . Genres . Playlists To delete individual tracks, press The number of objects in each and release the DEL button while category is shown in parentheses . Artists the track is playing. after the category. . Albums To delete all tracks from MEM, To search for tracks: . press and hold the DEL button while Genres a track is playing. 1. Turn the Menu knob. To remove MEM favorites categories: Playing from MEM 2. Select Search. 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, 1. Press the CONFIG button. Playing Back a Previously Song Titles, or Genres. Recorded CD 2. Select Radio Settings. 4. Select the track. The search rate 3. Select MEM Favorites. Turn the TUNE knob to select a increases if the Menu knob is track if MEM is already playing from continuously turned while 4. Remove the checkmark from the the previously recorded disc. searching in a list. box to remove that MEM 1. Select Recorded Disc List. favorites category. 2. Select the disc. Replace the checkmark to re-add the removed category. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (38,1)
7-38 Infotainment System
Saving MEM Tracks as Creating Playlists Auxiliary Devices Favorites To create a playlist using tracks (Radio with CD) stored in MEM: Favorites can be saved by pressing The optional AUX input allows and holding one of the 1 to 6 1. Select Playlist from the MEM portable devices to connect to the buttons. Favorites can be stored favorites. vehicle using the 3.5 mm (1/8 in) according to the following list: 2. Select the track to be stored in input jack or the USB port. Playlist: Adds the currently playing the playlist. Portable devices are controlled by track to the playlist selected. 3. Press and hold one of the 1 to using the menu system described in Artist: Saves the artist associated 6 buttons until the track can be Operation on page 7‑12. with the currently playing track in heard again to store the track. the indicated favorites position. 4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to Album: Saves the album store additional tracks in the associated with the currently playing playlist. track in the indicated favorites position. Genre: Saves the genre associated with the currently playing track in the indicated favorites position.
The AUX input is located in the center console. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (39,1)
Infotainment System 7-39
3.5 mm Jack . USB Drives . Genres Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to . Zunes . Audiobooks the auxiliary input jack to use a Not all iPods, PFDs, USB Drives, . Composers portable audio player. and Zunes are compatible with the To search for tracks: Playback of an audio device that is infotainment system. 1. Turn the Menu knob. connected to the 3.5 mm jack can Connecting and Controlling only be controlled using the controls an iPod® 2. Select Search. on the device. 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Not all iPods can be controlled by Song Titles, Podcasts, Genres, Adjusting the Volume the infotainment system. Audiobooks, or Composers. Turn the VOL/ O knob to adjust the Connecting an iPod 4. Select the track. volume of the infotainment system Connect the iPod to the USB port. after the volume level has been set Shuffle on the portable audio device. Searching for a Track Turn the Menu knob and set Shuffle USB Port Tracks can be searched for by: Songs (Random) to On or Off, then / For vehicles with a USB port, the . Playlists press the BACK button to return the main screen. following devices may be connected . Artists and controlled by the infotainment On: Plays tracks in the current . system. Albums folder in random order. . . iPods Song Titles Off: Plays tracks in the current . PlaysForSure Devices (PFDs) . Podcasts folder in sequential order. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (40,1)
7-40 Infotainment System
Repeat . Song Titles Repeat On: Repeats the current Turn the Menu knob and set . Podcasts track. Repeat to On or Off, then press . Genres Repeat Off: Playback starts from / the beginning of the current track the BACK button to return the To search for tracks: main screen. after the last track finishes. 1. Turn the Menu knob. On: Repeats the current track. Connecting and Controlling a 2. Select Search. Off: Playback starts from the USB Drive beginning of the current track after 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, The infotainment system can only the last track finishes. Song Titles, Podcasts, play back .mp3 and .wma files from or Genres. a USB drive. Connecting and Controlling a 4. Select the track. PlaysForSure Device (PFD) Only the first 2,500 songs are or Zune™ Shuffle Functionality recognized on the device. When a device is not supported, the Connecting a PFD or Zune Turn the Menu knob and set Shuffle Songs (Random) to On or Off. message “No supported data found. Connect the PFD or Zune to the You can safely disconnect the USB port. On: Plays current tracks in random device” appears. order. Searching for a Track Connecting a USB Drive Off: Plays current tracks in Tracks can be searched for by: sequential order. Connect the USB drive to the USB port. . Playlists Repeat Functionality . Artists Turn the Menu knob and set Repeat . Albums to On or Off. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (41,1)
Infotainment System 7-41
Searching for a Track 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Auxiliary Devices It is normal for the search feature Albums, Song Titles, Genres, or Folder View. (Radio with CD/DVD to take some time to display the and MEM) information after reading the device 4. Select the track. due to the amount of information The optional AUX input allows stored. Shuffle Functionality portable devices to be connected using the 3.5 mm (1/8 in) input jack Files that do not have any meta Turn the Menu knob and set Shuffle or the USB port. data stored in the ID3 tag display Songs (Random) to On or Off. as Unknown. On: Plays current tracks in Portable devices are controlled by using the menu system described in Tracks can be searched for by: random order. Operation on page 7 12. Off: Plays current tracks in ‑ . Playlists* sequential order. . Artists Repeat Functionality . Albums Turn the Menu knob and set Repeat . Song Titles to On or Off. . Genres Repeat On: Repeats the current . Folder View track. *This only displays if a playlist is Repeat Off: Playback starts from found on the device. the beginning of the current track after the last track finishes. To search for tracks: 1. Turn the Menu knob. 2. Select Search. The AUX input is located in the center console. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (42,1)
7-42 Infotainment System
3.5 mm Jack Connecting and Controlling Searching for a Track ® Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to an iPod Tracks can be searched for by: the auxiliary input jack to use a Not all iPods can be controlled by . Playlists portable audio player. the infotainment system. . Artists Playback of an audio device that is Connecting an iPod connected to the 3.5 mm jack can . Albums Connect the iPod to the USB port. only be controlled using the controls . Song Titles on the device. Selecting a Track . Genres Adjusting the Volume Using the control buttons: . Composers Turn the VOL/ O knob to adjust the . Press g or l to select the . Audiobooks volume of the infotainment system previous or next track. after the volume level has been set The number of objects in each . Turn the TUNE knob to select a on the portable audio device. category is shown in parentheses track in the current submenu. after the category. The track will start to play. USB Port To search for tracks: The following devices may be Playing Tracks in Random Order 1. Turn the Menu knob. connected to the USB port and Turn the Menu knob and set Shuffle 2. Select Search. controlled by the infotainment Songs to On or Off. system. 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Shuffle On: Plays current tracks in . iPods Song Titles, Genres, random order. Composers, or Audiobooks. . USB Mass Storage Devices Shuffle Off: Plays current tracks in 4. Select the track. The search rate Not all iPods or USB Mass Storage sequential order. increases if the Menu knob is Devices are compatible with the continuously turned while infotainment system. searching in a list. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (43,1)
Infotainment System 7-43
Connecting and Controlling a . Turn the TUNE knob to select a . Song Titles track in the current submenu. USB Drive . Genres The track will start to play. Files that are not stored in folders The number of objects in each are displayed in the root Selecting a track in a different category is shown in parentheses directory (USB). folder: after the category. 1. Turn the Menu knob. Connecting a USB Drive To search for tracks: 2. Select Folder List. Connect the USB drive to the 1. Turn the Menu knob. USB port. 3. Select the folder. 2. Select Search. Disconnecting a USB Drive 4. Select the track. 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, A USB drive should be ejected from Searching for Tracks Song Titles, or Genres. the USB port before disconnecting It is normal for the search feature 4. Select the track. The search rate it. To eject a USB drive: to take some time to display the increases if the Menu knob is 1. Turn the Menu knob. information after reading the device continuously turned while due to the amount of information searching in a list. 2. Select USB Eject. stored. Recording Tracks to MEM Playing Tracks in Random Order Files that do not have any meta See Mass Storage Media (MEM) on data stored in the ID3 tag display Turn the Menu knob and then set page 7‑35 for more information. Shuffle Songs to On. as Unknown. Selecting a Track Tracks can be searched by: Using the control buttons: . Playlists . Artists . Press g or l to select the previous or next track. . Albums Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (44,1)
7-44 Infotainment System
Auxiliary Devices Playback of an audio device that is connected to the 3.5 mm jack can (Radio with CD and only be controlled using the controls Touchscreen) on the device. The optional AUX input allows If an auxiliary device has already portable devices to connect to the been connected, but a different vehicle using the 3.5 mm (1/8 in) source is currently active, Press input jack or the USB port. SOURCE repeatedly to cycle Portable devices are controlled by through all of the available audio using the menu system described source screens, until the AUX in Overview (Radio with CD) on source screen is selected. page 7‑4 or Overview (Radio with Adjusting the Volume CD/DVD and MEM) on page 7‑6 or The AUX input is located in the Overview (Radio with CD and center console. Turn the VOL/ O knob to adjust the Touchscreen) on page 7‑8. 3.5 mm Jack volume of the infotainment system after the volume level has been set This jack is not an audio output. Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to on the portable audio device. Do not plug headphones into the the auxiliary input jack to use a auxiliary input jack. Drivers are portable audio player. encouraged to set up any auxiliary device while the vehicle is in P (Park). Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (45,1)
Infotainment System 7-45
USB Port Searching for a Track Shuffle For vehicles with a USB port, the Tracks can be searched for by: Turn the Menu knob and set Shuffle Songs (Random) to On or Off, then following devices may be connected . Playlists and controlled by the infotainment press the / BACK button to return . system. Artists the main screen. . . iPods Albums On: Plays tracks in the current . PlaysForSure Devices (PFDs) . Song Titles folder in random order. . USB Drives . Podcasts Off: Plays tracks in the current folder in sequential order. . Zunes™ . Genres Repeat Not all iPods, PFDs, USB Drives, . Audiobooks and Zunes are compatible with the . Composers Turn the Menu knob and set infotainment system. Repeat to On or Off, then press To search for tracks: / Connecting and Controlling the BACK button to return to the 1. Turn the Menu knob. main screen. an iPod® 2. Select Search. On: Repeats the current track. Not all iPods can be controlled by the infotainment system. 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Off: Playback starts from the Song Titles, Podcasts, Genres, beginning of the current track after Connecting an iPod Audiobooks, or Composers. the last track finishes. Connect the iPod to the USB port. 4. Select the track. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (46,1)
7-46 Infotainment System
Connecting and Controlling a To search for tracks: Repeat On: Repeats the PlaysForSure Device (PFD) 1. Turn the Menu knob. current track. or Zune™ 2. Select Search. Repeat Off: Playback starts Connecting a PFD or Zune from the beginning of the current 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, track after the last track finishes. Connect the PFD or Zune to the Song Titles, Podcasts, USB port. or Genres. Connecting and Controlling a USB Drive Searching for a Track 4. Select the track. The infotainment system can only Tracks can be searched for by: Shuffle Functionality play back .mp3 and .wma files from . Playlists Turn the Menu knob and set Shuffle a USB drive. Songs (Random) to On or Off. . Artists Only the first 2,500 songs are On: Plays current tracks in recognized on the device. . Albums random order. When a device is not supported, the . Song Titles Off: Plays current tracks in message “No supported data found. . Podcasts sequential order. You can safely disconnect the device” appears. . Genres Repeat Functionality Connecting a USB Drive Turn the Menu knob and set Repeat to On or Off. Connect the USB drive to the USB port. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (47,1)
Infotainment System 7-47
Searching for a Track 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Rear Seat It is normal for the search feature Albums, Song Titles, Genres, to take some time to display the or Folder View. Infotainment information after reading the device 4. Select the track. due to the amount of information Rear Seat Entertainment stored. Shuffle Functionality (RSE) System Files that do not have any meta Turn the Menu knob and set Shuffle Songs (Random) to On or Off. The vehicle may have a DVD Rear data stored in the ID3 tag display Seat Entertainment (RSE) system. as Unknown. On: Plays current tracks in random The RSE system works with the Tracks can be searched for by: order. vehicle's infotainment system. Off: Plays current tracks in The DVD player is part of the . Playlists* sequential order. front radio. The RSE system . Artists includes a radio with a DVD player, Repeat Functionality two rear seat video display screens, . Albums Turn the Menu knob and set Repeat audio/video jacks, two wireless . Song Titles to On or Off. headphones, and a remote control. . Genres See CD/DVD Player on page 7‑29 Repeat On: Repeats the current or the separate navigation system . Folder View track. manual for more information on the *This only displays if a playlist is Repeat Off: Playback starts from vehicle's DVD system. found on the device. the beginning of the current track after the last track finishes. To search for tracks: 1. Turn the Menu knob. 2. Select Search. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (48,1)
7-48 Infotainment System
Before Driving On some infotainment systems, the Headphones Global Off feature can be turned off The RSE is for rear seat by performing one of the following: passengers only. The driver cannot safely view the video screen while . Press and hold the radio power driving. button for more than three seconds. In severe or extreme weather conditions, the RSE system may not . Insert or eject any disc. work until the temperature is within . Insert a DVD video disc. the operating range. The operating range is above −20°C (−4°F) and . Press the remote control power below 60°C (140°F). If the button. temperature is outside of this range, . Press the MEM/DVD/AUX button heat or cool the vehicle until it is or k when a DVD video disc is within the operating range. in the player. A. Battery Cover Global Off . Press the SRC button on the B. Channel 1 or 2 Switch Depending on the infotainment steering wheel when a DVD C. Power Button system, the RSE system may have video disc is in the player. D. Volume Control a Global Off feature. The Global Off . Cycle the ignition. feature disables all RSE system E. Power Indicator Light features. Press and hold the RSE includes two 2-channel radio power button for more than wireless headphones. Channel 1 is three seconds for Global Off to dedicated to the DVD player, and disable the RSE features. Channel 2 is dedicated to any external auxiliary device connected to the A/V jacks. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (49,1)
Infotainment System 7-49
The headphones are used to listen To adjust the volume on the If the foam ear pads attached to the to various multi‐media. The wireless headphones, use the volume headphones become worn or headphones have a power button, control. damaged, the pads can be replaced channel 1/2 switch, and a volume For optimal audio performance, the separately from the headphone set. control. Turn the headphones off headphones must be worn correctly. To purchase replacement ear pads, when not in use. Headphones should be worn with call 1‐888‐293‐3332, then prompt zero (0), or contact your dealer. Push O to turn on the headphones. the headband over the top of the A light on the headphones comes head for best audio reception. The Battery Replacement symbol L (Left) appears on the on. If the light does not come on, To change the batteries: check the batteries. Intermittent outside bottom edge of the ear cup sound or static can also indicate and should be positioned on the left 1. Loosen the screw to the battery weak batteries. See “Battery ear. The symbol R (Right) appears door located on the left side of Replacement” later in this section on the outside bottom edge of the the headphones. for more information. ear cup and should be positioned on 2. Slide the battery door open. the right ear. Infrared transmitters are on the top 3. Replace the two AAA batteries. of the left seatback video screen. Notice: Do not store the 4. Replace the battery door and The headphones shut off headphones in heat or direct tighten the screw. automatically to save the battery sunlight. This could damage the power if the RSE system is shut off headphones and repairs will not Remove the batteries if the or if the headphones are out of be covered by the warranty. headphones are not going to be range of the transmitters for more Storage in extreme cold can used for a long period of time. than three minutes. Moving too far weaken the batteries. Keep the forward or stepping out of the headphones stored in a cool, vehicle can cause the headphones dry place. to lose the signal or have static. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (50,1)
7-50 Infotainment System
Audio/Video (A/V) Jacks Changing the Source on the Video 4. Press the AUX button a fourth Display Screens time to change the source of If available, the A/V jacks are both video screens to the located on the rear of the floor The image from the auxiliary device DVD player. console. They allow audio or can be switched between the video video cables to be connected from display screens. Changing the RSE Video Screen an auxiliary device such as a To change the display: Settings camcorder or a video game system. 1. Press the AUX button on the The screen display mode, The A/V jacks are color coded: remote control to change the brightness, and language can . Yellow for video input. source of both video screens be changed from the setup menu from the DVD player to the using the remote control. . White for left audio input. auxiliary device. To change a setting: . Red for right audio input. 2. Press the AUX button a second 1. Press z. Power for auxiliary devices is not time to change the left video n q p o r supplied by the radio system. screen source to the DVD player 2. Use , , , , and to select the settings. To use the auxiliary inputs of the and the right video screen to the RSE system: auxiliary device. 3. Press z again to exit the 1. Connect the auxiliary device 3. Press the AUX button a third setup menu. cables to the A/V jacks. time to change the left video screen source to the auxiliary 2. Power on both the auxiliary device and the right video device and the RSE video screen to the DVD player. screen. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (51,1)
Infotainment System 7-51
Audio Output Both seatback consoles contain an infrared receiver for the remote Audio from the DVD player or control. They are located at the auxiliary inputs can be heard top of each console. through the following: Notice: Avoid directly touching . Wireless Headphones the video screen, as damage may . Vehicle Speakers occur. See “Cleaning the Video The RSE system transmits the Screen” later in this section for audio signal to the wireless more information. headphones if an audio signal is Video Screen Input Jack available. See “Headphones” earlier in this section for more information. Each video screen is equipped with To use the video screen: a video input jack to allow video The front seat passengers are able cables to be connected from an 1. Push the release button located to listen to playback from the A/V auxiliary device such as a on the seatback console. jacks through the vehicle speakers camcorder or a video game system. by selecting Rear A/V as the source 2. Move the screen to the desired This signal will override any video on the radio. viewing position. provided by the RSE system; either Video Screens Push the video screen down into its the DVD or auxiliary A/V jack locked position when it is not in use. source. The RSE system must be The video screens are located in The screen turns off automatically. on for this input to operate. the back of the driver and front passenger seats. Only the left RSE seatback console contains the infrared transmitters for the wireless headphones. They may be visible as eight illuminated LEDs. These LEDs are not on the right video screen. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (52,1)
7-52 Infotainment System
Remote Control Check the batteries if the remote Remote Control Buttons control does not seem to be O (Power): Press to turn the video working. See “Battery Replacement” screens on and off. later in this section. Objects blocking the line of sight could also P (Illumination): Press to turn affect the function of the remote the remote control backlight on. control. The backlight times out after several seconds if no other button is If a CD, DVD, or MP3 disc is in the pressed. Radio DVD slot, the remote control O button can be used to turn on the v (Title): Press to return to the video screen display and start the main menu of the DVD. This disc. The infotainment system can function could vary for each disc. also turn on the video screen y (Main Menu): Press to access display. See CD/DVD Player on the DVD menu. The DVD menu is To use the remote control, aim it at page 7‑29 or the separate different on every DVD. Use the the transmitter window at either navigation system manual for navigation arrows to move the seatback console and press the more information. cursor. After making a selection button. Direct sunlight or very bright Notice: Storing the remote press the enter button. This button light could affect the ability of the control in a hot area or in direct only operates when using a DVD. RSE transmitter to receive signals sunlight can damage it, and the n, q , p , o (Menu Navigation from the remote control. repairs will not be covered by the Arrows): Use the arrow buttons to warranty. Storage in extreme cold navigate through a menu. can weaken the batteries. Keep the remote control stored in a r (Enter): Press to select the cool, dry place. highlighted choice in any menu. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (53,1)
Infotainment System 7-53
z (Display Menu): Press to adjust t (Previous Track/Chapter): [ (Fast Forward): Press to fast the brightness and screen display Press to go to the start of the forward the DVD or CD. To stop fast mode, and display the current track or chapter. Press again forwarding a DVD video, press s. language menu. to go to the previous track or To stop fast forwarding a DVD audio chapter. This button may not work q (Return): Press to exit the or CD, release [. This button might current active menu and return to when the DVD is playing the copyright information or the not work when the DVD is playing the previous menu. This button the copyright information or the operates only when the display previews. u previews. menu or a DVD menu is active. (Next Track/Chapter): Press to e go to the beginning of the next (Audio): Press to change audio c (Stop): Press to stop playing, tracks on DVDs that have this rewinding, or fast forwarding a DVD. chapter or track. This button might not work when the DVD is playing feature when the DVD is playing. Press twice to return to the { beginning of the DVD. the copyright information or the (Subtitles): Press to turn ON/ previews. OFF subtitles and to move through s (Play/Pause): Press to start r (Fast Reverse): Press to subtitle options when a DVD is playing a DVD. Press to pause a playing. DVD while it is playing. Press again quickly reverse the DVD or CD. to continue playing. To stop fast reversing a DVD video, press s. To stop fast reversing a Depending on the infotainment system in the vehicle, DVD DVD audio or CD, release r. playback may be slowed down by This button might not work when the DVD is playing the copyright pressing s then [. Reverse slow information or the previews. play by pressing s then r. Press s again to cancel slow play. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (54,1)
7-54 Infotainment System
AUX (Auxiliary): Press to switch 2 (Camera): Press to change the Replacing the Remote Control the video display between the camera angle on DVDs that have If the remote control becomes lost DVD player and an auxiliary source. this feature when the DVD is or damaged, a new universal The AUX button also controls the playing. remote control can be purchased. ® source display between the left and \ (Clear) (If Available): Press this Use a Toshiba code set for right video screens as described button within three seconds after replacement universal remote in the table below: inputting a numeric selection, to controls. Aux Left Right clear all numeric inputs. Battery Replacement } Button Screen Screen 10 (Double Digit Entries) To change the remote control Press (If Available): Press this button to batteries: select chapter or track numbers Default DVD DVD greater than 9. Press this button 1. Slide back the rear cover on the State (No Media Media before inputting the number. remote control. Press) 1 through 0 (Numeric Keypad): 2. Replace the two batteries in the First Aux Video Aux Video The numbered keypad provides the compartment. Press Source Source capability of direct chapter or track 3. Replace the battery cover. Second DVD Aux Video number selection. Press Media Source Remove the batteries from the remote control if unused for an Third Aux Video DVD extended period of time. Press Source Media Return to Return to Fourth Default Default Press State State Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (55,1)
Infotainment System 7-55
Tips and Troubleshooting Chart Problem Recommended Action No power. The ignition might not be turned to ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. The picture does not fill the screen. There are black Check the display mode settings in the setup menu by borders on the top and bottom or both sides, or it pressing the display menu button on the remote control. looks stretched out. In auxiliary mode, the picture moves or scrolls. Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices. The remote control does not work. Check to make sure there is no obstruction between the remote control and the transmitter window. Check the batteries to make sure they are not dead or installed incorrectly. After stopping the player, I push Play but sometimes If the Stop button was pressed one time, the DVD player the DVD starts where I left off and sometimes at resumes playing where the DVD was stopped. If the the beginning. Stop button was pressed two times the DVD player begins to play from the beginning of the DVD. The auxiliary source is running but there is no picture Check that the RSE video screen is in the auxiliary or sound. source mode by pressing the AUX button on the remote control. Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (56,1)
7-56 Infotainment System
Tips and Troubleshooting Chart (cont.) Problem Recommended Action Sometimes the wireless headphone audio cuts out Check for obstructions, low batteries, reception range, or buzzes. and interference from cellular telephone towers or by using a cellular telephone in the vehicle. Check that the headphones are on correctly using the L (Left) and R (Right) on the headphones. Check that the headphones are positioned properly with the headband across the top of the head. I lost the remote and/or the headphones. See your dealer for assistance. The DVD is playing, but there is no picture or sound. Check that the RSE video screen is sourced to the DVD player by pressing the AUX button on the remote control.
DVD Display Error Messages Disc Format Error or Unknown DVD Distortion Format: The disc is inserted with The DVD display error message Video distortion can occur when the disc label wrong side up, or the depends on which radio the vehicle operating cellular phones, scanners, disc is damaged. has. The video screen may display CB radios, Global Position Systems one of the following: Disc Region Error or Disc Error: (GPS)*, two-way radios, mobile fax The disc is not from a correct Disc Load/Eject Error or machines, or walkie talkies. region. Mechanical Error: There are disc It might be necessary to turn off the load or eject problems. No Disc Inserted: No disc is DVD player when operating one of present when the X or MEM/DVD/ these devices in or near the vehicle. AUX button is pressed on the radio. *Excludes the OnStar System. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (57,1)
Infotainment System 7-57
Cleaning the RSE Seatback Phone . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. Console The system may not work with all cell phones. See “Pairing” in Use only a clean cloth dampened Bluetooth (Overview) this section for more information. with clean water to clean the RSE For vehicles equipped with . seatback console surface. If the cell phone has voice Bluetooth capability, the system can dialing capability, learn to use Cleaning the Video Screen interact with many cell phones, that feature to access the allowing: address book or contact list. Use only a clean cloth dampened See Voice Pass-Thru in this with clean water. Use care when . Placement and receipt of calls “ ” section for more information. touching or cleaning the screen as in a hands-free mode. . See Storing and Deleting Phone damage could result. . Sharing of the cell phone’s “ address book or contact list Numbers” in this section for with the vehicle. more information. To minimize driver distraction, { WARNING before driving, and with the vehicle parked: When using a cell phone, it can . Become familiar with the be distracting to look too long or features of the cell phone. too often at the screen of the Organize the phone book and phone or the infotainment contact lists clearly and delete (navigation) system. Taking your duplicate or rarely used entries. eyes off the road too long or If possible, program speed dial too often could cause a crash or other shortcuts. resulting in injury or death. . Review the controls and Focus your attention on driving. operation of the infotainment system. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (58,1)
7-58 Infotainment System
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system $ / i (End Call/Mute): Press to Noise: The system may not can use a Bluetooth‐capable cell end a call, reject a call, or cancel recognize voice commands if there phone with a Hands‐Free Profile to an operation. is too much background noise. make and receive phone calls. Infotainment System Controls When to Speak: A tone sounds to The infotainment system and voice indicate that the system is ready for recognition are used to control the If equipped, the infotainment system a voice command. Wait for the tone system. The system can be allows certain controls to be and then speak. used while in ON/RUN or ACC/ selected on the infotainment display. ACCESSORY. The range of the How to Speak: Speak clearly in a Bluetooth system can be up to For information about how to calm and natural voice. navigate the menu system using the 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all phones support Audio System all functions and not all phones work infotainment controls, see Overview with the Bluetooth system. See (Radio with CD) on page 7‑4 or When using the Bluetooth system, www.gm.com/bluetooth for more Overview (Radio with CD/DVD and sound comes through the vehicle's information about compatible MEM) on page 7‑6 or Overview front audio system speakers and phones. (Radio with CD and Touchscreen) overrides the audio system. Use the on page 7 8 or AM-FM Radio (Radio ‑ VOL/ O knob during a call to Bluetooth Controls with CD/DVD/MEM) on page 7‑17 or AM-FM Radio (Radio with CD and change the volume level. The Use the buttons located on the adjusted volume level remains in Touchscreen) on page 7‑19. infotainment system and the memory for later calls. The system steering wheel to operate the 5 (Phone): Press to enter the maintains a minimum volume level. Bluetooth system. Phone main menu. Steering Wheel Controls Voice Recognition b / g (Push To Talk) : Press to The voice recognition system uses answer incoming calls, confirm commands to control the system system information, and start voice and dial phone numbers. recognition. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (59,1)
Infotainment System 7-59
Other Information Bluetooth (Infotainment Pairing Information The Bluetooth® word mark and Controls) . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 logos are owned by the Bluetooth® capability cannot be paired to For information about how to SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks the vehicle as a phone and an navigate the menu system using the by General Motors is under license. MP3 player at the same time. infotainment controls, see Overview Other trademarks and trade names (Radio with CD) on page 7 4 or . Up to five cell phones can be are those of their respective owners. ‑ Overview (Radio with CD/DVD and paired to the Bluetooth system. See Radio Frequency Statement on MEM) on page 7‑6 or Overview . The pairing process is disabled page 13‑20 for information (Radio with CD and Touchscreen) when the vehicle is moving. regarding Part 15 of the Federal on page 7‑8 or AM-FM Radio (Radio . Communications Commission (FCC) with CD/DVD/MEM) on page 7‑17 or Pairing only needs to be rules and Industry Canada AM-FM Radio (Radio with CD and completed once, unless the Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. Touchscreen) on page 7‑19. pairing information on the cell phone changes or the cell phone Pairing is deleted from the system. A Bluetooth‐enabled cell phone . Only one paired cell phone can must be paired to the Bluetooth be connected to the Bluetooth system and then connected to the system at a time. vehicle before it can be used. See . If multiple paired cell phones are your cell phone manufacturer's user within range of the system, the guide for Bluetooth functions before system connects to the first pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth available paired cell phone in the phone is not connected, calls will be order that they were first paired made using OnStar Hands‐Free to the system. To link to a Calling, if available. See OnStar different paired phone, see Overview on page 14 1 for more ‑ “Linking to a Different Phone” information. later in this section. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (60,1)
7-60 Infotainment System
Pairing a Phone This name will be used to 4. Select Device List. 1. Press the CONFIG button. indicate which phones are 5. Select the phone to delete and paired and connected to the follow the on screen prompts. 2. Select Phone Settings or vehicle. The system responds Bluetooth Settings (depending with “
Infotainment System 7-61
Making a Call Using Radio with CD Radio with CD/DVD and MEM Phone Book To make a call using the Phone 1. Press 5. For cell phones that support the Book menu: 2. Select Phone Book. phone book feature, the Bluetooth 1. Press 5 twice. system can use the contacts stored 3. Search through the list by on your cell phone to make calls. 2. Select Phone Book. selecting the letter group the See your cell phone's owner's guide 3. Search through the list by phone book entry begins with, or contact your wireless provider to selecting the letter group the or press SELECT to scroll find out if this feature is supported phone book entry begins with, through the entire list of names/ by your phone. or press SELECT to scroll numbers in the phone book. When a cell phone supports the through the entire list of names/ 4. Select the name or number you phone book feature, the Phone numbers in the phone book. want to call. Book and Call Lists menus are 4. Select the name or number you To make a call using the Call automatically available. want to call. Lists menu: The Phone Book menu allows you To make a call using the Call 1. Press 5. to access the phone book stored in Lists menu: the cell phone to make a call. 2. Select Call Lists. 1. Press 5 twice. The Call Lists menu allows you to 3. Select the Incoming Calls, access the phone numbers from the 2. Select Call Lists. Outgoing Calls, or Missed Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and 3. Select the Incoming Calls, Calls list. Missed Calls menus on your cell Outgoing Calls, or Missed 4. Select the name or number you phone to make a call. Calls list. want to call. 4. Select the name or number you want to call. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (62,1)
7-62 Infotainment System
Making a Call 3. Enter the character sequence. Call Waiting See Entering a Character “ Call waiting must be supported on Radio with CD Sequence in Overview (Radio ” the Bluetooth phone and enabled by with CD) on page 7 4 or 1. Press 5 twice. ‑ the wireless service carrier to work. Overview (Radio with CD/DVD 2. Enter the character sequence. and MEM) on page 7‑6 or Accepting a Call See “Entering a Character Overview (Radio with CD and Turn the Menu knob to Answer Sequence” in Overview (Radio Touchscreen) on page 7 8 for “ ” ‑ and press SELECT to accept with CD) on page 7‑4 or more information. Overview (Radio with CD/DVD the call. 4. Select Call to start dialing the and MEM) on page 7‑6 or Declining a Call Overview (Radio with CD and number. Turn the Menu knob to Decline Touchscreen) on page 7‑8 for Accepting or Declining a Call “ ” more information. and press SELECT to decline When an incoming call is received, the call. 3. Select Call to start dialing the the infotainment system mutes and Switching Between Calls number. a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. (Call Waiting Calls Only) Radio with CD/DVD and MEM Accepting a Call To switch between calls: 5 1. Press . Turn the Menu knob to “Answer” 1. Turn the Menu Knob and 2. Select Enter number. and press SELECT to accept press SELECT. the call. 2. Select Switch Call from Declining a Call the menu. Turn the Menu knob to “Decline” and press SELECT to decline the call. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (63,1)
Infotainment System 7-63
Conference Calling 4. After the call has been placed, Dual Tone Multi-Frequency turn the Menu Knob to choose Conference calling and three way (DTMF) Tones ‐ Merge Calls then press SELECT. calling must be supported on the The in‐vehicle Bluetooth system can Bluetooth phone and enabled by the 5. To add more callers to the send numbers during a call. This is wireless service carrier to work. conference call, repeat Steps 1 used when calling a menu‐driven through 4. The number of callers To start a conference while in a phone system. that can be added is limited by current call: your wireless service carrier. 1. Turn the Menu knob to 1. Turn the Menu Knob and select Enter Number, then press SELECT. Ending a Call press SELECT. 2. Select Enter Number. Turn the Menu knob to select Hang 2. Enter the character sequence. Up, then press SELECT. See “Entering a Character 3. Enter the character sequence Sequence” in Overview (Radio then select Call. See “Entering a Muting a Call with CD) on page 7‑4 or Character Sequence in ” To Mute a Call Overview (Radio with CD/DVD Overview (Radio with CD) on and MEM) on page 7‑6 or page 7‑4 or Overview (Radio Turn the Menu knob to select Mute Overview (Radio with CD and with CD/DVD and MEM) on Call, then press SELECT. Touchscreen) on page 7‑8 for page 7 6 or Overview (Radio ‑ To Cancel Mute more information. with CD and Touchscreen) on page 7‑8 for more information. Turn the Menu knob to select Mute Call, then press SELECT. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (64,1)
7-64 Infotainment System
Bluetooth Pairing Information Pairing a Phone (Voice Recognition) . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 1. Press b / g. The system capability cannot be paired to responds “Ready,” followed by Using Voice Recognition the vehicle as a phone and an a tone. To use voice recognition, press the MP3 player at the same time. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command b / g button located on the steering . Up to five cell phones can be can be skipped. wheel. Use the commands below paired to the Bluetooth system. for the various voice features. 3. Say “Pair.” The system responds . For additional information, say The pairing process is disabled with instructions and a four‐digit "Help" while you are in a voice when the vehicle is moving. Personal Identification Number recognition menu. . Pairing only needs to be (PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5. completed once, unless the Pairing 4. Start the pairing process on the pairing information on the cell cell phone that you want to pair. A Bluetooth‐enabled cell phone phone changes or the cell phone For help with this process, see must be paired to the Bluetooth is deleted from the system. your cell phone manufacturer's system and then connected to the . Only one paired cell phone can user guide. vehicle before it can be used. See be connected to the Bluetooth 5. Locate the device named “Your your cell phone manufacturer's user system at a time. guide for Bluetooth functions before Vehicle” in the list on the cell pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth . If multiple paired cell phones are phone. Follow the instructions phone is not connected, calls will be within range of the system, the on the cell phone to enter the PIN provided in Step 3. After the made using OnStar Hands‐Free system connects to the first Calling, if available. See OnStar available paired cell phone in the PIN is successfully entered, the system prompts you to provide a Overview on page 14‑1 for more order that they were first paired information. to the system. To link to a name for the paired cell phone. different paired phone, see “Linking to a Different Phone” later in this section. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (65,1)
Infotainment System 7-65
This name will be used to Deleting a Paired Phone 2. Say “Bluetooth.” indicate which phones are If the phone name you want to 3. Say “Change phone.” paired and connected to the delete is unknown, see “Listing All vehicle. The system responds . If another cell phone is Paired and Connected Phones.” with “
7-66 Infotainment System
Delete: This command is used to To hear all of the numbers Using the “Delete All Name Tags” delete individual name tags. recognized by the system, say Command Delete All Name Tags: This “Verify” at any time. This command deletes all stored command deletes all stored name 1. Press b / g. The system name tags in the Hands‐Free tags in the Hands‐Free Calling responds “Ready,” followed by Calling Directory and the Directory and the Destinations a tone. Destinations Directory. Directory. 2. Say “Digit Store.” To delete all name tags: Using the Store Command “ ” 3. Say each digit, one at a time, 1. Press b / g. The system 1. Press b / g. The system that you want to store. After responds “Ready,” followed by responds “Ready,” followed by each digit is entered, the system a tone. repeats back the digit it heard a tone. 2. Say “Delete all name tags.” followed by a tone. After the last 2. Say “Store.” digit has been entered, say Listing Stored Numbers 3. Say the phone number or group Store, and then follow the “ ” The list command will list all the of numbers you want to store all directions given by the system to stored numbers and name tags. at once with no pauses, then save a name tag for this number. follow the directions given by the Using the “List” Command system to save a name tag for Using the “Delete” Command 1. Press / . The system this number. 1. Press / . The system b g b g responds Ready, followed by responds Ready, followed by “ ” Using the “Digit Store” Command “ ” a tone. a tone. If an unwanted number is 2. Say “Directory.” recognized by the system, say 2. Say “Delete.” 3. Say Hands Free Calling. “Clear” at any time to clear the 3. Say the name tag you want to “ ” last number. delete. 4. Say “List.” Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (67,1)
Infotainment System 7-67
Making a Call Using the “Digit Dial” Command Once connected, the person called will be heard through the audio Calls can be made using the The digit dial command allows a speakers. following commands. phone number to be dialed by entering the digits one at a time. Dial or Call: The dial or call Using the “Re‐dial” Command After each digit is entered, the command can be used system repeats back the digit it 1. Press b / g. The system interchangeably to dial a phone heard followed by a tone. responds “Ready,” followed by number or a stored name tag. a tone. If an unwanted number is Digit Dial: This command allows recognized by the system, say 2. After the tone, say “Re‐dial.” a phone number to be dialed by Clear at any time to clear the The system dials the last entering the digits one at a time. “ ” last number. number called from the Re dial: This command is used to connected cell phone. ‐ To hear all of the numbers dial the last number used on the recognized by the system, say Once connected, the person called cell phone. “Verify” at any time. will be heard through the audio Using the “Dial” or “Call” speakers. Command 1. Press b / g. The system responds “Ready,” followed by Receiving a Call 1. Press b / g. The system a tone. When an incoming call is received, responds Ready, followed by “ ” 2. Say “Digit Dial.” the audio system mutes and a ring a tone. tone is heard in the vehicle. 3. Say each digit, one at a time, 2. Say Dial or Call. “ ” “ ” that you want to dial. After each . Press b / g to answer the call. 3. Say the entire number without digit is entered, the system . 0 pausing or say the name tag. repeats back the digit it heard Press / c to ignore a call. followed by a tone. After the Once connected, the person called last digit has been entered, will be heard through the audio say Dial. speakers. “ ” Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (68,1)
7-68 Infotainment System
Call Waiting 3. Use the dial or call command to The cell phone must be paired and dial the number of the third party connected with the Bluetooth Call waiting must be supported on to be called. system before a call can be the cell phone and enabled by the transferred. The connection process wireless service carrier. 4. Once the call is connected, can take up to two minutes after the press / to link all callers . Press / to answer an b g ignition is turned to ON/RUN. b g together. incoming call when another call To Transfer Audio from the is active. The original call is Ending a Call Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone placed on hold. Press 0 / c to end a call. During a call with the audio in . Press b / g again to return to the vehicle: the original call. Muting a Call 1. Press b / g. . To ignore the incoming call, no During a call, all sounds from inside action is required. the vehicle can be muted so that the 2. Say “Transfer Call.” person on the other end of the call To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth . Press 0 / c to disconnect the cannot hear them. System from a Cell Phone current call and switch to the call on hold. To mute a call, press b / g, and During a call with the audio on the then say “Mute Call.” cell phone, press / . The audio Three‐Way Calling b g To cancel mute, press b / g, and transfers to the vehicle. If the audio Three way calling must be ‐ then say “Un‐mute Call.” does not transfer to the vehicle, use supported on the cell phone and the audio transfer feature on the enabled by the wireless service Transferring a Call cell phone. See your cell phone carrier. Audio can be transferred between manufacturer's user guide for more information. 1. While on a call, press b / g. the Bluetooth system and the cell phone. 2. Say “Three‐way call.” Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (69,1)
Infotainment System 7-69
Voice Pass-Thru Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Clearing the System Voice pass‐thru allows access to the (DTMF) Tones Unless information is deleted out of voice recognition commands on the The Bluetooth system can send the in‐vehicle Bluetooth system, it cell phone. See your cell phone numbers and the numbers stored as will be retained indefinitely. This manufacturer's user guide to see if name tags during a call. You can includes all saved name tags in the the cell phone supports this feature. use this feature when calling a phone book and phone pairing To access contacts stored in the menu‐driven phone system. information. For information on how cell phone: Account numbers can also be to delete this information, see the stored for use. previous sections on “Deleting a 1. Press / . The system Paired Phone” and “Deleting b g Sending a Number or Name Tag responds Ready, followed by Name Tags.” “ ” During a Call a tone. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command 1. Press b / g. The system can be skipped. responds “Ready,” followed by a tone. 3. Say “Voice.” The system responds “OK, accessing 2. Say “Dial.”
7-70 Infotainment System
Bluetooth UHP Controls $ / i (End call/Mute) : Press to (UHP Mexico Only) Use the buttons located on the end a call, reject a call, or to cancel infotainment system and the an operation. General Information steering wheel to operate the To make outgoing calls using the Vehicles with a Universal UHP system. call list. Hands‐free Phone (UHP) system Steering Wheel Controls can use a Bluetooth® capable 1. Press the b / g button. mobile phone with a Hands-Free Steering wheel controls can be 2. Highlight the phone number by Profile to make and receive phone used to: toggling the SRC switch up calls. The infotainment system and . Answer incoming calls or down. voice control are used to control the . 3. Dial the highlighted number by system. The system can be used Confirm system information while the ignition is in ON/RUN or . Start voice recognition pressing the b / g button. ACC/ACCESSORY. The range of . End a call Infotainment System Controls the UHP system can be up to 10 m (33 ft). Not all phones support . Reject a call For information about how to navigate the menu system using the all functions and not all phones work . Cancel an operation with the UHP system. navigation system controls, see the . Make outgoing calls using the separate Navigation System Other Information call list Manual. The Bluetooth word mark and logos b / g (Push To Talk) : Press to PHONE : Press to enter the Phone are owned by the Bluetooth® SIG, answer incoming calls, to confirm main menu. Inc. and any use of such marks by system information, and to start General Motors is under license. voice control. Press and hold for Voice Control Other trademarks and trade names two to three seconds to access The voice control system uses are those of their respective owners. the call list. commands to control the system and dial phone numbers. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (71,1)
Infotainment System 7-71
Noise: The system may not 3. Select Bluetooth. 3. Select Ring Tones. recognize voice commands if there 4. Select Activation. 4. Select Ring Tone 1, 2, or 3. is too much background noise. When to Speak: A tone sounds to Changing Bluetooth Code Default Settings indicate that the system is ready for The default Bluetooth code should Selecting this option will reset the a voice command. Wait for the tone work with most mobile phones. ring tones and the Bluetooth code. and then speak. If you are having difficulty pairing Pairing How to Speak: Speak clearly in a your mobile phone, you can change calm and natural voice. the code at any time. A Bluetooth enabled mobile phone 1. Press the CONFIG button. must be paired to the UHP system Audio System first and then connected to the 2. Select Phone Settings, or touch vehicle before it can be used. See When using the UHP system, sound Phone on a navigation radio. comes through the vehicle's front the mobile phone manufacturer's audio system speakers and 3. Select Bluetooth. user guide for Bluetooth functions before pairing the mobile phone. overrides the audio system. 4. Select Change Bluetooth Code. Use the VOL/ O knob during a call Pairing Information: 5. Enter a new four-digit code, then to change the volume level. The select OK. . Up to five mobile phones can be adjusted volume level remains in paired to the UHP system memory for later calls. The system Ring Tone maintains a minimum volume level. . The pairing process is disabled There are three different ring tones when the vehicle is moving Turning Bluetooth On or Off available for the UHP system. . The UHP system connects with 1. Press the CONFIG button. To change the ring tone: the first available paired mobile 2. Select Phone Settings, or touch 1. Press the CONFIG button. phone in the order the phone was paired Phone on a navigation radio. 2. Select Phone Settings, or touch Phone on a navigation radio. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (72,1)
7-72 Infotainment System
. Only one paired mobile phone 4. Select Pair Device or Add new Viewing All Paired and Connected can be connected to the UHP Hands‐free (HF) device on a Phones system at a time navigation radio. A four-digit To view all available mobile phones . Pairing should only need to be number appears on the display that are paired to the UHP system: completed once, unless changes and the UHP system goes into to the pairing information have discovery mode. 1. Press the CONFIG button. been made or the mobile phone 5. Start the pairing process on the 2. Select Phone Settings, or touch is deleted mobile phone that will be paired Phone on a navigation radio. Using UHP with Infotainment to the vehicle. Reference the 3. Select Bluetooth. Controls mobile phone manufacturer's user guide for information on this 4. Select Device List. Pairing a Phone process. 5. Repeat Steps 1 through 4 to pair If your mobile phone has simple Locate the device named UHP additional mobile phones. pairing or auto discovery features, followed by a four‐digit number Deleting a Paired Phone they need to be turned off before in the list on the mobile phone the mobile phone can be paired to and follow the instructions on the To remove a paired mobile phone the UHP system. Reference the mobile phone and enter the from the UHP system: mobile phone manufacturer's user four-digit code provided by the 1. Press the CONFIG button. system if necessary, then follow guide for information on these 2. Select Phone Settings, or touch the instructions on the features. Phone on a navigation radio. infotainment display screen. 1. Press the CONFIG button. 3. Select Bluetooth. 6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to pair 2. Select Phone Settings, or touch additional mobile phones. 4. Select Device List. Phone on a navigation radio. 5. Select the mobile phone to 3. Select Bluetooth. delete and follow the on screen prompts. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (73,1)
Infotainment System 7-73
Connecting to a Different Phone Making a Call Using Phone Book The Phone Book menu allows you To connect to a different paired and Call List to access the phone book stored in mobile phone, the new mobile For mobile phones that support the the mobile phone to make a call. phone must be in the vehicle and phone book and call list features, The Call Lists menu allows you to available to be connected to the the UHP system can use the access the phone numbers from the UHP system before the process is contacts and call lists stored on Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and started. your mobile phone to make calls. Missed Calls menus on your mobile To connect to a different phone: See your mobile phone phone to make a call. manufacturer's user guide or 1. Press the CONFIG button. To make a call using the Phone contact your wireless provider to Book menu: 2. Select Phone Settings, or touch find out if this feature is supported Phone on a navigation radio. by your mobile phone. 1. Press the PHONE button twice, or press the PHONE button 3. Select Bluetooth. The time it takes to download the once on vehicles with a phone book and call list from your navigation system. 4. Select Device List. mobile phone to the UHP system 5. Select the new mobile phone to can vary depending on the size of 2. Select Phone Book. link to and follow the on screen the phone book and call list stored 3. You can search through the list prompts. on your mobile phone. by selecting the letter group the If delete is selected, the highlighted When a mobile phone supports the phone book entry begins with, to mobile phone will be deleted. phone book and call list features, continue scrolling through the the Phone Book, and Call Lists entire list, turn the Menu knob. menus are automatically available. 4. Select the name or number you want to call. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (74,1)
7-74 Infotainment System
To make a call using the Call 3. Select the numbers to be dialed. Call Waiting Lists menu: For vehicles with a navigation Call waiting must be supported on 1. Press the PHONE button twice, system, touch the numbers on the mobile phone and enabled by or press the PHONE button the infotainment screen. For the wireless service carrier to work. vehicles without a navigation once on vehicles with a To accept the incoming call, turn the navigation system. system, see “Entering a Character Sequence” in for Menu knob to “Answer” and press 2. Select Call Lists. more information. SELECT, or press the b / g button 3. Select the Incoming Calls, 4. Select Call to start dialing the on the steering wheel controls. Outgoing Calls, or Missed number. To decline the incoming call, Calls list. Accepting or Declining a Call turn the Menu knob to “Decline” 4. Select the name or number you and press SELECT, or press want to call. When an incoming call is received, the $ / i button on the the infotainment system mutes and steering wheel controls. Making a Call a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. 1. Press the PHONE button. To make a call: To accept the incoming call, turn the 1. Press the PHONE button twice, Menu knob to “Answer” and press 2. Select Switch Call from or press the PHONE button SELECT, or press the b / g button the menu. once on vehicles with a on the steering wheel controls. navigation system. To decline the incoming call, turn 2. Select Enter Number for vehicles the Menu knob to “Decline” and without a navigation system. press SELECT, or press the b / g button on the steering wheel controls. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (75,1)
Infotainment System 7-75
Conference Calling Ending a Call Operating UHP Using Voice Conference calling and three way Press SELECT and select Hang Up, Control calling must be supported on the or press the $ / i button on the The voice control of the UHP mobile phone and enabled by the steering wheel controls. system enables you to operate wireless service carrier to work. several functions of the mobile To Mute a Call To start a conference calling while phone using your voice. The UHP in a call: Press SELECT and select system uses voice commands to Mute Call. control the system and dial phone 1. Press SELECT and select Enter numbers. After input of the Number. To Cancel Mute command the infotainment system 2. Enter the character sequence Press SELECT and select guides you through the dialogue then select call. Mute Call. with appropriate questions and feedback to achieve the desired 3. After the call has been placed, Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) action. The commands and press SELECT and choose Tones numbers can be spoken without a Merge Calls. The UHP system can send numbers pause between the individual words. 4. To add more callers to the during a call. This is used when In addition you can save telephone conference call, repeat steps 1 calling a menu driven phone numbers under a name tag that is through 3. The number of callers system. selectable by you. The telephone that can be added are limited by To access this system: connection can be set up with your wireless service carrier. this name. 1. Press SELECT and select Enter To disconnect from one caller while Number. In the event of incorrect operation or in a conference call, select Detach incorrect codes, the voice control Number from the menu and select 2. Enter the character sequence. gives you voice feedback and the number to hang up on. requests you to re-enter the desired command. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (76,1)
7-76 Infotainment System
Apart from this, the voice control Adjusting the Volume for Main Menu Commands acknowledges important commands Voice Output The UHP system has a set of main and will ask if necessary. Turn the volume knob of the menu commands that are available In order that calls are made Infotainment system or press when voice control is first started. inside the vehicle do not lead to the + / - buttons on the After the voice control is activated, unintentional triggering of the mobile steering wheel. a short tone indicates that the phone, the voice control does not voice control system is waiting Canceling Dialogue start until it has been activated. for a command. There are various possibilities of Available commands: Activating the Voice Control deactivating the voice control and For vehicles without a navigation cancelling the dialogue: . “Dial” system, press the / button on . b g . Press the $ / i button on “Call” the steering wheel to activate the the steering wheel controls. . “Re-dial” voice control of the UHP system. . Enter the command “Cancel.” . “Save” For vehicles with a navigation . system, press the b / g button on Do not enter a command for . “Delete” some time. the steering wheel to activate the . “Directory” voice control of the UHP system . The command is unrecognized . “Pair” The system responds with a tone. after three tries. After the tone, say ”Phone.“ . “Select device” For the duration of the dialogue any . “Voice feedback” audio source that is active is muted . “Help” and any traffic news fade-in is cancelled. . “Cancel” Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (77,1)
Infotainment System 7-77
Frequently Used Commands Pairing, Saving, or Deleting Phone (At this time, start the pairing Here is a list of frequently used From Device List process on the mobile phone that will be paired to the vehicle. commands: With the command “Pair” a mobile phone can be saved to or deleted Reference the mobile phone . “Help”: the dialogue is manufacturer's user guide for terminated and all commands from the device list of the UHP system. A device number will be information on this process. Locate available in the current context the device named UHP followed by are enumerated. assigned by the UHP system to the mobile phone when it is paired. a four‐digit number in the list on the . “Cancel”: the voice control is mobile phone and follow the deactivated. Available commands: instructions on the mobile phone . “Add” and enter the four-digit code . “Yes”: a suitable action is provided by the system.) triggered depending on the . “Delete” Voice output: “Do you want to pair context. . “Help” the device?” . No : a suitable action is “ ” . “Cancel” triggered depending on the User: “Yes.” context. Example of a Dialogue Voice output: “Paired, ending Voice Feedback User: “Pair.” session.” Each voice input is answered or Voice output: “Do you want to Selecting Phone from Device List add or delete a device? commented on by the infotainment ” The “Select device” command can system by way of a voice output User: “Add.” be used to select a different paired that is adapted to the situation. mobile phone. The UHP system Voice output: “Using the pair To switch the voice output on or off, function in the external device, asks for a device number that was assigned by the UHP system to the enter “Voice feedback” or press enter <1234> to pair.” mobile phone when it was paired. the b / g button. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (78,1)
7-78 Infotainment System
Example of a Dialogue Recognition is best, if a pause of at The telephone number entered can least half a second is made after have a maximum length of 25 digits. User: “Select device.” every three to five digits. The To be able to make a call abroad Voice output: “Please, say a device infotainment system then repeats you can say the word Plus (+) at number to select.” “ ” the numbers recognized. the beginning of your number. The User: “device number.” Available Commands: plus allows you to call from any country without knowing the prefix Voice output: “Do you want to select . “Dial”: the inputs are accepted. the device number “device number.” for calls made abroad in that . “Digit”: a numeric value between country. Then say the required (The device name appears on the “0-9” is entered. country code. infotainment display screen) . “Delete”: the number last Example of a Dialogue User: “Yes.” entered or the block of numbers User: “Dial.” Voice output: “One moment please, last entered is deleted. Voice output: Please, say the the system searches for the . “Plus”: a preceding “+” is entered “ selected device.” for a call abroad. number to dial.” User: Plus four nine. Voice output: “Device number . “Verify”: the inputs are repeated “ ” “device number” is selected, ending by the voice output. User: “Seven three one.” session.” . “Asterisk”: an asterisk “*” is Voice output: “Seven three one.” Telephone Number Dialing entered. User: “One one nine nine.” After the Dial command, the voice . Hash : a hash character # is “ ” “ ” “ ” Voice output: “One one nine nine.” control requests input of a number. entered. User: “Dial.” The telephone number must be . “Pause”: a pause is entered into spoken in your normal speech the character sequence. Voice output: “The number is being without any artificial pauses dialled.” . “Help” between the numbers. . “Cancel” Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (79,1)
Infotainment System 7-79
Making a Call Using Name Tag Starting a Second Call Voice output: “Please, say the number to send.” When the “Call” command is used, Press the button b / g to start a a telephone number is entered that second call during an active (for number input information, see has been stored in the telephone telephone call. the dialogue example for “Making a book as a name tag. Call Using a Telephone Number” Available commands: Available commands: earlier in this section) . “Send”: activate manual DTMF User: “Send.” . “Yes” (touch-tone dialling), e.g. for . “No” voice mail or telephone banking. Re-dialing . “Help” . “Send name tag”: activate DTMF The “Re-dialing” command re-dials (touch-tone dialling) by entering the last number dialed. . “Cancel” a name tag. Saving a Name Tag Example of a Dialogue . Dial “ ” The “Save” command is used to User: Call. “ ” . “Call” store a telephone number in the Voice output: Please, say the name telephone book under as a “ . “Re-dialing” tag to call.” name tag. . Help (for name tag information, see “ ” The name entered must be “Saving a Name Tag” later in this . “Cancel” repeated once. The pitch and section) Example of a Dialogue pronunciation must be as identical as possible for both name inputs, User: ”Name tag.“ User: Press the b / g button if a otherwise the voice control will Voice output: “Seven three one.” telephone call is active. reject the inputs. User: “Yes.” User: “Send.” A maximum of 50 name tags can be Voice output: “Calling.” stored in the telephone book. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (80,1)
7-80 Infotainment System
Name tags are speaker-dependent, Example of a Dialogue Deleting a Name Tag i.e. only the person who recorded a User: “Save.” The “Delete” command is used to name tag can open it. To avoid the delete a previously saved name tag. start of the recording of a saved Voice output: “Please, say the name from being cut off, a short number to save.” Available commands: pause should be left after an User: Say number to save. . “Yes” input request. (for number input information, see . “No” To be able to use the name tag the dialogue example for Making a “ . “Help” independently of the location, Call Using a Telephone Number” i.e. including other countries, all earlier in this section) . “Cancel” telephone numbers should be entered with a “plus” character User: “Save.” Listening to Stored Name Tags and a country code. User: “Name Tag” (give name tag). The “Directory” command is used to listen to all stored name tags. Available commands: Voice output: “Please, repeat the . “Save”: the inputs are accepted. name tag to confirm.” Available commands: . . “Re-dialing”: the last input is User: “Name Tag” “Call”: the telephone number of the voice tag last read aloud is repeated. Voice output: “Saving the selected. . “Help” name tag.” . “Delete”: the entry of the voice . “Cancel” tag last read aloud is deleted. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (81,1)
Infotainment System 7-81
Trademarks and otherwise authorized by Macrovision. Reverse engineering License Agreements or disassembly is prohibited.
Manufactured under license from Dolby® Laboratories. Dolby and the double-D symbol are registered trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. Manufactured under license "Made for iPod" means that an under U.S. Patent #'s: 5,451,942; electronic accessory has been 5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762; designed to connect specifically 6,487,535 & other U.S. and to iPod and has been certified worldwide patents issued & by the developer to meet pending. DTS and the Symbol are Apple performance standards. registered trademarks and DTS Apple is not responsible for the Digital Surround and the DTS logos operation of this device or its are trademarks of DTS, Inc. This product incorporates copyright compliance with safety and Product includes software. protection technology that is regulatory standards. protected by U.S. patents and other All Rights Reserved. iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, intellectual property rights. Use of and iPod touch are trademarks this copyright protection technology of Apple Inc., registered in the must be authorized by Macrovision, U.S. and other countries. and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (82,1)
7-82 Infotainment System
2 NOTES Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)
Climate Controls 8-1
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems Automatic Climate Control System Climate Control Systems For vehicles with this system, it controls the heating, cooling, and ventilation. Automatic Climate Control System ...... 8-1 Dual Automatic Climate Control System ...... 8-4 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 8-9 Maintenance Air Intake ...... 8-10 Passenger Compartment Air Filter ...... 8-10
A. Power F. AUTO (Automatic Operation) B. Temperature Control G. Defrost C. Fan Control H. Air Conditioning D. Air Delivery Mode Control I. Rear Window Defogger E. Recirculation Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)
8-2 Climate Controls
Automatic Operation The recirculation light will not come To change the current mode, select The system automatically controls on. Press > to select recirculation; one of the following: the fan speed, air delivery, air press it again to select outside air. Y (Vent): Air is directed to the conditioning, and recirculation in Q TEMP R (Temperature instrument panel outlets. order to heat or cool the vehicle to Control): Press to increase or \ (Bi-Level): Air is divided the desired temperature. decrease the temperature. between the instrument panel When the AUTO indicator light is Manual Operation outlets and the floor outlets. on, the system is in full automatic C (Tri Level): Air is divided operation. If the air delivery mode, O (Power): Press to turn the fan ‐ on or off. between the windshield, instrument fan speed, recirculation, or air panel, and floor outlets. conditioning setting is adjusted, the Q A R (Fan Control): Press to [ AUTO indicator turns off and the increase or decrease the fan speed. (Floor): Air is directed to the selected settings will appear on The fan speed setting appears on floor outlets. the display. the main display. Pressing either - (Defog): Clears the windows of To place the system in automatic button cancels automatic fan control fog or moisture. Air is directed to the mode do the following: and the fan can be controlled windshield and floor outlets. manually. Press AUTO to return to 1. Press AUTO. 0 (Defrost): Clears the automatic operation. windshield of fog or frost more 2. Set the temperature. Allow the QNR (Air Delivery Mode quickly. Air is directed to the system time to stabilize. Adjust Control): Press to change the windshield. Selecting defrost will the temperature as needed for direction of the airflow. The current disable automatic control. best comfort. mode appears in the display screen. For best results, clear all snow and To improve fuel efficiency and to Pressing either button cancels ice from the windshield before cool the vehicle faster, recirculation automatic air delivery control and defrosting. may be automatically selected in the direction of the airflow can be warm weather. controlled manually. Press AUTO to return to automatic operation. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)
Climate Controls 8-3
# (Air Conditioning): Press to Pressing this button cancels The auto rear defogger turns turn the air conditioning system on automatic recirculation. Press AUTO off automatically after about or off. If the fan is turned off or the to return to automatic operation and 10 minutes, or after five minutes if outside temperature falls below recirculation runs automatically as the outside temperature is not freezing, the air conditioning system needed. as cold. will not run. Rear Window Defogger For vehicles with heated outside rearview mirrors, they turn on when Pressing this button cancels (Rear Window Defogger): automatic air conditioning and turns = the rear window defogger button is Press to turn the rear window on and help to clear fog or frost from off the air conditioner. Press AUTO defogger on or off. to return to automatic operation and the surface of the mirror. See the air conditioner runs The rear window defogger turns off Heated Mirrors on page 2‑17. automatically as needed. When the automatically after about Notice: Do not try to clear frost indicator light is on, the air 10 minutes. If turned on again it or other material from the inside conditioner runs automatically to runs for about five minutes before of the front windshield and rear cool the air inside the vehicle or to turning off. The defogger can also window with a razor blade or dry the air needed to defog the be turned off by turning the ignition anything else that is sharp. This windshield faster. to ACC/ACCESSORY or may damage the rear window LOCK/OFF. > (Recirculation): Press to defogger grid and affect your alternate between recirculating air The rear window defogger can be radio's ability to pick up stations inside the vehicle or pulling in set to automatic operation. See clearly. The repairs would not be outside air. When the indicator light “Climate and Air Quality” under covered by your warranty. is on, air is being recirculated inside Vehicle Personalization on Remote Start Climate Control the vehicle. This helps to quickly page 5‑40. When auto rear defog is Operation (if equipped): When the cool the air inside the vehicle or selected, the rear window defogger vehicle is started remotely, the prevent outside air and odors turns on automatically when the climate control system will use the from entering. interior temperature is cold and last setting before the vehicle was the outside temperature is about shut off. 4°C (40°F) and below. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)
8-4 Climate Controls
If Automatic Operation was set, the Dual Automatic Climate Control System fan speed will adjust to maximize heating or cooling. If Manual For vehicles with this system, it controls the heating, cooling, and ventilation. Operation was set, the fan speed will be limited to the last setting. In extreme temperatures, the system may not be able to heat or cool the vehicle to the preset temperature during the remote start run time. The rear window defogger turns on if it is cold outside. Sensor The solar sensor, located on top of the instrument panel near the windshield, monitors the solar heat. Non-eAssist Vehicles The climate control system uses the sensor information to adjust the A. Power G. Passenger Temperature Control temperature, fan speed, recirculation, and air delivery mode B. Driver Temperature Control H. AUTO (Automatic Operation) for best comfort. C. Defrost I. Rear Window Defogger Do not cover the sensor; otherwise D. Fan Control J. Heated Steering Wheel the automatic climate control system E. Air Delivery Mode Control K. Air Conditioning may not work properly. F. Recirculation/Automatic L. ZONE Recirculation Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)
Climate Controls 8-5
The following are climate control settings that use more fuel: . Comfort air conditioning mode. . The Defrost mode. . Extreme temperature settings, such as 15°C (60°F) or 32°C (90°F). . High fan speed settings. To help reduce fuel usage: . Use the full automatic control as eAssist Vehicles described under “Automatic Operation”. A. Power J. Eco Air Conditioning . Use eco air conditioning, instead B. Driver Temperature Control K. Comfort Air Conditioning of the comfort air conditioning. C. Defrost L. ZONE . Select a temperature setting that is higher in hot weather and D. Fan Control Climate Control Influence on lower in cold weather. E. Air Delivery Mode Control eAssist Operation and Fuel Economy (If Equipped) . Turn off the air conditioning F. Recirculation/Automatic when it is not needed. Recirculation The climate control system is dependent upon other vehicle . Only use defrost to clear the G. Passenger Temperature Control systems for heat and power input. windows. H. AUTO (Automatic Operation) Certain climate control settings can lead to higher fuel usage and/or I. Rear Window Defogger fewer auto stops. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)
8-6 Climate Controls
Automatic Operation The recirculation light will not come QNR (Air Delivery Mode The system automatically controls on. Press > to select recirculation; Control): Press to change the the fan speed, air delivery, air press it again to select outside air. direction of the airflow. The current mode appears in the display screen. conditioning, and recirculation in Q TEMP R (Driver and Passenger Pressing either button cancels order to heat or cool the vehicle to Temperature Control): The automatic air delivery control and the desired temperature. temperature can be adjusted the direction of the airflow is separately for the driver and the When the AUTO indicator light is controlled manually. Press AUTO to passenger. Press to increase or on, the system is in full automatic return to automatic operation. operation. If the air delivery mode, decrease the temperature. To change the current mode, select fan speed, recirculation, or air ZONE: Press to link all climate one of the following: conditioning setting is adjusted, the zone settings to the driver settings. AUTO indicator turns off and the The ZONE indicator light will turn Y (Vent): Air is directed to the selected settings will appear on the off. When the passenger settings instrument panel outlets. display. are adjusted, the ZONE indicator \ (Bi-Level): Air is divided To place the system in automatic light is on. between the instrument panel mode do the following: Manual Operation outlets and the floor outlets. 1. Press AUTO. O (Power): Press to turn the fan off C (Tri‐Level): Air is divided 2. Set the temperature. Allow the or on. between the windshield, instrument panel, and floor outlets. system time to stabilize. Adjust Q A R (Fan Control): Press to the temperature as needed for increase or decrease the fan speed. [ (Floor): Air is directed to the best comfort. The fan speed setting appears on floor outlets. To improve fuel efficiency and to the main display. Pressing either - (Defog): Clears the windows of cool the vehicle faster, recirculation button cancels automatic fan control fog or moisture. Air is directed to the may be automatically selected in and the fan is controlled manually. windshield and floor outlets. warm weather. Press AUTO to return to automatic operation. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)
Climate Controls 8-7
0 (Defrost): Clears the air conditioner runs automatically to the air conditioner is off and the windshield of fog or frost more cool the air inside the vehicle or to AUTO, eco #, or Comfort # is quickly. Air is directed to the dry the air needed to defog the selected. The engine also restarts windshield faster. windshield. if the O is pressed on and the For best results, clear all snow and For eAssist vehicles, an auto stop system is set to AUTO, eco #, ice from the windshield before may occur if the climate control or Comfort . defrosting. system determines the a/c # compressor can be shut off and still If temperature controls are adjusted For eAssist vehicles that have the maintain comfort levels with minimal cooler by more than 1°C (1°F) auto defog feature, auto stops can windshield fogging. during an auto stop, the engine will occur in defrost mode. In this mode, restart to ensure that comfort is the auto stops are shorter and less Eco (Eco Air Conditioning, # reached. frequent than other air delivery If Equipped): This setting balances modes to prevent instant fogging. fuel economy and air conditioning > / / (Recirculation/Auto Recirculation): Press to change to # (Comfort Air Conditioning): comfort. In warm weather Press to turn the air conditioning conditions, auto stops may occur automatic control of air recirculation system on or off. If the climate more frequently and the vehicle inside the vehicle. When the auto recirculation indicator light is on, the control system is turned off or the interior may be warmer as air is automatically recirculated as outside temperature falls below compared to the comfort air freezing, the air conditioner will conditioning. The eco a/c setting needed to help quickly cool the air not run. allows higher humidity inside the inside the vehicle. vehicle and window fogging before In auto recirculation control, the Air Pressing this button cancels the engine restarts. automatic air conditioning and Quality Control system may operate turns off the air conditioner. Pressing the 0 button during an when pollution is detected. To adjust Press AUTO to return to automatic auto stop will restart the engine to the sensitivity of the Air Quality Control, see Climate and Air operation and the air conditioner prevent window fogging. To reach “ runs automatically as needed. comfort levels quickly during an Quality” under Vehicle When the indicator light is on, the auto stop, the engine will restart if Personalization on page 5‑40. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)
8-8 Climate Controls
When the > indicator light is on, air Rear Window Defogger For vehicles with heated outside rearview mirrors, they turn on when is recirculated inside the vehicle. (Rear Window Defogger): = the rear window defogger button is If both indicator lights are off, Press to turn the rear window on and help to clear fog or frost from outside air will flow into the vehicle. defogger on or off. the surface of the mirror. See Press AUTO or / to return to The rear window defogger turns Heated Mirrors on page 2‑17. automatic operation. off automatically after about Notice: Do not try to clear frost 10 minutes. If turned on again it Auto Defog: The climate control or other material from the inside runs for about five minutes before system may have a sensor to of the front windshield and rear turning off. The defogger can also automatically detect high humidity window with a razor blade or be turned off by turning the ignition inside the vehicle. When high anything else that is sharp. This to ACC/ACCESSORY or humidity is detected, the climate may damage the rear window LOCK/OFF. control system may adjust to defogger grid and affect your outside air supply and turn on the The rear window defogger can be radio's ability to pick up stations air conditioner. The fan speed may set to automatic operation. See clearly. The repairs would not be slightly increase to help prevent “Climate and Air Quality” under covered by your warranty. fogging. If the climate control Vehicle Personalization on ( (Heated Steering Wheel): system does not detect possible page 5 40. When auto rear defog is ‑ For vehicles with this feature, press window fogging, it returns to normal selected, the rear window defogger to turn on or off. See Heated operation. To turn Auto Defog off or turns on automatically when the Steering Wheel on page 5 3. on, see “Climate and Air Quality” interior temperature is cold and ‑ under Vehicle Personalization on the outside temperature is about Remote Start Climate Control page 5‑40. 4°C (40°F) and below. The auto Operation (if equipped): When the rear defogger turns off automatically vehicle is started remotely, the after about 10 minutes, or after climate control system will use the five minutes if the outside last setting before the vehicle was temperature is not as cold. shut off. If Automatic Operation was set, the fan speed will adjust to Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)
Climate Controls 8-9
maximize heating or cooling. If Air Vents Operation Tips Manual Operation was set, the fan . Keep all outlets open whenever Use the louvers located on the speed will be limited to the last possible for best system air vents to change the direction setting. In extreme temperatures, performance. the system may not be able to heat of the airflow. . Keep the path under all seats or cool the vehicle to the preset To open the vent, move the temperature during the remote start t clear of objects to help circulate run time. thumbwheel to . To close the vent, the air inside the vehicle more move the thumbwheel to . effectively. The rear window defogger turns on l if it is cold outside. For vehicles with eAssist, there is a . Use of non-GM approved hood battery cooling air vent located on deflectors can adversely affect Sensor the shelf behind the rear passenger the performance of the system. The solar sensor, located on top of seats below the rear window. Keep the instrument panel near the this air inlet clear from items that windshield, monitors the solar heat. may block air flow. Proper airflow is required to keep the eAssist battery The climate control system uses the and control system cool. sensor information to adjust the temperature, fan speed, recirculation, and air delivery mode for best comfort. Do not cover the sensor; otherwise the automatic climate control system may not work properly. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)
8-10 Climate Controls
Maintenance Air Intake Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves from the air intake at the base of the windshield that can block the flow of air into the vehicle. Passenger Compartment Air Filter The filter removes dust, pollen, and other airborne irritants from outside air that is pulled into the vehicle. The filter should be replaced as part of routine scheduled maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule on page 11‑3 for replacement intervals. For more information, see your dealer. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)
Driving and Operating 9-1
Starting and Operating Brakes Driving and New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-15 Antilock Brake Operating Ignition Positions System (ABS) ...... 9-33 (Key Access) ...... 9-16 Parking Brake ...... 9-34 Ignition Positions Brake Assist ...... 9-36 Driving Information (Keyless Access) ...... 9-18 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-36 Starting the Engine ...... 9-20 Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 Ride Control Systems Defensive Driving ...... 9-3 Engine Heater ...... 9-24 Retained Accessory Traction Control Drunk Driving ...... 9-3 System (TCS) ...... 9-36 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Power (RAP) ...... 9-25 ® StabiliTrak System ...... 9-37 Braking ...... 9-3 Shifting Into Park ...... 9-25 Limited-Slip Differential ...... 9-39 Steering ...... 9-4 Shifting out of Park ...... 9-26 Selective Ride Control ...... 9-39 Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-5 Parking over Things Loss of Control ...... 9-5 That Burn ...... 9-27 Cruise Control Driving on Wet Roads ...... 9-6 Engine Exhaust Cruise Control ...... 9-40 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-7 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-28 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-7 Object Detection Systems Running the Vehicle While Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-42 Winter Driving ...... 9-8 Parked ...... 9-28 If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 9-10 Side Blind Zone Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-10 Automatic Transmission Alert (SBZA) ...... 9-44 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-29 Rear Vision Manual Mode ...... 9-31 Camera (RVC) ...... 9-46 Drive Systems All-Wheel Drive ...... 9-32 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)
9-2 Driving and Operating
Fuel Driving Information . Designate a front seat Fuel ...... 9-49 passenger to handle potential distractions. Recommended Fuel ...... 9-49 Distracted Driving Gasoline Specifications (U.S. . Become familiar with vehicle and Canada Only) ...... 9-50 Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as California Fuel and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio Requirements ...... 9-50 task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-50 judgment and do not let other control and seat settings. Fuel Additives ...... 9-50 activities divert your attention Program all trip information into Filling the Tank ...... 9-52 away from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to Filling a Portable Fuel governments have enacted laws driving. Container ...... 9-53 regarding driver distraction. . Wait until the vehicle is parked Become familiar with the local laws Towing to retrieve items that have fallen in your area. General Towing to the floor. To avoid distracted driving, always Information ...... 9-54 . Stop or park the vehicle to tend keep your eyes on the road, hands Driving Characteristics and to children. Towing Tips ...... 9-54 on the wheel, and mind on the drive. . Keep pets in an appropriate Trailer Towing (Except . Do not use a phone in carrier or restraint. eAssist) ...... 9-57 demanding driving situations. Trailer Towing (eAssist) ...... 9-59 Use a hands-free method to . Avoid stressful conversations Towing Equipment ...... 9-59 place or receive necessary while driving, whether with a Conversions and Add-Ons phone calls. passenger or on a cell phone. Add-On Electrical . Watch the road. Do not read, Equipment ...... 9-60 take notes, or look up information on phones or other electronic devices. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)
Driving and Operating 9-3
careless and make mistakes. { WARNING Anticipate what they might do WARNING (Continued) and be ready. Taking your eyes off the road too Do not drink and drive or ride with long or too often could cause a . Allow enough following distance a driver who has been drinking. crash resulting in injury or death. between you and the driver in Ride home in a cab; or if you are Focus your attention on driving. front of you. with a group, designate a driver . Focus on the task of driving. who will not drink. Refer to the Infotainment section for more information on using that Drunk Driving Control of a Vehicle system, including pairing and using Death and injury associated with a cell phone. drinking and driving is a global Braking, steering, and accelerating are important factors in helping to tragedy. If equipped, refer to the navigation control a vehicle while driving. manual for information on that system, including pairing and using { WARNING a cell phone. Braking Drinking and then driving is Braking action involves perception Defensive Driving very dangerous. Your reflexes, time and reaction time. Deciding to perceptions, attentiveness, and push the brake pedal is perception Defensive driving means “always judgment can be affected by even time. Actually doing it is expect the unexpected. The first ” a small amount of alcohol. You reaction time. step in driving defensively is to wear can have a serious or even the safety belt. See Safety Belts on — Average driver reaction time is fatal collision if you drive page 3‑13. — about three‐fourths of a second. after drinking. In that time, a vehicle moving at . Assume that other road users (Continued) 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m (pedestrians, bicyclists, and (66 ft), which could be a lot of other drivers) are going to be distance in an emergency. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)
9-4 Driving and Operating
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind If power steering assist is lost due increases to provide a sport-like feel include: to a system malfunction, the vehicle to the steering. This provides can be steered, but may require maximum control and stability. . Keep enough distance between you and the vehicle in front increased effort. If the vehicle seems harder to steer of you. If the steering wheel is turned in than normal when parking or driving either direction several times until it slowly, there may be a problem with . Avoid needless heavy braking. stops, or it is held until it is stopped the system. You will still have power . Keep pace with traffic. for an extended time, power steering, but steering will be stiffer If the engine ever stops while the steering assist should return shortly than normal at slow speeds. See vehicle is being driven, brake after a few normal steering your dealer for service. movements. normally but do not pump the Hydraulic Power Steering brakes. Doing so could make the See specific vehicle steering pedal harder to push down. If the messages under Vehicle Messages If your vehicle has hydraulic power engine stops, there will be some on page 5‑33. steering, it may require power brake assist but it will be maintenance. See Power Steering used when the brake is applied. See your dealer if there is a Fluid Power Steering Fluid (2.4L L4 Once the power assist is used up, it problem. Engine) on page 10‑21 or Power can take longer to stop and the Variable Effort Steering Steering Fluid (3.6L V6 Engine) on brake pedal will be harder to push. page 10‑21. Some vehicles have a steering If power steering assist is lost Steering system that varies the amount of effort required to steer the vehicle in because the engine stops or the relation to the speed of the vehicle. power steering system is not Electric Power Steering functioning, the vehicle can be If your vehicle has electric power The amount of steering effort steered but may require increased steering it does not have power required is less at slower speeds to effort. See your dealer if there is steering fluid. Regular maintenance make the vehicle more a problem. is not required. maneuverable and easier to park. At faster speeds, the steering effort Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)
Driving and Operating 9-5
Curve Tips Off-Road Recovery 3. Then turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway. . Take curves at a reasonable speed. Loss of Control . Reduce speed before entering a curve. Skidding . Maintain a reasonable steady There are three types of skids that speed through the curve correspond to the vehicle's three control systems: . Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve before accelerating . Braking Skid — wheels are not gently into the straightaway. rolling. Steering in Emergencies . Steering or Cornering Skid — too much speed or . There are some situations when steering in a curve causes tires steering around a problem may The vehicle's right wheels can drop to slip and lose cornering force. be more effective than braking. off the edge of a road onto the . Acceleration Skid — too much . Holding both sides of the shoulder while driving. Follow these tips: throttle causes the driving steering wheel allows you to turn wheels to spin. 180 degrees without removing 1. Ease off the accelerator and a hand. then, if there is nothing in the Defensive drivers avoid most skids way, steer the vehicle so that it by taking reasonable care suited . Antilock Brake System (ABS) to existing conditions, and by not allows steering while braking. straddles the edge of the pavement. overdriving those conditions. But skids are always possible. 2. Turn the steering wheel about one-eighth of a turn, until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)
9-6 Driving and Operating
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow Remember: Antilock brakes help these suggestions: avoid only the braking skid. WARNING (Continued) . Ease your foot off the Driving on Wet Roads Flowing or rushing water creates accelerator pedal and quickly strong forces. Driving through steer the way you want the Rain and wet roads can reduce flowing water could cause the vehicle to go. The vehicle may vehicle traction and affect your vehicle to be carried away. If this straighten out. Be ready for a ability to stop and accelerate. happens, you and other vehicle second skid if it occurs. Always drive slower in these types occupants could drown. Do not . Slow down and adjust your of driving conditions and avoid ignore police warnings and be driving according to weather driving through large puddles and very cautious about trying to drive conditions. Stopping distance deep‐standing or flowing water. through flowing water. can be longer and vehicle control can be affected when { WARNING traction is reduced by water, Hydroplaning snow, ice, gravel, or other Wet brakes can cause crashes. Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water material on the road. Learn to They might not work as well in a can build up under the vehicle's recognize warning clues — such quick stop and could cause tires so they actually ride on the as enough water, ice, or packed pulling to one side. You could water. This can happen if the road is snow on the road to make a lose control of the vehicle. wet enough and you are going fast mirrored surface — and slow enough. When the vehicle is down when you have any doubt. After driving through a large puddle of water or a car/vehicle hydroplaning, it has little or no contact with the road. . Try to avoid sudden steering, wash, lightly apply the brake acceleration, or braking, pedal until the brakes work There is no hard and fast rule about including reducing vehicle speed normally. hydroplaning. The best advice is to by shifting to a lower gear. Any slow down when the road is wet. sudden changes could cause (Continued) the tires to slide. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)
Driving and Operating 9-7
Other Rainy Weather Tips Highway Hypnosis Hill and Mountain Roads Besides slowing down, other wet Always be alert and pay attention Driving on steep hills or through weather driving tips include: to your surroundings while driving. mountains is different than driving . Allow extra following distance. If you become tired or sleepy, find a on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for safe place to park the vehicle driving in these conditions include: . Pass with caution. and rest. . Keep the vehicle serviced and in . Keep windshield wiping Other driving tips include: good shape. equipment in good shape. . Keep the vehicle well ventilated. . Check all fluid levels and brakes, . Keep the windshield washer fluid tires, cooling system, and reservoir filled. . Keep the interior temperature cool. transmission. . Have good tires with proper . Shift to a lower gear when going . Keep your eyes moving — scan tread depth. See Tires on down steep or long hills. page 10‑44. the road ahead and to the sides. . Turn off cruise control. . Check the rearview mirror and { WARNING vehicle instruments often. If you do not shift down, the brakes could get so hot that they would not work well. You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill. You could crash. Shift down to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)
9-8 Driving and Operating
. Pay attention to special road Try not to break the fragile traction. { WARNING signs (falling rocks area, winding If you accelerate too fast, the drive roads, long grades, passing or wheels will spin and polish the Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) no-passing zones) and take surface under the tires even more. or with the ignition off is appropriate action. dangerous. The brakes will have The Antilock Brake System (ABS) to do all the work of slowing down Winter Driving on page 9‑33 improves vehicle and they could get so hot that stability during hard stops on they would not work well. You Driving on Snow or Ice slippery roads, but apply the brakes sooner than when on dry pavement. would then have poor braking or Drive carefully when there is snow even none going down a hill. You or ice between the tires and the Allow greater following distance on could crash. Always have the road, creating less traction or grip. any slippery road and watch for engine running and the vehicle in Wet ice can occur at about 0°C slippery spots. Icy patches can gear when going downhill. (32°F) when freezing rain begins to occur on otherwise clear roads in fall, resulting in even less traction. shaded areas. The surface of a Avoid driving on wet ice or in curve or an overpass can remain icy . Stay in your own lane. Do not freezing rain until roads can be when the surrounding roads are swing wide or cut across the treated with salt or sand. clear. Avoid sudden steering center of the road. Drive at maneuvers and braking while speeds that let you stay in your Drive with caution, whatever the on ice. own lane. condition. Accelerate gently so traction is not lost. Accelerating too Turn off cruise control on slippery . Be alert on top of hills, quickly causes the wheels to spin surfaces. something could be in your lane and makes the surface under the (stalled car, accident). tires slick, so there is even less traction. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)
Driving and Operating 9-9
Blizzard Conditions WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) Being stuck in snow can be a serious situation. Stay with the If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: For more information about vehicle unless there is help nearby. . Clear away snow from around carbon monoxide, see Engine If possible, use the Roadside the base of your vehicle, Exhaust on page 9‑28. Assistance Program (U.S. and especially any that is blocking Canada) on page 13 7 or Roadside ‑ the exhaust pipe. Assistance Program (Mexico) on Run the engine for short periods page 13‑9. To get help and keep . Check again from time to only as needed to keep warm, but everyone in the vehicle safe: time to be sure snow does be careful. not collect there. . Turn on the hazard warning To save fuel, run the engine for only flashers. . Open a window about 5 cm short periods as needed to warm (2 in) on the side of the the vehicle and then shut the engine . Tie a red cloth to an outside vehicle that is away from the off and close the window most of mirror. wind to bring in fresh air. the way to save heat. Repeat this until help arrives but only when you { WARNING . Fully open the air outlets on feel really uncomfortable from the or under the instrument cold. Moving about to keep warm Snow can trap engine exhaust panel. also helps. under the vehicle. This may . Adjust the climate control If it takes some time for help to cause exhaust gases to get system to a setting that arrive, now and then when you run inside. Engine exhaust contains circulates the air inside the the engine, push the accelerator carbon monoxide (CO) which vehicle and set the fan speed pedal slightly so the engine runs cannot be seen or smelled. to the highest setting. See faster than the idle speed. This It can cause unconsciousness “Climate Control System” in keeps the battery charged to restart and even death. the Index. the vehicle and to signal for help (Continued) (Continued) with the headlamps. Do this as little as possible to save fuel. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)
9-10 Driving and Operating
If the Vehicle Is Stuck Rocking the Vehicle to Get Vehicle Load Limits it Out Slowly and cautiously spin the It is very important to know how wheels to free the vehicle when Turn the steering wheel left and much weight the vehicle can stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. right to clear the area around the carry. This weight is called the front wheels. Turn off any traction If stuck too severely for the traction vehicle capacity weight and system. Shift back and forth system to free the vehicle, turn the between R (Reverse) and a forward includes the weight of all traction system off and use the gear, spinning the wheels as little as occupants, cargo and all rocking method. possible. To prevent transmission nonfactory‐installed options. wear, wait until the wheels stop Two labels on the vehicle show { WARNING spinning before shifting gears. how much weight it may Release the accelerator pedal while properly carry, the Tire and If the vehicle's tires spin at high shifting, and press lightly on the Loading Information label and speed, they can explode, and you accelerator pedal when the the Certification label. or others could be injured. The transmission is in gear. Slowly vehicle can overheat, causing an spinning the wheels in the forward engine compartment fire or other and reverse directions causes a damage. Spin the wheels as little rocking motion that could free the as possible and avoid going vehicle. If that does not get the above 55 km/h (35 mph). vehicle out after a few tries, it might need to be towed out. If the vehicle does need to be towed out, see For information about using tire Towing the Vehicle on page 10 94. chains on the vehicle, see Tire ‑ Chains on page 10‑64. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)
Driving and Operating 9-11
Tire and Loading Information The Tire and Loading { WARNING Label Information label also shows Do not load the vehicle any the tire size of the original heavier than the Gross equipment tires (C) and the Vehicle Weight Rating recommended cold tire inflation (GVWR), or either the pressures (D). For more maximum front or rear Gross information on tires and inflation Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). see Tires on page 10‑44 and This can cause systems to Tire Pressure on page 10‑51. break and change the way the There is also important loading vehicle handles. This could information on the Certification cause loss of control and a label. It tells you the Gross crash. Overloading can also Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) shorten the life of the vehicle. Label Example and the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for the front and A vehicle-specific Tire and rear axle. See Certification Loading Information label is “ Label later in this section. attached to the vehicle's center ” pillar (B-pillar). The Tire and Loading Information label shows the number of occupant seating positions (A), and the maximum vehicle capacity weight (B) in kilograms and pounds. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)
9-12 Driving and Operating
Steps for Determining Correct and luggage load capacity is Load Limit 650 lbs (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) 1. Locate the statement = 650 lbs). “The combined weight of 5. Determine the combined occupants and cargo should weight of luggage and cargo never exceed XXX kg or being loaded on the vehicle. XXX lbs” on your vehicle's That weight may not safely placard. exceed the available cargo 2. Determine the combined and luggage load capacity weight of the driver and calculated in Step 4. passengers that will be riding 6. If your vehicle will be towing Example 1 in your vehicle. a trailer, the load from your A. Vehicle Capacity Weight 3. Subtract the combined trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this for Example 1 = weight of the driver and 453 kg (1,000 lbs). passengers from XXX kg or manual to determine how this XXX lbs. reduces the available cargo B. Subtract Occupant Weight and luggage load capacity of @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 4. The resulting figure equals your vehicle. 136 kg (300 lbs). the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. See Trailer Towing (Except C. Available Occupant and eAssist) on page 9 57 or Trailer For example, if the “XXX” ‑ Cargo Weight = amount equals 1400 lbs and Towing (eAssist) on page 9‑59 317 kg (700 lbs). there will be five 150 lb for important information on passengers in your vehicle, towing a trailer, towing safety the amount of available cargo rules, and trailering tips. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)
Driving and Operating 9-13
seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers, and cargo should never exceed the vehicle's capacity weight. Certification Label
Example 2 Example 3 A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight Example 2 = for Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs). 453 kg (1,000 lbs). B. Subtract Occupant Weight B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = @ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = Label Example 340 kg (750 lbs). 453 kg (1,000 lbs). A vehicle-specific Certification C. Available Cargo Weight = C. Available Cargo Weight = label is attached to the vehicle's 113 kg (250 lbs). 0 kg (0 lbs). center pillar (B-pillar). The label Refer to the vehicle's Tire and tells the gross weight capacity of Loading Information label for the vehicle, called the Gross specific information about the Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). vehicle's capacity weight and Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)
9-14 Driving and Operating
The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) fuel, and cargo. Never exceed This could cause loss of far forward as possible. the GVWR for the vehicle, or control and a crash. Try to spread the weight the Gross Axle Weight Rating Overloading can also shorten evenly. (GAWR) for either the front or the life of the vehicle. rear axle. . Never stack heavier things, like suitcases, And, if there is a heavy load, it If you put things inside the inside the vehicle so that should be spread out. See vehicle — like suitcases, tools, some of them are above “Steps for Determining Correct packages, or anything the tops of the seats. Load Limit” earlier in this else they will go as fast as the — . Do not leave an section. vehicle goes. If you have to stop unsecured child restraint or turn quickly, or if there is a in the vehicle. { WARNING crash, they will keep going. . Secure loose items in Do not load the vehicle any the vehicle. heavier than the Gross { WARNING . Do not leave a seat folded Vehicle Weight Rating Things inside the vehicle down unless needed. (GVWR), or either the can strike and injure people maximum front or rear Gross in a sudden stop or turn, or Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). in a crash. This can cause systems to break and change the way . Put things in the cargo the vehicle handles. area of the vehicle. In the cargo area, put them as (Continued) (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)
Driving and Operating 9-15
. Between the first 1 000 km . Do not tow a trailer during Starting and (600 mi) and 5 000 km break-in. See Driving Operating (3,000 mi), heavy Characteristics and Towing acceleration in lower gears Tips on page 9‑54 for the New Vehicle Break-In can be used. Vehicle speeds trailer towing capabilities of above 110 km/h (68 mph) your vehicle and more Notice: The vehicle does not should be limited to information. need an elaborate break-in. But it five minutes per use. Following break in, engine speed will perform better in the long run ‐ . Avoid making hard stops for and load can be gradually if you follow these guidelines: the first 322 km (200 mi) or increased. . Do not drive at any one so. During this time the new constant speed, fast or slow, brake linings are not yet for the first 805 km (500 mi). broken in. Hard stops with Do not make full-throttle new linings can mean starts. Avoid downshifting to premature wear and earlier brake or slow the vehicle. replacement. Follow this . During the first 1 000 km breaking-in guideline every (600 mi), avoid using more time you get new brake than moderate acceleration linings. in lower gears and avoid vehicle speeds above 110 km/h (68 mph). Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)
9-16 Driving and Operating
Ignition Positions The key must be fully extended to If the vehicle must be shut off in an (Key Access) start the vehicle. emergency: To shift out of P (Park), turn the 1. Brake using a firm and steady ignition to ON/RUN and apply the pressure. Do not pump the brake pedal. brakes repeatedly. This may A (STOPPING THE ENGINE/ deplete power assist, requiring LOCK/OFF): When the vehicle is increased brake pedal force. stopped, turn the ignition switch to 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off. This can be done while the Retained Accessory Power (RAP) vehicle is moving. After shifting will remain active. See Retained to N (Neutral), firmly apply the Accessory Power (RAP) on brakes and steer the vehicle to a page 9‑25 for more information. safe location. This is the only position from which 3. Come to a complete stop, shift the key can be removed. This locks to P (Park), and turn the ignition The ignition switch has four different the ignition and automatic to LOCK/OFF. On vehicles with positions. transmission. an automatic transmission, the Notice: Using a tool to force the Do not turn the engine off when the shift lever must be in P (Park) to key to turn in the ignition could vehicle is moving. This will cause a turn the ignition switch to the cause damage to the switch or loss of power assist in the brake LOCK/OFF position. break the key. Use the correct and steering systems and disable 4. Set the parking brake. See key, make sure it is all the way in, the airbags. Parking Brake on page 9‑34. and turn it only with your hand. If the key cannot be turned by hand, see your dealer. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1)
Driving and Operating 9-17
B (ACC/ACCESSORY): This The battery could be drained if the { WARNING position provides power to some of key is left in the ACC/ACCESSORY the electrical accessories. It unlocks or ON/RUN position with the engine Turning off the vehicle while the ignition. To move the key from off. The vehicle might not restart if moving may cause loss of power ACC/ACCESSORY to LOCK/OFF, the battery is allowed to drain for an assist in the brake and steering the shift lever must be in P (Park). extended period of time. systems and disable the airbags. While driving, only shut the C (ON/RUN): The ignition switch D (START): This position starts the vehicle off in an emergency. stays in this position when the engine. When the engine starts, engine is running. This position can release the key. The ignition switch be used to operate the electrical will return to ON/RUN for normal If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, accessories, including the driving. and must be shut off while driving, ventilation fan and 12‐volt power A warning tone sounds when the turn the ignition to ACC/ outlet, as well as to display some driver door is opened when the ACCESSORY. warning and indicator lights. This ignition is still in ACC/ACCESSORY The ignition switch can bind in the position can also be used for and the key is in the ignition. LOCK/OFF position with the wheels service and diagnostics, and to turned off center. If this happens, verify the proper operation of the move the steering wheel from right malfunction indicator lamp as may to left while turning the key to ACC/ be required for emission inspection ACCESSORY. If this does not work, purposes. The transmission is also then the vehicle needs service. unlocked in this position. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1)
9-18 Driving and Operating
Ignition Positions The transmitter must be in the If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the vehicle for the system to operate. ignition will return to ACC/ (Keyless Access) If the pushbutton start is not ACCESSORY and display the working, the vehicle may be near a message SHIFT TO PARK in the strong radio antenna signal causing Driver Information Center (DIC). interference to the keyless access See Transmission Messages on system. See Remote Keyless Entry page 5‑39 for more information. (RKE) System Operation on When the vehicle is shifted into page 2‑3 for more information. P (Park), the ignition system will To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle switch to OFF. must be in ACC/ACCESSORY or Do not turn the engine off when the ON/RUN and the brake pedal must vehicle is moving. This will cause a be applied. loss of power assist in the brake Stopping the Engine/OFF and steering systems and disable (No LED Lights): When the the airbags. The vehicle has an electronic vehicle is stopped, press the engine If the vehicle must be shut off in an keyless ignition with pushbutton START/STOP button once to turn emergency: start. the engine off. 1. Brake using a firm and steady Pressing the button cycles it through If the vehicle is in P (Park), the pressure. Do not pump the three modes, ACC/ACCESSORY, ignition will turn off, and Retained brakes repeatedly. This may ON/RUN/START, and Stopping the Accessory Power (RAP) will remain deplete power assist, requiring Engine/OFF. active. See Retained Accessory increased brake pedal force. Power (RAP) on page 9‑25 for more 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). information. This can be done while the vehicle is moving. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1)
Driving and Operating 9-19
After shifting to N (Neutral), ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber LED Service Only Mode firmly apply the brakes and steer Light): This mode allows you to This power mode is available for the vehicle to a safe location. use some electrical accessories service and diagnostics, and to 3. Come to a complete stop, shift when the engine is off. verify the proper operation of the to P (Park), and turn the ignition With the ignition off, pressing the malfunction indicator lamp as may to LOCK/OFF. On vehicles with button one time without the brake be required for emission inspection an automatic transmission, the pedal applied will place the ignition purposes. With the vehicle off, and shift lever must be in P (Park) to system in ACC/ACCESSORY. the brake pedal not applied, turn the ignition switch to the The ignition will switch from pressing and holding the button for LOCK/OFF position. ACC/ACCESSORY to OFF after more than five seconds will place 4. Set the parking brake. See five minutes to prevent battery the vehicle in Service Only Mode. The instruments and audio systems Parking Brake on page 9‑34. rundown. will operate as they do in ON/RUN, ON/RUN/START (Green LED but the vehicle will not be able to be { WARNING Light): This mode is for driving and driven. The engine will not start in starting. With the ignition off, and Service Only Mode. Push the button Turning off the vehicle while the brake pedal applied, pressing again to turn the vehicle off. moving may cause loss of power the button once will place the assist in the brake and steering ignition system in ON/RUN/START. systems and disable the airbags. Once engine cranking begins, While driving, only shut the release the button. Engine cranking vehicle off in an emergency. will continue until the engine starts. See Starting the Engine on If the vehicle must be shut off while page 9‑20 for more information. driving, switch the ignition to ACC/ The ignition will then remain ACCESSORY. in ON/RUN. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1)
9-20 Driving and Operating
Starting the Engine Starting Procedure (Key Access) motor damage. To prevent gear damage, this system also Move the shift lever to P (Park) or 1. With your foot off the accelerator pedal, turn the ignition key to prevents cranking if the engine N (Neutral). The engine will not start is already running. Engine in any other position. To restart the START. When the engine starts, let go of the ignition. cranking can be stopped by engine when the vehicle is already turning the ignition switch to moving, use N (Neutral) only. The idle speed will go down as ACC/ACCESSORY or Notice: Do not try to shift to your engine gets warm. Do not LOCK/OFF. race the engine immediately P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. Notice: Cranking the engine for If you do, you could damage the after starting it. Operate the engine and transmission gently long periods of time, by returning transmission. Shift to P (Park) the key to the START position only when the vehicle is stopped. to allow the oil to warm up and lubricate all moving parts. immediately after cranking has Notice: The engine is designed to ended, can overheat and damage work with the electronics in the The vehicle has a the cranking motor, and drain the vehicle. If you add electrical parts Computer-Controlled Cranking battery. Wait at least 15 seconds or accessories, you could change System. This feature assists in between each try, to let the the way the engine operates. starting the engine and protects cranking motor cool down. components. If the ignition key is Before adding electrical 2. If the engine does not start after equipment, check with your turned to the START position, and then released when the five to 10 seconds, especially in dealer. If you do not, the engine very cold weather (below −18°C might not perform properly. Any engine begins cranking, the engine will continue cranking for or 0°F), it could be flooded with resulting damage would not be too much gasoline. Try pushing covered by the vehicle warranty. a few seconds or until the vehicle starts. If the engine does the accelerator pedal all the way not start and the key is held in to the floor and holding it there START for many seconds, as you hold the key in START, cranking will be stopped after or press the START button, for 15 seconds to prevent cranking up to a maximum of 15 seconds. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (21,1)
Driving and Operating 9-21
Wait at least 15 seconds after starting it. Operate the components. If the START between each try, to allow the engine and transmission gently button is pressed, and then cranking motor to cool down. to allow the oil to warm up and released when the engine When the engine starts, let go of lubricate all moving parts. begins cranking, the engine will the key or button, and the If the transmitter is not in the continue cranking for a few accelerator. If the vehicle starts vehicle or something is seconds or until the vehicle briefly but then stops again, do interfering with the transmitter, starts. If the engine does not the same thing. This clears the the Driver Information Center start and the button is pressed extra gasoline from the engine. (DIC) will display NO REMOTE for many seconds, cranking will Do not race the engine DETECTED. See Driver be stopped after 15 seconds to immediately after starting it. Information Center (DIC) on prevent cranking motor damage. Operate the engine and To prevent gear damage, this page 5‑25 for more information. transmission gently until the oil system also prevents cranking if warms up and lubricates all If the battery in the Remote the engine is already running. moving parts. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter Engine cranking can be stopped needs replacing, the DIC by pressing the START button a Starting Procedure (Keyless displays REPLACE BATTERY second time. Access) IN REMOTE KEY. The vehicle Notice: Cranking the engine for 1. If the vehicle has the keyless can still be driven. See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low long periods of time, by returning access system, the transmitter the key to the START position must be in the vehicle. Put your Transmitter Battery” in Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System immediately after cranking has foot on the brake pedal and ended, can overheat and damage push the START button. When Operation on page 2‑3 for more information. the cranking motor, and drain the the engine begins cranking, let battery. Wait at least 15 seconds go of the button. The vehicle has a between each try, to let the The idle speed will go down as Computer-Controlled Cranking cranking motor cool down. your engine gets warm. Do not System. This feature assists in race the engine immediately starting the engine and protects Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (22,1)
9-22 Driving and Operating
2. If the engine does not start after eAssist Automatic Engine The vehicle may remain in auto stop five to 10 seconds, especially in Start/Stop for up to two minutes. When the very cold weather (below −18°C brake is released or the accelerator or 0°F), it could be flooded with { WARNING pedal applied, the engine will start. too much gasoline. Try pushing The engine will continue to run until the accelerator pedal all the way Exiting the vehicle, without first the next auto stop. to the floor and holding it there shifting into P (Park), may cause AUTO STOP on the tachometer as you hold the key in START, the vehicle to move, you or others signifies that the engine is in auto or press the START button, for may be injured. Because the stop mode. See Tachometer on up to a maximum of 15 seconds. vehicle has the Automatic Engine page 5‑11 for more information. Wait at least 15 seconds Start/Stop feature, the vehicle's When the vehicle is turned off, the between each try, to allow the tachometer will move to OFF. If the cranking motor to cool down. engine might seem to be shut off, however, once the brake pedal is driver door is opened while in auto When the engine starts, let go of stop mode, a chime will sound. the key or button, and the released, the engine will start accelerator. If the vehicle starts up again. To restart the engine during auto briefly but then stops again, do Shift to P (Park) and turn the stop, release the brake pedal or the same thing. This clears the ignition to LOCK/OFF, before press the accelerator pedal. The engine starts immediately. The extra gasoline from the engine. exiting the vehicle. Do not race the engine vehicle continues to run until the immediately after starting it. next stop. Vehicles with eAssist have an Operate the engine and There are several conditions which automatic engine start/stop feature. transmission gently until the oil may prevent an auto stop or cause After the engine is started and has warms up and lubricates all an auto start. moving parts. reached operating temperature, the auto stop feature may cause the engine to turn off when the brakes are applied and the vehicle comes to a complete stop. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (23,1)
Driving and Operating 9-23
The Engine Will Remain . The hood is not fully closed. . The climate control system is turned from off to normal air Running When: . Brake pedal pressure is high. conditioning or defrost. See Dual . The engine, transmission, . If the MIL is on, auto stop may Automatic Climate Control or high voltage battery is not be prevented. System on page 8‑4 for more warmed up yet. The Engine Will Restart When: information. . The outside temperature is less . The engine is required to run for . The brake pedal is released. than −20°C (−4°F). either heater or climate control . The air conditioning or defrost . The accelerator pedal is applied. performance. See Dual system need the compressor to . Shifting out of D (Drive) to any Automatic Climate Control maintain vehicle comfort. See other gear. System on page 8‑4 for more Dual Automatic Climate Control information. . If the eco air conditioning button System on page 8‑4 for more . The high voltage battery pack information. is selected, the duration of the auto stop will depend on the charge is low and requires . The shift lever is in P (Park), outside temperature. This recharging. N (Neutral), R (Reverse), economy mode improves fuel . Auto stop time is greater than or M (Manual Mode). economy by limiting the effects two minutes. . of the air conditioning. The The high voltage battery pack . The hood is opened. charge is low. warmer it is outside, the shorter the time before the engine is restarted to provide cabin cooling. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (24,1)
9-24 Driving and Operating
Engine Heater The engine coolant heater, if available, can help in cold weather conditions at or below −18°C (0°F) for easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm-up. Plug in the coolant heater at least four hours before starting the vehicle. An internal thermostat in the plug end of the cord will prevent engine coolant heater operation at temperatures above −18°C (0°F). 3.6L V6 Engine 2.4L L4 Engine To Use the Engine Coolant The electrical cord is located on The electrical cord is located on Heater the driver side of the engine the passenger side of the engine 1. Turn off the engine. compartment, between the compartment, between the fender and the engine fender and the air cleaner on 2. Open the hood and unwrap the compartment fuse block on vehicles with a four cylinder electrical cord. vehicles with a six cylinder engine. engine. 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded 110-volt AC outlet. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (25,1)
Driving and Operating 9-25
Retained Accessory Shifting Into Park { WARNING Power (RAP) { WARNING Plugging the cord into an These vehicle accessories can be ungrounded outlet could cause an used for up to 10 minutes after the It can be dangerous to get out of electrical shock. Also, the wrong engine is turned off: kind of extension cord could the vehicle if the shift lever is not overheat and cause a fire. You . Audio System fully in P (Park) with the parking could be seriously injured. Plug . Power Windows brake firmly set. The vehicle can the cord into a properly grounded roll. If you have left the engine . Sunroof (If Equipped) three-prong 110-volt AC outlet. running, the vehicle can move If the cord will not reach, use a . Auxiliary Power Outlet suddenly. You or others could be heavy-duty three-prong extension Power to the audio system will injured. To be sure the vehicle will cord rated for at least 15 amps. continue to operate for up to not move, even when you are on 10 minutes or until the driver door is fairly level ground, use the steps that follow. 4. Before starting the engine, be opened. sure to unplug and store the Power to the power windows and cord as it was before to keep it sunroof will continue to operate for 1. Hold the brake pedal down and away from moving engine parts. up to 10 minutes or until any door set the parking brake. The length of time the heater should is opened. See Parking Brake on page 9‑34 remain plugged in depends on All of these features will work for more information. several factors. Ask a dealer in the when the ignition is in ON/RUN or 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park) area where you will be parking the ACC/ACCESSORY. by pushing the lever all the way vehicle for the best advice on this. toward the front of the vehicle. 3. Turn the ignition off. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (26,1)
9-26 Driving and Operating
Leaving the Vehicle with the toward you. If you can, it means that Shifting out of Park Engine Running the shift lever was not fully locked into P (Park). Automatic Transmission Shift Lock { WARNING Torque Lock The vehicle has an automatic It can be dangerous to leave the Torque lock is when the weight transmission shift lock control vehicle with the engine running. of the vehicle puts too much system. The shift lock control The vehicle could move suddenly force on the parking pawl in the system is designed to: if the shift lever is not fully in transmission. This happens when parking on a hill and shifting the . Prevent ignition key removal P (Park) with the parking brake unless the shift lever is in firmly set. And, if you leave the transmission into P (Park) is not done properly and then it is difficult P (Park). vehicle with the engine running, it to shift out of P (Park). To prevent could overheat and even catch . Prevent movement of the shift torque lock, set the parking brake lever out of P (Park), unless the fire. You or others could be and then shift into P (Park). To find injured. Do not leave the vehicle ignition is in ON/RUN and the out how, see "Shifting Into P (Park)" brake pedal is applied. with the engine running. listed previously. The shift lock is always functional If torque lock does occur, your except in the case of an uncharged If you have to leave the vehicle with vehicle may need to be pushed or low voltage (less than 9 volt) the engine running, be sure the ‐ uphill by another vehicle to relieve battery. vehicle is in P (Park) and the the parking pawl pressure, so you parking brake is firmly set before can shift out of P (Park). you leave it. After you have moved the shift lever into P (Park), hold If you are towing a trailer and down the regular brake pedal. See if parking on a hill, see Driving you can move the shift lever away Characteristics and Towing Tips on from P (Park) without first pulling it page 9‑54. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (27,1)
Driving and Operating 9-27
If the vehicle has an uncharged 3. Let up on the shift lever and Parking over Things battery or a battery with low voltage, make sure the shift lever is try charging or jump starting the pushed all the way into P (Park). That Burn battery. See Jump Starting (with or 4. Press the shift lever button. without eAssist) on page 10‑90 or { WARNING Jump Starting (On-board with 5. Move the shift lever into the eAssist Only) on page 10‑93. desired gear. Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under the If you still cannot move the shift If the shift lever cannot be moved vehicle and ignite. Do not park out of P (Park): lever from P (Park), consult your dealer or a professional towing over papers, leaves, dry grass, 1. Apply and maintain the regular service. or other things that can burn. brakes. 2. Turn the ignition to the ON/RUN position. See Ignition Positions (Key Access) on page 9‑16 or Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) on page 9‑18 for more information. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (28,1)
9-28 Driving and Operating
Running the Vehicle Engine Exhaust WARNING (Continued) While Parked . There are holes or openings { WARNING It is better not to park with the in the vehicle body from engine running. But if you ever have damage or aftermarket Engine exhaust contains carbon to, here are some things to know. monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. { WARNING can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is Idling a vehicle in an enclosed Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle: area with poor ventilation is dangerous. Engine exhaust may . The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the windows with poor ventilation (parking completely down. enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide (CO) garages, tunnels, deep snow . Have the vehicle repaired which cannot be seen or smelled. that may block underbody immediately. airflow or tail pipes). It can cause unconsciousness Never park the vehicle with the and even death. Never run the . The exhaust smells or engine running in an enclosed engine in an enclosed area that sounds strange or different. area such as a garage or a has no fresh air ventilation. For . The exhaust system leaks building that has no fresh air more information, see Engine due to corrosion or damage. ventilation. Exhaust on page 9‑28. . The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged or improperly repaired. (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (29,1)
Driving and Operating 9-29
{ WARNING Automatic { WARNING Transmission It can be dangerous to get out of It is dangerous to get out of the the vehicle if the automatic The automatic transmission has a vehicle if the shift lever is not fully transmission shift lever is not fully shift lever located on the console in P (Park) with the parking brake in P (Park) with the parking brake between the seats. firmly set. The vehicle can roll. firmly set. The vehicle can roll. Do not leave the vehicle when Do not leave the vehicle when the the engine is running unless you engine is running unless you have to. If you have left the have to. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others move suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure the could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when vehicle will not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, you are on fairly level ground, always set the parking brake and always set the parking brake and move the shift lever to P (Park). move the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting Into Park on page 9‑25. If you are pulling a Follow the proper steps to be sure trailer, see Driving Characteristics the vehicle will not move. See P (Park): This position locks the and Towing Tips on page 9‑54. Shifting Into Park on page 9‑25. front wheels. It is the best position If parking on a hill and pulling a to use when starting the engine trailer, see Driving Characteristics because the vehicle cannot move easily. and Towing Tips on page 9‑54. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (30,1)
9-30 Driving and Operating
Make sure the shift lever is fully in To rock the vehicle back and forth to damage the transmission. The P (Park) before starting the engine. get out of snow, ice, or sand without repairs would not be covered by The vehicle has an automatic damaging the transmission, see If the vehicle warranty. Be sure the transmission shift lock control the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑10. engine is not running at high system. The regular brake must be N (Neutral): In this position, the speed when shifting the vehicle. fully applied first and then the shift engine does not connect with the D (Drive): This position is for lever button pressed before shifting wheels. To restart the engine when normal driving. It provides the best from P (Park) when the ignition key the vehicle is already moving, use fuel economy. If more power is is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out N (Neutral) only. Also, use needed for passing, and the of P (Park), ease pressure on the N (Neutral) when the vehicle is vehicle is: shift lever, then push the shift lever being towed. all the way into P (Park) as you . Going less than 56 km/h maintain brake application. Then (35 mph), push the accelerator press the shift lever button and { WARNING pedal about halfway down. move the shift lever into another Shifting into a drive gear while the . Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or gear. See Shifting out of Park on engine is running at high speed is more, push the accelerator all page 9‑26. dangerous. Unless your foot is the way down. R (Reverse): Use this gear to firmly on the brake pedal, the Notice: If the vehicle seems back up. vehicle could move very rapidly. to accelerate slowly or Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) You could lose control and hit not shift gears when you go while the vehicle is moving people or objects. Do not shift faster, and you continue to drive forward could damage the into a drive gear while the engine the vehicle that way, you could transmission. The repairs would is running at high speed. damage the transmission. Have not be covered by the vehicle the vehicle serviced right away. warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only You can drive in L (Low) when after the vehicle is stopped. Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) or you are driving less than N (Neutral) with the engine 56 km/h (35 mph) and D (Drive) running at high speed may for higher speeds until then. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (31,1)
Driving and Operating 9-31
Manual Mode: This position is With Selective Ride Control Without Selective Ride Control shown on the shift lever as a +/−. 1. Move the shift lever to the left 1. Move the shift lever to the left It allows the driver to select the from D (Drive). from D (Drive). gears appropriate for current driving conditions. See Manual Mode on The vehicle will be in Sport The transmission will enter page 9‑31 for more information. Mode. The gear indicator in the Manual Mode. The DIC gear DIC will still display a D for indicator will change to Manual Mode Drive, and the SPORT MODE an M followed by a number ON message will be displayed representing the gear the Driver Shift Control (DSC) momentarily. See Driver vehicle is currently in. Information Center (DIC) on Notice: If you drive the vehicle at 2. In Manual Mode, press the shift page 5 25. When you are in a high rpm without upshifting ‑ lever forward to upshift or Sport Mode, the vehicle will still while using Driver Shift Control rearward to downshift. shift automatically, but chassis (DSC), you could damage the tuning is modified. See Selective vehicle. Always upshift when Ride Control on page 9 39. necessary while using DSC. ‑ If you move the shift lever DSC allows you to shift an forward or rearward, the automatic transmission similar to a transmission will enter Manual manual transmission. To use the Mode, and the DIC gear DSC feature: indicator will change to an M followed by a number representing the gear the vehicle is currently in. 2. In Manual Mode, press the shift lever forward to upshift or rearward to downshift. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (32,1)
9-32 Driving and Operating
The transmission will only allow Drive Systems you to shift into gears appropriate for the vehicle speed and engine revolutions per minute (rpm). The All-Wheel Drive transmission will not automatically Vehicles with this feature always shift to the next lower gear if the send engine power to all four engine rpm is too high, nor to wheels. It is fully automatic, and the next higher gear when the adjusts itself as needed for road maximum engine rpm is reached. conditions. While in the DSC mode, the When using a compact spare tire transmission will automatically on an AWD vehicle, the system downshift when the vehicle comes automatically detects the compact Uplevel Display Shown, Base to a stop. This will allow for more spare and disables AWD. To restore Model Similar power during take-off. AWD operation and prevent The display on the instrument panel When accelerating the vehicle from excessive wear on the system, cluster will show which gear the a stop in snowy and icy conditions, replace the compact spare with a vehicle is in. The number indicates you may want to shift into second full-size tire as soon as possible. the requested gear range when gear. A higher gear allows you to See Compact Spare Tire on moving the shift lever forward or gain more traction on slippery page 10‑89 for more information. rearward. surfaces. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (33,1)
Driving and Operating 9-33
Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it suddenly slows or stops. Always becomes necessary to slam on the leave enough room up ahead to brakes and continue braking to stop, even with ABS. Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a System (ABS) computer senses that the wheels Using ABS are slowing down. If one of the This vehicle has the Antilock Brake Do not pump the brakes. Just hold wheels is about to stop rolling, the System (ABS), an advanced the brake pedal down firmly and let computer will separately work the electronic braking system that helps ABS work. You might hear the ABS brakes at each wheel. prevent a braking skid. pump or motor operating and feel ABS can change the brake pressure the brake pedal pulsate, but this is When the engine is started and the to each wheel, as required, faster normal. vehicle begins to drive away, ABS than any driver could. This can help checks itself. A momentary motor or Braking in Emergencies the driver steer around the obstacle clicking noise might be heard while while braking hard. ABS allows the driver to steer and this test is going on, and it might brake at the same time. In many even be noticed that the brake As the brakes are applied, the emergencies, steering can help pedal moves a little. This is normal. computer keeps receiving updates more than even the very best on wheel speed and controls braking. braking pressure accordingly. Remember: ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you, If there is a problem with ABS, this there will not be enough time to warning light stays on. See Antilock apply the brakes if that vehicle Brake System (ABS) Warning Light on page 5‑20. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (34,1)
9-34 Driving and Operating
Parking Brake (DIC) messages. See Brake System If the EPB is applied while the Messages on page 5‑33 for more vehicle is in motion, a chime will information. In case of insufficient sound, and the DIC message electrical power, the EPB cannot be RELEASE PARKING BRAKE will applied or released. be displayed. The vehicle will Before leaving the vehicle, check decelerate as long as the switch is the parking brake status light to held in the up position. Releasing ensure that the parking brake is the EPB switch during deceleration applied. will release the parking brake. If the switch is held in the up position until EPB Apply the vehicle comes to a stop, the EPB will remain applied. The EPB can be applied any time the vehicle is stopped. The EPB is If the parking brake status light applied by momentarily lifting up on flashes continuously, the EPB is only partially applied or released, The vehicle has an Electric Parking the EPB switch. Once fully applied, or there is a problem with the EPB. Brake (EPB). The switch for the the parking brake status light will be The DIC message SERVICE PARK EPB is in the center console. The on. While the brake is being applied, BRAKE will be displayed. If this light EPB can always be activated, even the status light will flash until full flashes continuously, release the if the ignition is off. To prevent apply is reached. If the light does EPB, and attempt to apply it again. draining the battery, avoid repeated not come on, or remains flashing, If this light continues to flash, do not cycles of the EPB system when the have the vehicle serviced. Do not drive the vehicle. See your dealer. engine is not running. drive the vehicle if the parking brake status light is flashing. See your The system has a parking brake dealer. See Electric Parking Brake status light and a parking brake Light on page 5‑19 for more warning light. See Electric Parking information. Brake Light on page 5‑19. There are also three Driver Information Center Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (35,1)
Driving and Operating 9-35
If the parking brake warning light is and the DIC message STEP ON Automatic EPB Release on, the EPB has detected an error BRAKE TO RELEASE PARK The EPB will automatically release if in another system and is operating BRAKE will be displayed. The EPB the vehicle is running, placed into with reduced functionality. To apply is released when the parking brake gear, and an attempt is made to the EPB when this light is on, lift up status light is off. drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration on the EPB switch and hold it in the If the parking brake warning light is when the EPB is applied, to up position. Full application of the on, the EPB has detected an error preserve parking brake lining life. parking brake by the EPB system in another system and is operating For maximum EPB force when may take longer than normal when with reduced functionality. To towing a trailer or parking on a hill, this light is on. Continue to hold the release the EPB when this light is pull the EPB switch twice. If you are switch until the parking brake status on, push down on the EPB switch towing a trailer and parking on a hill, light remains on. If the parking and hold it in the down position. see Driving Characteristics and brake warning light is on, see EPB release may take longer than Towing Tips on page 9 54 for more your dealer. normal when this light is on. ‑ information. If the EPB fails to apply, the rear Continue to hold the switch until the wheels should be blocked to parking brake status light is off. prevent vehicle movement. If the light is on, see your dealer. EPB Release Notice: Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake To release the EPB, place the system and cause premature ignition in the ON/RUN position, wear or damage to brake system apply and hold the brake pedal, parts. Make sure that the parking and push down momentarily on brake is fully released and the the EPB switch. If you attempt to brake warning light is off before release the EPB without the brake driving. pedal applied, a chime will sound, Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (36,1)
9-36 Driving and Operating
Brake Assist Hill Start Assist (HSA) Ride Control Systems This vehicle has a brake assist This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist feature designed to assist the driver (HSA) feature, which may be useful Traction Control in stopping or decreasing vehicle when the vehicle is stopped on a System (TCS) speed in emergency driving grade. This feature is designed to conditions. This feature uses the prevent the vehicle from rolling, The vehicle has a Traction Control stability system hydraulic brake either forward or rearward, during System (TCS) that limits wheel slip. control module to supplement the vehicle drive off. After the driver The system operates if it senses power brake system under completely stops and holds the that one or both of the front wheels conditions where the driver has vehicle in a complete standstill on a are slipping or beginning to lose quickly and forcefully applied the grade, HSA will be automatically traction. When this happens, the brake pedal in an attempt to quickly activated. During the transition system reduces engine power and/ stop or slow down the vehicle. period between when the driver or applies brake pressure to the The stability system hydraulic brake releases the brake pedal and starts slipping wheel(s). control module increases brake to accelerate to drive off on a grade, The system may be heard or felt pressure at each corner of the HSA holds the braking pressure to while it is working, but this is vehicle until the ABS activates. ensure that there is no rolling. The normal. Minor brake pedal pulsation or brakes will automatically release pedal movement during this time is when the accelerator pedal is TCS automatically comes on whenever the vehicle is started. normal and the driver should applied within the two‐second continue to apply the brake pedal as window. It will not activate if the To limit wheel slip, especially in the driving situation dictates. vehicle is in a drive gear and facing slippery road conditions, the system The brake assist feature will downhill or if the vehicle is facing should always be left on. But, TCS automatically disengage when the uphill and in R (Reverse). can be turned off if needed. brake pedal is released or brake d flashes to indicate that TCS is pedal pressure is quickly active. See Traction Control System decreased. (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light on page 5‑21 for more information. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (37,1)
Driving and Operating 9-37
If there is a problem detected with It may be necessary to turn the TCS, SERVICE TRACTION system off if the vehicle gets stuck CONTROL is displayed on the in sand, mud, or snow and rocking Driver Information Center (DIC). the vehicle is required. See If the See Ride Control System Messages Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑10 for on page 5‑37. When this message more information. See also Winter is displayed and d comes on and Driving on page 9‑8 for information stays on, the vehicle is safe to drive on using TCS when driving in snowy but the system is not operational. or icy conditions. Driving should be adjusted Adding non‐GM accessories can accordingly. affect the vehicle performance. See Accessories and Modifications on If d comes on and stays on, reset page 10‑3 for more information. the system. TCS can be turned off by pressing and releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak ® To reset: button. When TCS is turned off, i StabiliTrak System 1. Stop the vehicle. comes on, and the appropriate DIC The vehicle may have a vehicle 2. Turn the engine off and wait message also displays. See Ride stability enhancement system called 15 seconds. Control System Messages on StabiliTrak. It is an advanced page 5‑37. With TCS turned off, the computer-controlled system that 3. Start the engine. system does not limit wheel slip. assists with directional control of the Driving should be adjusted If d still comes on and stays on, the vehicle in difficult driving conditions. accordingly. See Traction Off Light vehicle needs service. StabiliTrak activates when the on page 5‑21 for more information. computer senses a difference Notice: Do not repeatedly brake Press and release the TCS/ or accelerate heavily when TCS is between the intended path and StabiliTrak button again to turn the the direction the vehicle is off. The vehicle's driveline could system back on. be damaged. actually traveling. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (38,1)
9-38 Driving and Operating
StabiliTrak selectively applies See Ride Control System Messages braking pressure to the vehicle on page 5‑37. When this message brakes to help steer the vehicle in is displayed and d comes on and the intended direction. stays on, the vehicle is safe to drive StabiliTrak comes on automatically but the system is not operational. whenever the vehicle is started. Driving should be adjusted To assist with directional control of accordingly. the vehicle, the system should If d comes on and stays on, reset always be left on. the system. d When StabiliTrak activates, To reset: flashes on the instrument panel. 1. Stop the vehicle. A noise may be heard or vibration . To turn off both StabiliTrak and may be felt in the brake pedal. This 2. Turn the engine off and wait TCS, press and hold the TCS/ is normal. Continue to steer the 15 seconds. StabiliTrak button, located on the vehicle in the intended direction. instrument panel, until i and g See Traction Control System (TCS)/ 3. Start the engine. illuminate and the appropriate StabiliTrak® Light on page 5 21 for ‑ If d still comes on and stays on, DIC message is displayed. See more information. the vehicle needs service. Ride Control System Messages If a problem is detected with on page 5‑37. StabiliTrak, SERVICE STABILITRAK is displayed on the Driver Information Center (DIC). Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (39,1)
Driving and Operating 9-39
When StabiliTrak is turned off, Limited-Slip Differential TOUR: Use for normal city and the system will not assist with highway driving. This setting directional control of the vehicle Vehicles with a limited-slip provides a smooth, soft ride. differential can give more traction on or limit wheel spin. Driving SPORT: Use where road conditions should be adjusted accordingly. snow, mud, ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a standard differential or personal preference demand See Traction Control System more control. This setting provides (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light on most of the time, but when traction more “feel,” or response to road page 5‑21 for more information. is low, this feature allows the drive wheel with the most traction to conditions through increased . Press and release the TCS/ move the vehicle. steering effort and suspension StabiliTrak button again to turn tuning. the system back on. Selective Ride Control The setting can be changed at any If cruise control is being used when time. Based on road conditions, The vehicle may have a ride control StabiliTrak activates, cruise control steering wheel angle, and vehicle system called Selective Ride will automatically disengage. Press speed, the system automatically Control. The system provides the the cruise control button to adjusts to provide the best handling following performance benefits: reengage when road conditions while providing a smooth ride. The allow. See Cruise Control on . Reduced Impact Harshness TOUR and SPORT modes will feel page 9‑40 for more information. . Improved Road Isolation similar on a smooth road. . Improved High-Speed Stability . Improved Handling Response . Better Control of Body Ride Motions To switch from TOUR to SPORT mode, move the shift lever to the left while the transmission is in D (Drive). Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (40,1)
9-40 Driving and Operating
Cruise Control 1 (On/Off): Press to turn the WARNING (Continued) cruise control system on and off. With cruise control, the vehicle can An indicator light will turn on or off in maintain a speed of about 40 km/h Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads. On such roads, the instrument panel cluster. (25 mph) or more without keeping * your foot on the accelerator. Cruise fast changes in tire traction can (Cancel): Press to disengage control does not work at speeds cause excessive wheel slip, and cruise control without erasing the below 40 km/h (25 mph). you could lose control. Do not use set speed from memory. cruise control on slippery roads. On vehicles with the Traction RES/+ (Resume/Accelerate): Control System (TCS) or the Move the thumbwheel up to make StabiliTrak® system, it may begin to the vehicle resume to a previously limit wheel spin while you are using set speed or to accelerate. cruise control. If this happens, the SET/− (Set/Coast): Move the cruise control will automatically thumbwheel down to set the speed disengage. See Traction Control and activate cruise control or make System (TCS) on page 9‑36 or the vehicle decelerate. StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑37. Setting Cruise Control { WARNING If the cruise button is on when not in use, it could get bumped and go into Cruise control can be dangerous cruise when not desired. Keep the where you cannot drive safely at cruise control switch off when cruise a steady speed. So, do not use is not being used. the cruise control on winding The cruise control buttons are 1. Press 1 to turn the cruise roads or in heavy traffic. located on the steering wheel. control system on. The indicator (Continued) light in the instrument panel cluster comes on. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (41,1)
Driving and Operating 9-41
2. Get to the speed desired. Increasing Speed While Using . To slow down in small amounts, Cruise Control move the thumbwheel toward 3. Move the thumbwheel down SET/− briefly and then release it. toward SET/− and release it. If the cruise control system is Each time this is done, the The desired set speed briefly already activated: vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h appears in the instrument panel . Move the thumbwheel up toward (1 mph) slower. cluster. RES/+ and hold it until the Passing Another Vehicle While 4. Take your foot off the accelerator vehicle accelerates to the Using Cruise Control pedal. desired speed, and then release it. Use the accelerator pedal to Resuming a Set Speed increase the vehicle's speed. When . To increase the speed in small you take your foot off the pedal, the If the cruise control is set at a amounts, move the thumbwheel vehicle will slow down to the desired speed and then the brakes up toward RES/+ briefly, then previous set cruise control speed. are applied or the * is pressed, the release it. Each time this is cruise control is disengaged without done, the vehicle goes about Using Cruise Control on Hills erasing the set speed from memory. 1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster. How well the cruise control works Once the vehicle reaches about Reducing Speed While Using on hills depends upon the vehicle's 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, move the Cruise Control speed, load, and the steepness of thumbwheel up toward RES/+ the hills. When going up steep hills, If the cruise control system is briefly. The vehicle returns to the you might have to step on the already activated: previous set speed and stays there. accelerator pedal to maintain the . Move the thumbwheel toward vehicle's speed. When going SET/− and hold until the desired downhill, you might have to brake or lower speed is reached, then shift to a lower gear to maintain the release it. vehicle's speed. When the brakes are applied the cruise control shuts off. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (42,1)
9-42 Driving and Operating
Ending Cruise Control Object Detection WARNING (Continued) There are three ways to end cruise control: Systems To prevent injury, death, . To disengage cruise control, Ultrasonic Parking Assist or vehicle damage, even with step lightly on the brake pedal; URPA, always check behind the when cruise control disengages, If available, the Ultrasonic Rear vehicle and check all mirrors the indicator light will not be lit. Parking Assist (URPA) system before backing. assists the driver with parking . Press * on the steering wheel. and avoiding objects while in . To turn off the cruise control, R (Reverse). URPA operates at How the System Works speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph). press 1 on the steering wheel. URPA comes on automatically The sensors on the rear bumper when the shift lever is moved into Erasing Speed Memory detect objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) R (Reverse). A single tone sounds behind the vehicle, and at least to indicate the system is working. The cruise control set speed is 20 cm (8 in) off the ground. erased from memory by pressing 1 URPA operates only at speeds less or if the ignition is turned off. { WARNING than 8 km/h (5 mph). An obstacle is indicated by audible The URPA system does not beeps. The interval between the detect pedestrians, bicyclists, beeps becomes shorter as the animals, or any other objects vehicle gets closer to the obstacle. located below the bumper or When the distance is less than that are too close or too far 30 cm (12 in) the beeping is a from the vehicle. continuous tone for five seconds. (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (43,1)
Driving and Operating 9-43
To be detected, objects must be at When the system is off, PARK ice, and slush. For cleaning least 20 cm (8 in) off the ground and ASSIST OFF displays on the Driver instructions, see Exterior Care below trunk level. Objects must also Information Center (DIC). The on page 10‑98. be within 2.5 m (8 ft) from the rear message disappears after a short . The park assist sensors are bumper. The distance at which period of time. covered by frost or ice. Frost or objects can be detected may be URPA defaults to the on setting ice can form around and behind less during warmer or humid each time the vehicle is started. the sensors and may not always weather. be seen; this can occur after When the System Does Not Turning the System On and Off washing the vehicle in cold Seem to Work Properly weather. The message may not The URPA system can be turned on The following messages may be clear until the frost or ice has and off using the park assist button displayed on the DIC: melted. located next to the shift lever. SERVICE PARK ASSIST: If this . An object was hanging out of the message occurs, take the vehicle to trunk during the last drive cycle. your dealer to repair the system. Once the object is removed, URPA will return to normal PARK ASSIST OFF: If the URPA operation. system does not activate due to a temporary condition, this message . The bumper is damaged. Take displays on the DIC. This can occur the vehicle to your dealer to The LED next to the park assist under the following conditions: repair the system. button lights up when the system is . The driver has disabled the . Other conditions, such as on and turns off when it has been system. vibrations from a jackhammer or disabled. the compression of air brakes on . The ultrasonic sensors are not a very large truck, are affecting clean. Keep the vehicle's rear system performance. bumper free of mud, dirt, snow, Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (44,1)
9-44 Driving and Operating
Side Blind Zone When the system detects a vehicle How the System Works in the side blind zone, amber SBZA Alert (SBZA) displays will light up in the side The vehicle may have a Side Blind mirrors. This indicates that it may be Zone Alert (SBZA) system. Read unsafe to change lanes. Before this entire section before using the making a lane change, always system. check the SBZA display, check the outside and rearview mirrors, look Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror { WARNING over your shoulder for vehicles and Display Display hazards, and use the turn signal. When the vehicle is started, both SBZA does not detect vehicles SBZA Detection Zones rapidly approaching outside of the outside mirror displays will briefly side blind zones, pedestrians, The SBZA sensor covers a zone of come on to indicate that the system bicyclists, or animals. Failure to approximately one lane over from is operating. While driving forward, use proper care when changing both sides of the vehicle, the left or right side mirror SBZA lanes may result in injury, death, or 3.5 m (11 ft). This zone starts at display will light up if a vehicle is each side mirror and goes back detected in that blind zone. If you or vehicle damage. Always check approximately 5.0 m (16 ft). The activate a turn signal and a vehicle for other vehicles and use the height of the zone is approximately has been detected on the same turn signals when changing lanes. between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and side, the SBZA display will flash to 2.0 m (6 ft) off the ground. give you extra warning not to The SBZA detection zones do not change lanes. change if the vehicle is towing a SBZA displays do not come on trailer. So be extra careful when while the vehicle is approaching or changing lanes while towing a passing other vehicles. At speeds trailer. greater than 32 km/h (20 mph), SBZA displays may come on when Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (45,1)
Driving and Operating 9-45
a vehicle you have passed remains SBZA is designed to ignore ZONE ALERT ON option will not be in or drops back into the stationary objects; however, the selectable if the conditions for detection zone. system may occasionally light up normal system operation are not SBZA can be disabled through due to guard rails, signs, trees, met. Until normal operating vehicle personalization. See Vehicle shrubs, and other stationary objects. conditions for SBZA are met, you This is normal system operation; the should not rely upon SBZA while Personalization on page 5‑40 for more information. If the SBZA is vehicle does not need service. driving. disabled by the driver, the SBZA SBZA does not operate when the SBZA Error Messages mirror displays will not light up left or right corners of the rear during normal driving. bumper are covered with mud, dirt, The following messages may snow, ice, or slush, or in heavy appear on the infotainment display: When the System Does Not Seem rainstorms. For cleaning SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT to Work Properly instructions, see Exterior Care on SYSTEM OFF: This message Occasional missed alerts can occur page 10‑98. If the infotainment indicates that the driver has turned under normal circumstances and will display still shows the SIDE BLIND the system off. increase in wet conditions. The ZONE SYS. UNAVAILABLE SIDE BLIND ZONE SYS. system does not need to be message after cleaning the bumper, UNAVAILABLE: This message serviced due to an occasional see your dealer. indicates that the SBZA system is missed alert. The number of missed The SBZA displays may remain on disabled because the sensor is alerts will increase with increased if a trailer is attached to the vehicle, blocked and cannot detect vehicles rainfall or road spray. or a bicycle or object is extending in the blind zone. The sensor may If the SBZA displays do not light up out to either side of the vehicle. be blocked by mud, dirt, snow, ice, when the system is on and vehicles When SBZA is disabled for any or slush. This message may also are in the blind zone, the system reason other than the driver turning activate during heavy rain or due to may need service. Take the vehicle it off, the driver will not be able to road spray. The vehicle does not to your dealer. turn SBZA back on using vehicle need service. For cleaning, see personalization. The SIDE BLIND Exterior Care on page 10‑98. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (46,1)
9-46 Driving and Operating
SERVICE SIDE BLIND ZONE An image appears on the navigation ALERT SYSTEM: If this message { WARNING screen with the message Check appears, both SBZA displays will Surroundings for Safety when the remain on indicating there is a The RVC system does not display vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). problem with the SBZA system. pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, The navigation screen goes to the If these displays remain on after or any other object located previous screen after approximately continued driving, the system needs outside the cameras field of view, 10 seconds once the vehicle is service. Take the vehicle to your below the bumper, or under the shifted out of R (Reverse). vehicle. dealer. To cancel the delay, do one of the FCC Information Do not back the vehicle using following: only the RVC screen or by using See Radio Frequency Statement on . Press a hard key on the the screen during longer, higher navigation system. page 13‑20 for FCC information. speed backing maneuvers, or where there could be . Shift into P (Park). Rear Vision cross-traffic. Perceived distances . Reach a vehicle speed of Camera (RVC) may be different from actual 8 km/h (5 mph). distances. This vehicle may have an Turning the Rear Vision Camera RVC system. Read this entire Failure to use proper care before System On or Off section before using it. backing may result in injury, To turn the RVC system on or off: The RVC system can assist the death, or vehicle damage. Always driver when backing up by check before backing by checking 1. Shift into P (Park). displaying a view of the area behind and around the vehicle. 2. Press the CONFIG button to behind the vehicle. enter the configure menu options. 3. Select Display. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (47,1)
Driving and Operating 9-47
has been disabled and the symbols To turn the guidelines on or off: have been turned on. See 1. Shift into P (Park). Ultrasonic Parking Assist on page 9‑42. 2. Press the CONFIG button to enter the configure menu The symbols appear and may options. cover an object when viewing the navigation screen when an object is 3. Select Display. detected by the URPA system. 4. Select Rear Camera Options. To turn the symbols on or off: 5. Select Guidelines. When a 1. Shift into P (Park). checkmark appears next to the Guidelines option, guidelines will 2. Press the CONFIG button to appear. 4. Select Rear Camera Options. enter the configure menu 5. Select Camera. When a options. Rear Vision Camera Error checkmark appears next to the 3. Select Display. Messages Camera option, then the RVC 4. Select Rear Camera Options. SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERA system is on. SYSTEM: This message can 5. Select Symbols. When a display when the system is not Symbols checkmark appears next to the receiving information it requires from The navigation system may have a Symbols option, symbols will other vehicle systems. feature that lets the driver view appear. If any other problem occurs or if a symbols on the navigation screen Guidelines problem persists, see your dealer. while using the RVC. The Ultrasonic Rear Park Assist (URPA) system The RVC system has a guideline must not be disabled to use the overlay that can help the driver align caution symbols. The error message the vehicle when backing into a Rear Parking Assist Symbols parking spot. Unavailable may display if URPA Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (48,1)
9-48 Driving and Operating
Rear Vision Camera Location When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly The RVC system may not work properly or display a clear image if: . The RVC is turned off. See “Turning the Rear Camera System On or Off” earlier in this section. . It is dark. . The sun or the beam of headlamps are shining directly into the camera lens.
. The camera is located above the Ice, snow, mud, or anything else license plate. builds up on the camera lens. Clean the lens, rinse it with The area displayed by the camera is water, and wipe it with a limited. It does not display objects soft cloth. that are close to either corner or . under the bumper and can vary The back of the vehicle is in an depending on vehicle orientation or accident. The position and road conditions. The distance of the mounting angle of the camera image that appears on the screen is can change or the camera can different from the actual distance. be affected. Be sure to have the A. View displayed by the camera. camera and its position and The following illustration shows mounting angle checked at B. Corner of the rear bumper. the field of view that the camera your dealer. provides. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (49,1)
Driving and Operating 9-49
Fuel Recommended Fuel Use of the recommended fuel is If the vehicle has a 2.4L L4 engine an important part of the proper (VIN Code C), use regular unleaded maintenance of this vehicle. To help gasoline with a posted octane rating keep the engine clean and maintain of 87 or higher. If the octane rating optimum vehicle performance, we is less than 87, an audible knocking recommend the use of gasoline noise, commonly referred to as advertised as TOP TIER Detergent spark knock, might be heard when Gasoline. driving. If this occurs, use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or Look for the TOP TIER label on the higher as soon as possible. If heavy fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets knocking is heard when using enhanced detergency standards The eighth digit of the Vehicle gasoline rated at 87 octane or developed by auto companies. A list Identification Number (VIN) shows higher, the engine needs service. of marketers providing TOP TIER the code letter or number that Detergent Gasoline can be found at identifies the vehicle's engine. If the vehicle has the 3.6L V6 engine www.toptiergas.com. The VIN is at the top left of the (VIN Code D), use premium instrument panel. See Vehicle unleaded gasoline with a posted Identification Number (VIN) on octane rating of 91 or higher. You can also use regular unleaded page 12‑1. gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher, but the vehicle's acceleration could be slightly reduced, and a slight audible knocking noise, commonly referred to as spark knock, might be heard. If the octane is less than 87, a heavy knocking noise might be heard when driving. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (50,1)
9-50 Driving and Operating
If this occurs, use a gasoline rated California Fuel Fuels in Foreign at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible. Otherwise, you could Requirements Countries damage the engine. If heavy If the vehicle is certified to meet Never use leaded gasoline or any knocking is heard when using California Emissions Standards, it is other fuel not recommended in the gasoline rated at 87 octane or designed to operate on fuels that previous text on fuel. Costly repairs higher, the engine needs service. meet California specifications. See caused by use of improper fuel the underhood emission control would not be covered by the Gasoline Specifications label. If this fuel is not available in vehicle warranty. (U.S. and Canada Only) states adopting California Emissions To check the fuel availability, ask an Standards, the vehicle will operate auto club, or contact a major oil At a minimum, gasoline should satisfactorily on fuels meeting company that does business in the meet ASTM specification D 4814 in federal specifications, but emission country where you will be driving. the United States or CAN/CGSB‐3.5 control system performance might or 3.511 in Canada. be affected. The malfunction Some gasolines contain an indicator lamp could turn on and the Fuel Additives octane-enhancing additive called vehicle might fail a smog‐check test. To provide cleaner air, all gasolines methylcyclopentadienyl manganese See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on in the United States are now tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend page 5‑16. If this occurs, return to required to contain additives that against the use of gasolines your authorized dealer for diagnosis. help prevent engine and fuel system containing MMT. See Fuel Additives If it is determined that the condition deposits from forming, allowing the on page 9‑50 for additional is caused by the type of fuel used, emission control system to work information. repairs might not be covered by the properly. In most cases, nothing vehicle warranty. should have to be added to the fuel. However, some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of additive required to meet U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (51,1)
Driving and Operating 9-51
regulations. To help keep fuel Gasolines containing oxygenates, Some gasolines that are not injectors and intake valves clean such as ethers and ethanol, and reformulated for low emissions and avoid problems due to dirty reformulated gasolines might be can contain an octane- injectors or valves, look for gasoline available in your area. We enhancing additive called that is advertised as TOP TIER recommend that you use these methylcyclopentadienyl Detergent Gasoline. Look for the gasolines, if they comply with the manganese tricarbonyl (MMT); TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to specifications described earlier. ask the attendant where you buy ensure gasoline meets enhanced However, E85 (85% ethanol) and gasoline whether the fuel contains detergency standards developed by other fuels containing more than MMT. We recommend against the the auto companies. A list of 15% ethanol must not be used in use of such gasolines. Fuels marketers providing TOP TIER vehicles that were not designed for containing MMT can reduce spark Detergent Gasoline can be found at those fuels. plug life and affect emission control www.toptiergas.com. Notice: This vehicle was not system performance. The For customers who do not use TOP designed for fuel that contains malfunction indicator lamp might TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, methanol. Do not use fuel turn on. If this occurs, return to your one bottle of GM Fuel System containing methanol. It can dealer for service. Treatment PLUS, added to the fuel corrode metal parts in the fuel tank at every engine oil change, system and also damage plastic can help clean deposits from fuel and rubber parts. That damage injectors and intake valves. GM Fuel would not be covered under the System Treatment PLUS is the only vehicle warranty. gasoline additive recommended by General Motors. It is available at your dealer. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (52,1)
9-52 Driving and Operating
Filling the Tank { WARNING
{ WARNING Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly. Fuel vapor burns violently and a If you spill fuel and then fuel fire can cause bad injuries. something ignites it, you could be To help avoid injuries to you and badly burned. This spray can others, read and follow all the happen if the tank is nearly full, instructions on the fuel pump and is more likely in hot weather. island. Turn off the engine when Open the fuel cap slowly and wait refueling. Do not smoke near fuel for any hiss noise to stop. Then or when refueling the vehicle. unscrew the cap all the way. Do not use cellular phones. Keep The tethered fuel cap is behind the sparks, flames, and smoking fuel door on the vehicle's passenger materials away from fuel. Do not side. Turn the fuel cap Do not top off or overfill the tank and leave the fuel pump unattended counterclockwise to remove. While wait a few seconds before removing when refueling the vehicle. This is refueling, hang the tethered fuel cap the nozzle. Clean fuel from painted from the hook on the fuel door. surfaces as soon as possible. See against the law in some places. Reinstall the cap by turning it Exterior Care on page 10 98. Do not re-enter the vehicle while ‑ clockwise until it clicks pumping fuel. Keep children away from the fuel pump; never let children pump fuel. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (53,1)
Driving and Operating 9-53
Filling a Portable Fuel { WARNING WARNING (Continued) Container If a fire starts while you are . Bring the fill nozzle in contact refueling, do not remove the { WARNING nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by with the inside of the fill shutting off the pump or by Never fill a portable fuel container opening before operating the notifying the station attendant. while it is in the vehicle. Static nozzle. Contact should be Leave the area immediately. electricity discharge from the maintained until the filling is container can ignite the fuel complete. Notice: If a new fuel cap is vapor. You can be badly burned . Do not smoke while needed, be sure to get the right and the vehicle damaged if this pumping fuel. occurs. To help avoid injury to you type of cap from your dealer. The . Do not use a cellular phone wrong type of fuel cap might not and others: while pumping fuel. fit properly, might cause the . Dispense fuel only into malfunction indicator lamp to approved containers. light, and could damage the fuel . tank and emissions system. See Do not fill a container while it Malfunction Indicator Lamp on is inside a vehicle, in a page 5 16. vehicle's trunk, pickup bed, ‑ or on any surface other than the ground. (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (54,1)
9-54 Driving and Operating
Towing vehicle such as a motor home, see The vehicle can tow a trailer when Recreational Vehicle Towing on equipped with the proper trailer page 10‑95. towing equipment. For trailering General Towing capacity, see Trailer Towing (Except Information Driving Characteristics eAssist) on page 9‑57 or Trailer Towing (eAssist) on page 9 59. Only use towing equipment that has and Towing Tips ‑ Trailering changes handling, been designed for the vehicle. acceleration, braking, durability, and Contact your dealer or trailering { WARNING fuel economy. With the added dealer for assistance with preparing weight, the engine, transmission, the vehicle for towing a trailer. The driver can lose control when wheel assemblies, and tires are See the following trailer towing pulling a trailer if the correct forced to work harder and under information in this section: equipment is not used or the greater loads. The trailer also adds vehicle is not driven properly. . For information on driving while wind resistance, increasing the For example, if the trailer is too towing a trailer, see “Driving pulling requirements. For safe Characteristics and heavy, the brakes may not work trailering, correctly use the proper well or even at all. The driver Towing Tips.” — trailering equipment. and passengers could be The following information has . For maximum vehicle and trailer seriously injured. The vehicle may weights, see “Trailer Towing.” important trailering tips and rules also be damaged; the resulting for your safety and that of your . For information on equipment to repairs would not be covered by passengers. Read this section tow a trailer, see “Towing the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer carefully before pulling a trailer. Equipment.” only if all the steps in this section For information on towing a disabled have been followed. Ask your vehicle, see Towing the Vehicle on dealer for advice and information page 10‑94. For information on about towing a trailer with the towing the vehicle behind another vehicle. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (55,1)
Driving and Operating 9-55
Pulling a Trailer Driving with a Trailer trailer, which mainly occurs during cornering. This is normal when Here are some important points: Towing a trailer requires experience. towing heavier trailers. Get familiar with handling and . There are many laws, including speed limit restrictions that apply braking with the added trailer Following Distance weight. The vehicle is now longer to trailering. Check for legal Stay at least twice as far behind the requirements. and not as responsive as the vehicle is by itself. vehicle ahead as you would when . Do not tow a trailer at all during driving the vehicle without a trailer. the first 1 600 km (1,000 mi) the Check all trailer hitch parts and This can help to avoid situations new vehicle is driven. The attachments, safety chains, that require heavy braking and engine, axle, or other parts could electrical connectors, lamps, tires, sudden turns. be damaged. and mirror adjustments. If the trailer has electric brakes, start the vehicle Passing . During the first 800 km (500 mi) and trailer moving and then apply More passing distance is needed that a trailer is towed, do not the trailer brake controller by hand when towing a trailer. Because the drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and to be sure the brakes are working. rig is longer, it is necessary to go do not make starts at full throttle. During the trip, check regularly to farther beyond the passed vehicle This reduces wear on the before returning to the lane. vehicle. be sure that the load is secure, and the lamps and trailer brakes are Backing Up . The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). working properly. Use a lower gear if the Hold the bottom of the steering transmission shifts too often. Towing with a Stability Control wheel with one hand. To move the System . Obey speed limit restrictions. trailer to the left, move that hand to Do not drive faster than the When towing, the sound of the the left. To move the trailer to the maximum posted speed for stability control system might be right, move your hand to the right. trailers, or no more than heard. The system is reacting to the Always back up slowly and, 90 km/h (55 mph), to reduce vehicle movement caused by the if possible, have someone wear on the vehicle. guide you. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (56,1)
9-56 Driving and Operating
Making Turns burned out. Check occasionally to turning the engine off. If the be sure the trailer bulbs are still overheat warning comes on, see Notice: Making very sharp turns working. Engine Overheating on page 10 19. while trailering could cause the ‑ trailer to come in contact with the Driving on Grades Parking on Hills vehicle. The vehicle could be Reduce speed and shift to a lower damaged. Avoid making very { WARNING sharp turns while trailering. gear before starting down a long or steep downgrade. If the When turning with a trailer, make transmission is not shifted down, the Parking the vehicle on a hill with wider turns than normal so the brakes might have to be used so the trailer attached can be trailer will not strike soft shoulders, much that they would get hot and no dangerous. If something goes curbs, road signs, trees, or other longer work well. wrong, the rig could start to move. objects. Use the turn signal well in People can be injured, and both The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). advance and avoid jerky or sudden the vehicle and the trailer can be Use a lower gear if the transmission maneuvers. damaged. When possible, always shifts too often. park the rig on a flat surface. Turn Signals when Towing a When towing at high altitude on Trailer steep uphill grades, engine coolant If parking the rig on a hill: The turn signal indicators on the boils at a lower temperature than at instrument panel flash whenever normal altitudes. If the engine is 1. Press the brake pedal, but do signaling a turn or lane change. turned off immediately after towing not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn Properly hooked up, the trailer at high altitude on steep uphill the wheels into the curb if facing lamps also flash, telling other grades, the vehicle could show downhill or into traffic if facing drivers the vehicle is turning, signs similar to engine overheating. uphill. To avoid this, let the engine run changing lanes, or stopping. 2. Have someone place chocks while parked, preferably on level under the trailer wheels. When towing a trailer, the arrows on ground, with the transmission in the instrument panel flash for turns P (Park) for a few minutes before even if the bulbs on the trailer are Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (57,1)
Driving and Operating 9-57
3. When the wheel chocks are in Maintenance when Trailer Trailer Towing place, release the brake pedal Towing until the chocks absorb the load. (Except eAssist) The vehicle needs service more Before pulling a trailer, there are 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then often when pulling a trailer. See the apply the parking brake and shift three important considerations that Maintenance Schedule on have to do with weight: into P (Park). page 11‑3. Things that are 5. Release the brake pedal. especially important in trailer . The weight of the trailer. operation are automatic . The weight of the trailer tongue. Leaving After Parking on a Hill transmission fluid, engine oil, axle lubricant, belts, cooling system, and . The total weight on your 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal vehicle's tires. while you: brake system. Inspect these before and during the trip. 1.1. Start the engine. Weight of the Trailer Check periodically to see that all How heavy can a trailer safely be? 1.2. Shift into a gear. hitch nuts and bolts are tight. 1.3. Release the parking brake. For a vehicle with a V6 engine, it Engine Cooling when Trailer should never weigh more than 2. Let up on the brake pedal. Towing 454 kg (1,000 lbs). But even that 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is The cooling system may temporarily can be too heavy. clear of the chocks. overheat during severe operating It depends on how the rig is used. 4. Stop and have someone pick up conditions. See Engine Overheating For example, speed, altitude, road and store the chocks. on page 10‑19. grades, outside temperature, and how much the vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important. It can depend on any special equipment on the vehicle, and the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (58,1)
9-58 Driving and Operating
See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” Weight of the Trailer Tongue later in this section for more The tongue load (A) of any trailer is information. an important weight to measure Maximum trailer weight is calculated because it affects the total gross assuming only the driver is in the weight of the vehicle. The Gross tow vehicle and it has all the Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the required trailering equipment. curb weight of the vehicle, any The weight of additional optional cargo carried in it, and the people equipment, passengers, and who will be riding in the vehicle. cargo in the tow vehicle must be If there are a lot of options, subtracted from the maximum equipment, passengers, or cargo in trailer weight. the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue Ask your dealer for trailering weight the vehicle can carry, which The trailer tongue (A) should weigh information or advice, or write us at will also reduce the trailer weight the 10 to 15 percent of the total loaded our Customer Assistance Offices. vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer, trailer weight (B). the tongue load must be added to See Customer Assistance Offices After loading the trailer, weigh the the GVW because the vehicle will (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑4 or trailer and then the tongue, be carrying that weight, too. See Customer Assistance Offices separately, to see if the weights are Vehicle Load Limits on page 9 10 (Mexico) on page 13‑5 for more ‑ proper. If they are not, adjustments for more information. information. might be made by moving some items around in the trailer. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (59,1)
Driving and Operating 9-59
Total Weight on Your Vehicle's Towing Equipment Safety Chains Tires Hitches Always attach chains between the Be sure the vehicle's tires are vehicle and the trailer. Cross the inflated to the upper limit for cold Use the correct hitch equipment. safety chains under the tongue of tires. These numbers can be found See your dealer or a hitch dealer the trailer to help prevent the tongue on the Information label. See for assistance. from contacting the road if it Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10. . The rear bumper on the vehicle becomes separated from the hitch. Make sure not to go over the is not intended for hitches. Do Leave enough slack so the rig can GVW limit for the vehicle, including not attach rental hitches or other turn. Never allow safety chains to the weight of the trailer tongue. bumper-type hitches to it. Use drag on the ground. only a frame-mounted hitch that Trailer Brakes Trailer Towing (eAssist) does not attach to the bumper. Does the trailer have its own The vehicle is neither designed nor . Will any holes be made in the brakes? Be sure to read and follow intended to tow a trailer. body of the vehicle when the the instructions for the trailer brakes trailer hitch is installed? If there so they are installed, adjusted, and are, seal the holes when the maintained properly. hitch is removed. If the holes are not sealed, dirt, water, and Because the vehicle has antilock deadly carbon monoxide (CO) brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's from the exhaust can get into the brake system. If this is done, both vehicle. See Engine Exhaust on brake systems will not work well, page 9‑28. or at all. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (60,1)
9-60 Driving and Operating
Conversions and Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's 12‐volt battery, even if Add-Ons the vehicle is not operating. The vehicle has an airbag system. Add-On Electrical Before attempting to add anything Equipment electrical to the vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Notice: Do not add anything Vehicle on page 3‑31 and Adding electrical to the vehicle unless Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped you check with your dealer first. Vehicle on page 3‑32. Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle and the damage would not be covered by the vehicle's warranty. Some add-on electrical equipment can keep other components from working as they should. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)
Vehicle Care 10-1
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-13 Headlamp Aiming Vehicle Care Cooling System ...... 10-15 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-28 Engine Coolant ...... 10-16 Engine Overheating ...... 10-19 Bulb Replacement General Information Overheated Engine Bulb Replacement ...... 10-31 General Information ...... 10-3 Protection Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-31 California Proposition Operating Mode ...... 10-20 High Intensity Discharge 65 Warning ...... 10-3 Power Steering Fluid (HID) Lighting ...... 10-31 California Perchlorate (2.4L L4 Engine) ...... 10-21 Headlamps, Front Turn Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Power Steering Fluid Signal and Parking Accessories and (3.6L V6 Engine) ...... 10-21 Lamps ...... 10-32 Modifications ...... 10-3 Washer Fluid ...... 10-22 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Vehicle Checks Brakes ...... 10-22 Stoplamps, and Back-Up Lamps ...... 10-33 Doing Your Own Brake Fluid ...... 10-23 License Plate Lamp ...... 10-34 Service Work ...... 10-4 Battery ...... 10-25 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-35 Hood ...... 10-5 Starter Switch Check ...... 10-26 Engine Compartment Automatic Transmission Shift Overview ...... 10-6 Lock Control Function Engine Oil ...... 10-9 Check ...... 10-26 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-12 Ignition Transmission Lock Automatic Transmission Check ...... 10-27 Fluid ...... 10-13 Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check ...... 10-27 Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 10-27 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)
10-2 Vehicle Care
Electrical System Tire Inspection ...... 10-57 Jump Starting High Voltage Devices and Tire Rotation ...... 10-58 Jump Starting (with or Wiring ...... 10-35 When It Is Time for without eAssist) ...... 10-90 Electrical System New Tires ...... 10-59 Jump Starting (On-board Overload ...... 10-35 Buying New Tires ...... 10-60 with eAssist Only) ...... 10-93 Fuses and Circuit Different Size Tires and Breakers ...... 10-36 Wheels ...... 10-61 Towing Engine Compartment Uniform Tire Quality Towing the Vehicle ...... 10-94 Fuse Block ...... 10-36 Grading ...... 10-62 Recreational Vehicle Instrument Panel Wheel Alignment and Towing ...... 10-95 Fuse Block ...... 10-40 Tire Balance ...... 10-63 Appearance Care Wheel Replacement ...... 10-63 Rear Compartment Exterior Care ...... 10-98 Tire Chains ...... 10-64 Fuse Block ...... 10-42 Interior Care ...... 10-101 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-64 Floor Mats ...... 10-104 Wheels and Tires Tire Sealant and Compressor Tires ...... 10-44 Kit (With Pressure Relief Winter Tires ...... 10-45 Button) ...... 10-67 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-46 Tire Sealant and Compressor Tire Designations ...... 10-48 Kit (With Pressure Deflation Tire Terminology and Button) ...... 10-74 Definitions ...... 10-49 Storing the Tire Sealant and Tire Pressure ...... 10-51 Compressor Kit ...... 10-82 Tire Pressure Monitor Tire Changing ...... 10-83 System ...... 10-53 Compact Spare Tire ...... 10-89 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation ...... 10-54 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)
Vehicle Care 10-3
General Information cause cancer and birth defects or handling, emissions systems, other reproductive harm. Engine aerodynamics, durability, and For service and parts needs, visit exhaust, many parts and systems, electronic systems like antilock your dealer. You will receive many fluids, and some component brakes, traction control, and stability genuine GM parts and GM-trained wear by-products contain and/or control. These accessories or and supported service people. emit these chemicals. modifications could even cause Genuine GM parts have one of malfunction or damage not covered these marks: California Perchlorate by the vehicle warranty. Materials Requirements Damage to vehicle components resulting from modifications or the Certain types of automotive installation or use of non GM applications, such as airbag ‐ certified parts, including control initiators, seat belt pretensioners, module or software modifications, is and lithium batteries contained in not covered under the terms of the Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, vehicle warranty and may affect may contain perchlorate materials. remaining warranty coverage for Special handling may be necessary. affected parts. For additional information, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ GM Accessories are designed to perchlorate. complement and function with other systems on the vehicle. See your Accessories and dealer to accessorize the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories California Proposition Modifications installed by a dealer technician. 65 Warning Adding non‐dealer accessories or Also, see Adding Equipment to the Most motor vehicles, including this making modifications to the vehicle Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on can affect vehicle performance and one, contain and/or emit chemicals page 3‑32. known to the State of California to safety, including such things as airbags, braking, stability, ride and Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)
10-4 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Checks All Vehicles If doing some of your own service work, use the proper service { WARNING manual. It tells you much more Doing Your Own about how to service the vehicle Service Work You can be injured and the than this manual can. To order the vehicle could be damaged if you proper service manual, see Service eAssist Vehicles Only try to do service work on a vehicle Publications Ordering Information without knowing enough about it. on page 13‑16. { WARNING . Be sure you have sufficient This vehicle has an airbag system. Never try to do your own service knowledge, experience, the Before attempting to do your own on eAssist components. You can proper replacement parts, service work, see Airbag System be injured and the vehicle can be and tools before Check on page 3‑33. damaged if you try to do your own attempting any vehicle Keep a record with all parts receipts service work. Service and repair maintenance task. and list the mileage and the date of of these eAssist components . Be sure to use the proper any service work performed. See should only be performed by a nuts, bolts, and other Maintenance Records on trained service technician with the fasteners. Metric and English page 11‑17. proper knowledge and tools. fasteners can be easily confused. If the wrong fasteners are used, parts can later break or fall off. You could be hurt. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)
Vehicle Care 10-5
Hood To close the hood: To open the hood: 1. Before closing the hood, be sure all the filler caps are on properly. 2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in) above the vehicle and release it so it fully latches. Check to make sure the hood is closed and repeat the process if necessary.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle and push the secondary hood release handle toward the driver side of the vehicle. 1. Pull the interior hood release handle located to the left of the 3. Lift the hood. steering column below the instrument panel. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)
10-6 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview
2.4L L4 Engine Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)
Vehicle Care 10-7
A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on E. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of I. Battery (Under Cover). page 10‑13. View). See Engine Oil on See Battery on page 10‑25. B. Engine Cover. page 10‑9. J. Coolant Surge Tank and C. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of F. High Voltage Cable Pressure Cap. See Engine View). See Cooling System on (Orange Color). Coolant on page 10‑16. page 10‑15. G. Transmission Fluid Cap. K. Engine Compartment Fuse D. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine See Automatic Transmission Block on page 10‑36. Fluid on page 10 13. Oil on page 10‑9. ‑ L. Windshield Washer Fluid H. Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir. See Washer Fluid on Reservoir. See Brakes on page 10‑22. page 10‑22. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)
10-8 Vehicle Care
3.6L V6 Engine Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)
Vehicle Care 10-9
A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on G. Brake Master Cylinder Engine Oil page 10‑13. Reservoir. See Brakes on page 10‑22. To ensure proper engine B. Power Steering Reservoir and performance and long life, careful Cap. See Power Steering Fluid H. Coolant Surge Tank and attention must be paid to engine oil. (2.4L L4 Engine) on page 10‑21 Pressure Cap. See Engine Following these simple, but or Power Steering Fluid (3.6L Coolant on page 10‑16. important steps will help protect V6 Engine) on page 10‑21. I. Battery Cover. See Battery on your investment: C. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine page 10‑25. . Always use engine oil approved Oil on page 10‑9. J. Engine Compartment Fuse to the proper specification and of D. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Block on page 10‑36. the proper viscosity grade. See Oil on page 10‑9. “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” K. Windshield Washer Fluid in this section. E. Engine Cover. Reservoir. See Washer Fluid on . Check the engine oil level F. Transmission Fluid Cap and page 10‑22. regularly and maintain the Dipstick. See Automatic proper oil level. See “Checking Transmission Fluid on Engine Oil and When to Add page 10 13. ” “ ‑ Engine Oil” in this section. . Change the engine oil at the appropriate time. See Engine Oil Life System on page 10‑12. . Always dispose of engine oil properly. See “What to Do with Used Oil” in this section. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)
10-10 Vehicle Care
Checking Engine Oil When to Add Engine Oil area that shows the proper operating range, the engine could It is a good idea to check the engine be damaged. You should drain oil level at each fuel fill. In order to out the excess oil or limit driving get an accurate reading, the vehicle of the vehicle and seek a service must be on level ground. The professional to remove the engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow excess amount of oil. loop. See Engine Compartment Overview on page 10‑6 for the See Engine Compartment Overview location of the engine oil dipstick. If the oil is below the cross-hatched on page 10‑6 for the location of the engine oil fill cap. Obtaining an accurate oil level area at the tip of the dipstick, add reading is essential: 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil Add enough oil to put the level and then recheck the level. See somewhere in the proper operating 1. If the engine has been running “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in range. Push the dipstick all the way recently, turn off the engine and this section for an explanation of back in when through. allow several minutes for the oil what kind of oil to use. For engine to drain back into the oil pan. oil crankcase capacity, see Selecting the Right Engine Oil Checking the oil level too soon Capacities and Specifications on after engine shutoff will not Selecting the right engine oil page 12‑2. provide an accurate oil level depends on both the proper oil reading. Notice: Do not add too much oil. specification and viscosity grade. Oil levels above or below the See Recommended Fluids and 2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it acceptable operating range Lubricants on page 11‑14. with a paper towel or cloth, then shown on the dipstick are harmful Specification push it back in all the way. to the engine. If you find that you Remove it again, keeping the have an oil level above the Use and ask for licensed engine oils tip down, and check the level. operating range, i.e., the engine with the dexos1™ approved has so much oil that the oil level certification mark. Engine oils gets above the cross-hatched meeting the requirements for the vehicle should have the dexos1 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)
Vehicle Care 10-11
approved certification mark. This If in an area of extreme cold, where What to Do with Used Oil certification mark indicates that the the temperature falls below −20°F Used engine oil contains certain oil has been approved to the dexos1 (−29°C), an SAE 0W 30 oil should ‐ elements that can be unhealthy for specification. be used. An oil of this viscosity your skin and could even cause grade will provide easier cold cancer. Do not let used oil stay on starting for the engine at extremely your skin for very long. Clean your low temperatures. When selecting skin and nails with soap and water, an oil of the appropriate viscosity or a good hand cleaner. Wash or grade, always select an oil that properly dispose of clothing or rags meets the dexos1 specification or containing used engine oil. See the equivalent. See Specification for “ ” manufacturer's warnings about the more information. Notice: Failure to use the use and disposal of oil products. recommended engine oil or Engine Oil Additives/Engine Used oil can be a threat to the equivalent can result in engine Oil Flushes damage not covered by the environment. If you change your vehicle warranty. Check with your Do not add anything to the oil. The own oil, be sure to drain all the oil dealer or service provider on recommended oils with the dexos from the filter before disposal. Never whether the oil is approved to the specification and displaying the dispose of oil by putting it in the dexos1 specification. dexos certification mark are all that trash or pouring it on the ground, is needed for good performance and into sewers, or into streams or Viscosity Grade engine protection. bodies of water. Recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil. SAE 5W‐30 is the best viscosity Engine oil system flushes are not grade for the vehicle. Do not use recommended and could cause other viscosity grade oils such as engine damage not covered by the SAE 10W‐30, 10W‐40, or 20W‐50. vehicle warranty. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)
10-12 Vehicle Care
Engine Oil Life System It is possible that, if driving under How to Reset the Engine Oil the best conditions, the oil life Life System When to Change Engine Oil system might indicate that an oil Reset the system whenever the This vehicle has a computer system change is not necessary for up to a year. The engine oil and filter must engine oil is changed so that the that indicates when to change the system can calculate the next engine oil and filter. This is based be changed at least once a year and, at this time, the system must engine oil change. To reset the on a combination of factors which system: include engine revolutions, engine be reset. Your dealer has trained temperature, and miles driven. service people who will perform this 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with Based on driving conditions, the work and reset the system. It is also the engine off. important to check the oil regularly mileage at which an oil change is 2. Press the DIC MENU button on over the course of an oil drain indicated can vary considerably. For the turn signal lever to enter the interval and keep it at the the oil life system to work properly, Vehicle Information Menu. Use proper level. the system must be reset every time the thumbwheel to scroll through the oil is changed. If the system is ever reset the menu items until you reach When the system has calculated accidentally, the oil must be REMAINING OIL LIFE. changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) that oil life has been diminished, it 3. Press the SET/CLR button to since the last oil change. indicates that an oil change is reset the oil life at 100%. necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE Remember to reset the oil life 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. OIL SOON message comes on. See system whenever the oil is changed. Engine Oil Messages on page 5‑35. Change the oil as soon as possible within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)
Vehicle Care 10-13
The system is reset when the There is a special procedure for When to Inspect the Engine Air CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON checking and changing the Cleaner/Filter message is off and the REMAINING transmission fluid. Because this OIL LIFE 100% message is procedure is difficult, you should Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the displayed. have this done at your dealer scheduled maintenance intervals and replace it at the first oil change If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL service department. Contact your dealer for additional information or after each 80 000 km (50,000 mi) message comes back on when the interval. See Maintenance Schedule vehicle is started, the engine oil life the procedure can be found in the service manual. To purchase a on page 11‑3 for more information. system has not been reset. Repeat If you are driving in dusty/dirty the procedure. service manual, see Service Publications Ordering Information conditions, inspect the filter at each engine oil change. Automatic Transmission on page 13‑16. Fluid Change the fluid and filter at the How to Inspect the Engine Air intervals listed in Maintenance Cleaner/Filter How to Check Automatic Schedule on page 11‑3, and be To inspect the air cleaner/filter, Transmission Fluid sure to use the fluid listed in remove the filter from the vehicle Recommended Fluids and and lightly shake the filter to release It is not necessary to check the Lubricants on page 11‑14. transmission fluid level. loose dust and dirt. If the filter remains covered with dirt, a new A transmission fluid leak is the only Engine Air Cleaner/Filter reason for fluid loss. If a leak filter is required. occurs, take the vehicle to your The engine air cleaner/filter is dealer service department and have located in the engine compartment it repaired as soon as possible. on the driver side of the vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview on page 10‑6 for more information on location. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)
10-14 Vehicle Care
To inspect or replace the engine air 5. Lower the filter cover housing 4. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/filter: toward the engine. cleaner/filter. 2.4L L4 Engine 6. Install the six screws on the top 5. Lower the filter cover housing of the housing to lock the cover toward the engine. in place. 6. Install the screws on the top of 3.6L V6 Engine the housing to lock the cover in place.
{ WARNING
Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filter off can cause you or others to be burned. The air cleaner not only cleans the air; it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires. Use caution when 1. Remove the six screws on top of working on the engine and do not the engine air cleaner/filter drive with the air cleaner/filter off. housing. 2. Lift the filter cover housing away 1. Remove the screws on top of Notice: If the air cleaner/filter is from the engine air cleaner/filter the engine air cleaner/filter off, dirt can easily get into the housing. housing. engine, which could damage it. 3. Pull out the filter. 2. Lift the filter cover housing away Always have the air cleaner/filter 4. Inspect or replace the engine air from the engine. in place when you are driving. cleaner/filter. 3. Pull out the filter. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)
Vehicle Care 10-15
Cooling System 3.6L V6 Engine { WARNING The cooling system allows the engine to maintain the correct Heater and radiator hoses, and working temperature. other engine parts, can be very hot. Do not touch them. If you do, When it is safe to lift the hood: you can be burned. 2.4L L4 Engine Do not run the engine if there is a leak. If you run the engine, it could lose all coolant. That could cause an engine fire, and you could be burned. Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle.
A. Engine Cooling Fans Notice: Using coolant other than (Out of View) DEX-COOL® can cause premature B. Coolant Surge Tank and engine, heater core, or radiator Pressure Cap corrosion. In addition, the engine coolant could require changing { WARNING sooner. Any repairs would not be A. Engine Cooling Fans (Out covered by the vehicle warranty. of View) An electric engine cooling fan Always use DEX-COOL under the hood can start up even (silicate-free) coolant in B. Coolant Surge Tank and when the engine is not running the vehicle. Pressure Cap and can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from any underhood electric fan. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)
10-16 Vehicle Care
Engine Coolant . Protects against rust and WARNING (Continued) corrosion. The cooling system in the vehicle is . Will not damage aluminum parts. filled with DEX-COOL® engine mixture, the engine could get too coolant mixture. See Recommended hot but you would not get the . Helps keep the proper engine Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑14 overheat warning. The engine temperature. and Maintenance Schedule on could catch fire and you or others Notice: If an improper coolant page 11‑3 for more information. could be burned. Use a 50/ mixture is used, the engine could The following explains the cooling 50 mixture of clean, drinkable overheat and be badly damaged. system and how to check and add water and DEX-COOL coolant for The repair cost would not be coolant when it is low. If there is a non-eAssist engine(s). Use a 50/ covered by the vehicle warranty. problem with engine overheating, 50 mixture of deionized water and Too much deionized water or see Engine Overheating on DEX-COOL coolant for eAssist clean, drinkable water in the page 10‑19. engine(s). mixture can freeze and crack the engine, radiator, heater core, and What to Use other parts. Use a 50/50 mixture of deionized Never dispose of engine coolant by { WARNING water or clean, drinkable water and DEX-COOL coolant. If using this putting it in the trash, pouring it on Adding only plain water or some mixture, nothing else needs to the ground, or into sewers, streams, or bodies of water. Have the coolant other liquid to the cooling system be added. changed by an authorized service can be dangerous. Plain water This mixture: center, familiar with legal and other liquids, can boil before . Gives freezing protection down requirements regarding used the proper coolant mixture will. to −37°C (−34°F), outside coolant disposal. This will help The coolant warning system is set temperature. protect the environment and for the proper coolant mixture. . your health. With plain water or the wrong Gives boiling protection up to 129°C (265°F), engine (Continued) temperature. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1)
Vehicle Care 10-17
Checking Coolant How to Add Coolant to the { WARNING The vehicle must be on a level Coolant Surge Tank surface when checking the An electric engine cooling fan coolant level. { WARNING under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running Check to see if coolant is visible in You can be burned if you spill and can cause injury. Keep the coolant surge tank. If the coolant coolant on hot engine parts. hands, clothing, and tools away inside the coolant surge tank is Coolant contains ethylene glycol boiling, do not do anything else from any underhood electric fan. and it will burn if the engine parts until it cools down. are hot enough. Do not spill If coolant is visible but the coolant coolant on a hot engine. level is not at or above the mark { WARNING pointed to, add a 50/50 mixture of deionized water or clean drinkable Notice: This vehicle has a Steam and scalding liquids from a specific coolant fill procedure. water and DEX-COOL coolant. hot cooling system can blow out Failure to follow this procedure and burn you badly. They are Be sure the cooling system is cool could cause the engine to before this is done. overheat and be severely under pressure, and if you turn the surge tank pressure If no coolant is visible in the coolant damaged. cap even a little they can surge tank, add coolant as follows: — — come out at high speed. Never turn the cap when the cooling system, including the surge tank pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling system and surge tank pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1)
10-18 Vehicle Care
4. With the coolant surge tank cap off, start the engine and let it run until the upper radiator hose starts getting hot. Watch out for the engine cooling fans. By this time, the coolant level inside the The coolant surge tank pressure coolant surge tank may be cap can be removed when the lower. If the level is lower, add cooling system, including the surge more of the proper mixture to the tank pressure cap and upper coolant surge tank until the level radiator hose, is no longer hot. reaches the mark pointed to on the front of the coolant 1. Turn the pressure cap slowly surge tank. counterclockwise. If a hiss is 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with heard, wait for that to stop. the proper mixture to the mark 5. Replace the cap. Be sure the A hiss means there is still pointed to on the front of the cap is hand–tight and fully some pressure left. coolant surge tank. seated. 2. Keep turning the cap and Notice: If the pressure cap is not remove it. tightly installed, coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur. Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1)
Vehicle Care 10-19
Engine Overheating and Canada) on page 13‑9 or If No Steam Is Coming from Roadside Assistance Program the Engine Compartment 2.4L L4 Engine (Mexico) on page 13‑9. If an engine overheat warning is There is a engine coolant If the decision is made to lift the displayed but no steam can be seen temperature warning light on the hood, make sure the vehicle is or heard, the problem might not be instrument panel cluster that parked on a level surface. too serious. Sometimes the engine indicates an overheated engine Then check to see if the engine can get a little too hot when condition. See Engine Coolant the vehicle: Temperature Warning Light on cooling fans are running. If the engine is overheating, the fans . page 5‑22 for more information. Climbs a long hill on a hot day. should be running. If not, do not 3.6L V6 Engine continue to run the engine and . Stops after high-speed driving. There is a coolant temperature have the vehicle serviced. . Idles for long periods in traffic. gauge and a engine coolant Notice: Engine damage from . Tows a trailer. temperature warning light on the running the engine without If the overheat warning displays with instrument panel cluster that coolant is not covered by the no sign of steam: indicate an overheated engine warranty. condition. See Engine Coolant 1. Turn the air conditioning off. Temperature Gauge on page 5‑13 If Steam Is Coming from the Engine Compartment 2. Turn the heater on to the highest and Engine Coolant Temperature temperature and to the highest Warning Light on page 5‑22 for See Overheated Engine Protection fan speed. Open the windows more information. Operating Mode on page 10‑20 for as necessary. If the decision is made not to lift the information on driving to a safe place in an emergency. 3. In heavy traffic, let the engine hood when this warning appears, idle in N (Neutral) while stopped. get service help right away. See If it is safe to do so, pull off the Roadside Assistance Program (U.S. road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral), and let the engine idle. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1)
10-20 Vehicle Care
2.4L L4 Engine If the warning continues, pull over, 2.4L L4 Engine If the engine coolant temperature stop, and park the vehicle The engine coolant temperature warning light no longer displays, the right away. warning light comes on the vehicle can be driven. Continue to If there is no sign of steam, idle the instrument panel, to indicate the drive the vehicle slowly for about engine for three minutes while vehicle has entered overheated 10 minutes. Keep a safe vehicle parked. If the warning is still engine protection operating mode. distance from the vehicle in front. displayed, turn off the engine until it Driving extended distances and/or If the warning does not come back cools down. Also, see Overheated towing a trailer in the overheat on, continue to drive normally. Engine Protection Operating Mode protection mode should be avoided. on page 10‑20. 3.6L V6 Engine 3.6L V6 Engine If the temperature overheat gauge is Overheated Engine The engine coolant temperature no longer in the overheat zone or an Protection warning light comes on the engine coolant temperature warning instrument panel, to indicate the light no longer displays, the vehicle Operating Mode vehicle has entered overheated can be driven. Continue to drive the This emergency operating mode engine protection operating mode. vehicle slowly for about 10 minutes. allows the vehicle to be driven to a The temperature gauge also Keep a safe vehicle distance from safe place in an emergency indicates an overheat condition the vehicle in front. If the warning situation. If an overheated engine exists. Driving extended distances does not come back on, continue to condition exists, an overheat and/or towing a trailer in the drive normally. protection mode which alternates overheat protection mode should firing groups of cylinders helps be avoided. prevent engine damage. In this mode, there is significant loss in power and engine performance. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (21,1)
Vehicle Care 10-21
Power Steering Fluid A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem. Have the (2.4L L4 Engine) system inspected and repaired. The vehicle has electric power steering and does not use power How to Check Power Steering steering fluid. Fluid Check the level after the vehicle has Power Steering Fluid been driven for at least 20 minutes (3.6L V6 Engine) so the fluid is warm. To check the power steering fluid: 1. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF and let the engine compartment When the engine is hot, the level cool down. should be at the hot MAX level. 2. Wipe the cap and the top of the When the engine is cold, the fluid reservoir clean. level should be between MIN and See Engine Compartment Overview 3. Unscrew the cap and pull it MAX on the dipstick. on page 10‑6 for information on the straight up. What to Use location of the power steering fluid 4. Wipe the dipstick with a reservoir. To determine what kind of fluid to clean rag. use, see Recommended Fluids and When to Check Power Steering 5. Replace the cap and completely Lubricants on page 11‑14. Always Fluid tighten it. use the proper fluid. It is not necessary to regularly 6. Remove the cap again and look check power steering fluid unless a at the fluid level on the dipstick. leak is suspected in the system or an unusual noise is heard. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (22,1)
10-22 Vehicle Care
Washer Fluid Notice Brakes . What to Use When using concentrated This vehicle has disc brakes. washer fluid, follow the Disc brake pads have built-in wear When windshield washer fluid is manufacturer's instructions indicators that make a high-pitched needed, be sure to read the for adding water. warning sound when the brake pads manufacturer's instructions before . Do not mix water with are worn and new pads are needed. use. If operating the vehicle in an ready-to-use washer fluid. The sound can come and go or be area where the temperature may fall Water can cause the solution heard all the time the vehicle is below freezing, use a fluid that has to freeze and damage the moving, except when applying the sufficient protection against washer fluid tank and other brake pedal firmly. freezing. parts of the washer system. Adding Washer Fluid Also, water does not clean as { WARNING well as washer fluid. The brake wear warning sound . Fill the washer fluid tank only three-quarters full when it is means that soon the brakes will very cold. This allows for not work well. That could lead to fluid expansion if freezing a crash. When the brake wear occurs, which could damage warning sound is heard, have the the tank if it is vehicle serviced. Open the cap with the washer completely full. symbol on it. Add washer fluid until . Do not use engine coolant Notice: Continuing to drive with the tank is full. See Engine (antifreeze) in the windshield worn-out brake pads could result Compartment Overview on washer. It can damage the in costly brake repair. page 10‑6 for reservoir location. windshield washer system and paint. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (23,1)
Vehicle Care 10-23
Some driving conditions or climates Brake Adjustment Brake Fluid can cause a brake squeal when the Every time the brakes are applied, brakes are first applied or lightly with or without the vehicle moving, applied. This does not mean the brakes adjust for wear. something is wrong with the brakes. Properly torqued wheel nuts are Replacing Brake System Parts necessary to help prevent brake The braking system on a vehicle is pulsation. When tires are rotated, complex. Its many parts have to be inspect brake pads for wear and of top quality and work well together The brake master cylinder reservoir evenly tighten wheel nuts in the if the vehicle is to have really good is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as proper sequence to torque braking. The vehicle was designed indicated on the reservoir cap. See specifications in Capacities and and tested with top-quality brake Engine Compartment Overview on Specifications on page 12‑2. parts. When parts of the braking page 10‑6 for the location of the Brake linings should always be system are replaced, be sure to get reservoir. new, approved replacement parts. replaced as complete axle sets. There are only two reasons why the If this is not done, the brakes might brake fluid level in the reservoir Brake Pedal Travel not work properly. For example, might go down: See your dealer if the brake pedal installing disc brake pads that are . does not return to normal height, wrong for the vehicle, can change The brake fluid level goes down or if there is a rapid increase in the balance between the front and because of normal brake lining pedal travel. This could be a sign rear brakes — for the worse. The wear. When new linings are that brake service might be braking performance expected can installed, the fluid level goes required. change in many other ways if the back up. wrong replacement brake parts are installed. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (24,1)
10-24 Vehicle Care
. A fluid leak in the brake When the brake fluid falls to a low Notice hydraulic system can also cause level, the brake warning light comes a low fluid level. Have the brake . Using the wrong fluid on. See Brake System Warning can badly damage brake hydraulic system fixed, since a Light on page 5‑19. leak means that sooner or later hydraulic system parts. For the brakes will not work well. What to Add example, just a few drops of mineral-based oil, such as Do not top off the brake fluid. Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid engine oil, in the brake Adding fluid does not correct a leak. from a sealed container. See hydraulic system can If fluid is added when the linings are Recommended Fluids and damage brake hydraulic worn, there will be too much fluid Lubricants on page 11‑14. system parts so badly that when new brake linings are Always clean the brake fluid they will have to be replaced. installed. Add or remove brake fluid, reservoir cap and the area around Do not let someone put in as necessary, only when work is the cap before removing it. This the wrong kind of fluid. done on the brake hydraulic system. helps keep dirt from entering the . If brake fluid is spilled on the reservoir. vehicle's painted surfaces, { WARNING the paint finish can be { WARNING If too much brake fluid is added, it damaged. Be careful not to spill brake fluid on the can spill on the engine and burn, With the wrong kind of fluid in the vehicle. If you do, wash it if the engine is hot enough. You brake hydraulic system, the off immediately. or others could be burned, and brakes might not work well. This the vehicle could be damaged. could cause a crash. Always use Add brake fluid only when work the proper brake fluid. is done on the brake hydraulic system. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (25,1)
Vehicle Care 10-25
Battery Vehicle Storage This vehicle has a standard 12‐volt battery. Refer to the replacement { WARNING number on the original battery label Batteries have acid that can burn when a new standard 12 volt battery ‐ you and gas that can explode. is needed. You can be badly hurt if you are eAssist vehicles also have a high not careful. See Jump Starting voltage battery. Only a trained (with or without eAssist) on service technician with the proper page 10‑90 or Jump Starting knowledge and tools should inspect, (On-board with eAssist Only) on test, or replace the high voltage page 10‑93 for tips on working battery. See your dealer if the high The eAssist system high voltage around a battery without voltage battery needs service. The battery is cooled with air drawn from getting hurt. dealer has information on how to the vehicle interior. The cold air recycle the high voltage battery. intake for the battery is located There is also information available behind the rear seat, on the filler Infrequent Usage: Remove the at http://www.recyclemybattery.com. panel. Do not cover the intake. 12‐volt battery black, negative (−) cable from the battery to keep the battery from running down. { WARNING Extended Storage: Remove the Battery posts, terminals, and 12‐volt battery black, negative (−) related accessories contain lead cable from the battery or use a and lead compounds, chemicals battery trickle charger. known to the State of California to Remember to reconnect the battery cause cancer and reproductive when ready to drive the vehicle. harm. Wash hands after handling. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (26,1)
10-26 Vehicle Care
Starter Switch Check 3. Try to start the engine in each 2. Firmly apply the parking brake. gear. The vehicle should start See Parking Brake on only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). page 9 34. { WARNING ‑ If the vehicle starts in any other Be ready to apply the regular When you are doing this position, contact your dealer for brake immediately if the vehicle service. inspection, the vehicle could begins to move. move suddenly. If the vehicle Automatic Transmission 3. With the engine off, turn the moves, you or others could ignition on, but do not start the be injured. Shift Lock Control engine. Without applying the Function Check regular brake, try to move the 1. Before starting this check, be shift lever out of P (Park) with sure there is enough room { WARNING normal effort. If the shift lever around the vehicle. moves out of P (Park), contact When you are doing this your dealer for service. 2. Firmly apply both the parking inspection, the vehicle could brake and the regular brake. move suddenly. If the vehicle See Parking Brake on moves, you or others could be page 9‑34. injured. Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it 1. Before starting this check, be starts. sure there is enough room around the vehicle. It should be parked on a level surface. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (27,1)
Vehicle Care 10-27
Ignition Transmission Park Brake and P (Park) . To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding ability: Lock Check Mechanism Check With the engine running, shift to While parked, and with the parking P (Park). Then release the brake set, try to turn the ignition to { WARNING parking brake followed by the LOCK/OFF in each shift lever regular brake. When you are doing this check, position. Contact your dealer if service is the vehicle could begin to move. required. . The ignition should turn to You or others could be injured LOCK/OFF only when the shift and property could be damaged. Wiper Blade Replacement lever is in P (Park). Make sure there is room in front . With the key access ignition of the vehicle in case it begins to Windshield wiper blades should be system, the ignition key should roll. Be ready to apply the regular inspected for wear and cracking. come out only in LOCK/OFF. brake at once should the vehicle See Maintenance Schedule on See Ignition Positions (Key begin to move. page 11‑3 for more information. Access) on page 9‑16 or Ignition Replacement blades come in Positions (Keyless Access) on different types and are removed in page 9‑18. Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing downhill. Keeping different ways. For proper type Contact your dealer if service your foot on the regular brake, set and length, see Maintenance is required. the parking brake. Replacement Parts on page 11‑16. . To check the parking brake's holding ability: With the engine running and the transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (28,1)
10-28 Vehicle Care
To replace the windshield wiper 3. With the latch open, pull the Headlamp Aiming blade: wiper blade down toward the The headlamp aiming system has 1. Pull the windshield wiper windshield far enough to release been preset at the factory. assembly away from the it from the J-hooked end of the windshield. wiper arm. If the vehicle is damaged in an 4. Remove the wiper blade. accident, the aim of the headlamps may be affected and adjustment Allowing the wiper blade arm to may be necessary. touch the windshield when no wiper blade is installed could It is recommended that a dealer damage the windshield. Any adjust the headlamps. To re-aim damage that occurs would not the headlamps yourself, use the be covered by the vehicle following procedure. warranty. Do not allow the wiper The vehicle should be properly blade to touch the windshield. prepared as follows: 5. Reverse Steps 1 through 3 for . The vehicle should be placed so wiper blade replacement. the headlamps are 7.6 m (25 ft) from a light‐colored wall. 2. Lift up on the latch in the middle . The vehicle must have all four of the wiper blade where the tires on a level surface which is wiper arm attaches. level all the way to the wall. . The vehicle should be placed so it is perpendicular to the wall or other flat surface. . The vehicle should not have any snow, ice, or mud on it. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (29,1)
Vehicle Care 10-29
. The vehicle should be fully To adjust the vertical aim: assembled and all other work stopped while headlamp aiming 1. Open the hood. See Hood on is being performed. page 10‑5. . The vehicle should be normally loaded with a full tank of fuel and one person or 75 kg (160 lbs) sitting in the driver seat. . Tires should be properly inflated. Headlamp aiming is done with the vehicle's low-beam headlamps. The high-beam headlamps will be Uplevel correctly aimed if the low-beam headlamps are aimed properly. 2. Locate the aim dot on the lens of the low‐beam headlamp. Base 3. Measure the distance from the ground to the aim dot on the low‐beam headlamp. Record the distance. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (30,1)
10-30 Vehicle Care
6. Turn on the low-beam headlamps and place a piece of cardboard or equivalent in front of the headlamp not being adjusted. This allows only the beam of light from the headlamp being adjusted to be seen on the flat surface.
4. At the wall, measure from the ground upward (A) to the recorded distance from Step 3 and mark it. Uplevel 5. Draw or tape a horizontal line (B) 7. Locate the vertical headlamp on the wall the width of the aiming screws, which are under vehicle at the height of the the hood near each headlamp mark in Step 4. assembly. Notice: Do not cover a headlamp 8. Turn the vertical aiming screw to improve beam cut-off when until the headlamp beam is aiming. Covering a headlamp may aimed to the horizontal tape line. Base cause excessive heat build-up Turn it clockwise or which may cause damage to the counterclockwise to raise or headlamp. lower the angle of the beam. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (31,1)
Vehicle Care 10-31
Bulb Replacement High Intensity Discharge For the proper type of replacement (HID) Lighting bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on page 10‑35. { WARNING For any bulb changing procedure The low beam high intensity not listed in this section, contact discharge lighting system your dealer. operates at a very high voltage. 9. Make sure that the light from the Halogen Bulbs If you try to service any of the headlamp is positioned at the system components, you could be bottom edge of the horizontal seriously injured. Have your tape line. The lamp on the { WARNING dealer or a qualified technician left (A) shows the correct service them. Halogen bulbs have pressurized headlamp aim. The lamp on the gas inside and can burst if you right (B) shows the incorrect After an HID headlamp bulb has headlamp aim. drop or scratch the bulb. You or others could be injured. Be sure been replaced, the beam might be a 10. Repeat Steps 7 through 9 for to read and follow the instructions slightly different shade than it was the opposite headlamp. on the bulb package. originally. This is normal. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (32,1)
10-32 Vehicle Care
Headlamps, Front Turn To replace one of these bulbs: 3. Remove the bulb socket 1. Open the hood. See Hood on from the headlamp by Signal and Parking turning counterclockwise page 10‑5. Lamps one‐quarter turn. Base Headlamp Assembly 4. Remove the bulb from the socket. If replacing the high/ The base model vehicle has a low‐beam bulb, pry the two clips halogen high-beam headlamp, a on either end of the bulb and pull low-beam/Daytime Running straight out. Lamp (DRL) headlamp, and a turn signal/parking lamp on the 5. Install the new bulb in the headlamp assembly. socket. 6. Install the bulb socket by turning clockwise one‐quarter turn. 7. If a headlamp bulb was replaced, install the dust cover A. Low-Beam Headlamp/DRL in the back of the headlamp housing by turning clockwise B. High-Beam Headlamp one‐quarter turn. C. Parking/Turn Signal Lamp 2. If replacing a headlamp bulb, remove the dust cover from the back of the headlamp housing by turning counterclockwise one‐quarter turn. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (33,1)
Vehicle Care 10-33
Uplevel Headlamp Assembly 2. Turn the bulb socket To replace one of these lamps: counterclockwise to remove it The uplevel model vehicle has a 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on from the headlamp assembly. high intensity discharge (HID) high/ page 2‑12. low beam, a dedicated DRL, and a 3. Pull the bulb straight out from 2. Remove the fasteners and pull parking/turn signal lamp on the the socket. back the trunk trim. headlamp assembly. See High 4. Push the new bulb into the 3. Remove the four plastic wing Intensity Discharge (HID) Lighting socket and reinstall the socket on page 10‑31 for more information. nuts holding the taillamp into the headlamp assembly by assembly in place. To replace one of these bulbs: turning it clockwise. 4. Pull out the taillamp assembly 1. Open the hood. See Hood on and disconnect the wiring page 10‑5. Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, and Back-Up harness. 5. Turn the bulb socket Lamps counterclockwise to remove it. 6. Pull the old bulb straight out of the bulb socket. 7. Reverse Steps 1 through 6 to install.
A. DRL Lamp A. Back‐Up Lamp B. Parking/Turn Signal Lamp B. Turn Signal Lamp Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (34,1)
10-34 Vehicle Care
License Plate Lamp 5. Push the replacement bulb straight into the bulb socket and The license plate lamps for this turn the bulb socket clockwise to vehicle are on the trunk lid. install it into the lamp assembly. To replace one of these bulbs: 6. Move the lamp assembly into 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on the trunk lid, engaging the page 2‑12 for more information. clip side first. 7. Push on the lamp side opposite the clip until the lamp assembly snaps into place.
A. Bulb Socket B. Bulb C. Lamp Assembly 3. Turn the bulb socket (A) counterclockwise to remove it from the lamp assembly (C). 4. Pull the bulb (B) straight out of 2. Push the end on either of the the bulb socket. lamp assemblies (passenger side shown) and then move the lamp assembly down to remove it from the trunk lid. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (35,1)
Vehicle Care 10-35
Replacement Bulbs Electrical System Electrical System Bulb Overload Exterior Lamp Number High Voltage Devices and The vehicle has fuses and circuit Back-Up Lamp 921LL Wiring breakers to protect against an electrical system overload. Daytime Running 3157K LCP { WARNING Lamp (Uplevel) When the current electrical load is too heavy, the circuit breaker opens Front Turn Signal/ 3757NAK Exposure to high voltage can and closes, protecting the circuit Parking Lamp LCP cause shock, burns, and even until the current load returns to death. The high voltage Headlamp High normal or the problem is fixed. This H9 components in the vehicle can Beam (Base) greatly reduces the chance of circuit only be serviced by technicians overload and fire caused by Headlamp Low with special training. H11LL electrical problems. Beam (Base) High voltage components are Fuses and circuit breakers protect License Plate Lamp W5WLL identified by labels. Do not power devices in the vehicle. 3757NAK remove, open, take apart, Replace a bad fuse with a new one Rear Turn Signal LCP or modify these components. of the identical size and rating. High voltage cable or wiring has If there is a problem on the road and For replacement bulbs not listed orange covering. Do not probe, tamper with, cut, or modify high a fuse needs to be replaced, the here, contact your dealer. same amperage fuse can be voltage cable or wiring. borrowed. Choose some feature of the vehicle that is not needed to use and replace it as soon as possible. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (36,1)
10-36 Vehicle Care
Headlamp Wiring Fuses and Circuit Engine Compartment An electrical overload may cause Breakers Fuse Block the lamps to go on and off, or in The wiring circuits in the vehicle are some cases to remain off. Have the protected from short circuits by a headlamp wiring checked right away combination of fuses and circuit if the lamps go on and off or breakers. This greatly reduces the remain off. chance of damage caused by Windshield Wipers electrical problems. If the wiper motor overheats due to To check a fuse, look at the heavy snow or ice, the windshield silver-colored band inside the fuse. wipers will stop until the motor cools If the band is broken or melted, and will then restart. replace the fuse. Be sure to replace a bad fuse with a new one of the Although the circuit is protected identical size and rating. from electrical overload, overload due to heavy snow or ice may Fuses of the same amperage can To remove the fuse block cover, cause wiper linkage damage. be temporarily borrowed from squeeze the three retaining clips on Always clear ice and heavy snow another fuse location, if a fuse goes the cover and lift it straight up. from the windshield before using the out. Replace the fuse as soon as windshield wipers. possible. Notice: Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the If the overload is caused by an To identify and check fuses, circuit vehicle may damage it. Always electrical problem and not snow or breakers, and relays, see Engine keep the covers on any electrical ice, be sure to get it fixed. Compartment Fuse Block on component. page 10‑36, Instrument Panel Fuse Block on page 10‑40, and Rear Compartment Fuse Block on page 10‑42. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (37,1)
Vehicle Care 10-37
J-Case Usage Fuses Rear Power 21 Windows 22 Sunroof Front Power 24 Windows Passive Entry/ Passive Start 25 Module — Battery 2 (eAssist) Antilock Brake 26 System Pump 27 Electric Park Brake Engine Compartment Fuse Block Rear Window 28 Defogger The vehicle may not be equipped J-Case Usage Brake with all of the fuses, relays, and Fuses 41 features shown. Vacuum Pump 6 Wiper 42 Cooling Fan K2 12 Starter 43 Not Used Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (38,1)
10-38 Vehicle Care
J-Case Usage Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Fuses Ignition Coils — Odd Motor Generator Transmission 9 (Six Cylinder 14 Unit Coolant Pump 44 Auxiliary Oil Pump Engine) (eAssist) (eAssist) Engine Control Run/Crank for 45 Cooling Fan K1 Module — Switched 16 eAssist Power 10 Battery (from Engine Inverter Module 59 AIR Pump Control Module Airbag Module Relay) 17 — Mini Fuses Usage Run/Crank Six Cylinder Engine: Vented Seats Transmission Post Catalytic 18 (eAssist) 1 Control Module — Converter Oxygen Battery 11 Sensor Heater, Variable Effort Engine Control Mass Air Flow Steering (if 2 Module Battery Sensor, Flex Fuel 23 equipped) or eAssist Sensor Power Inverter Air Conditioning 3 Module Compressor Clutch Run/Crank for Transmission 29 Power Lumbar, Left Engine Control 13 Control Module and 5 Power Lumbar, Module Run/Crank Fuel System Control Right or Power Pack Module 30 Ignition Coils — Cooling Fan Even (Six Cylinder Cabin Heater (eAssist) 8 Engine), Ignition 14 Coolant Pump Coils — All (Four (eAssist) Cylinder Engine Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (39,1)
Vehicle Care 10-39
Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Passive Entry/ Six Cylinder Engine: Run/Crank for Inside Passive Start Pre Catalytic 53 Rearview Mirror, 31 Module — Battery 1 Converter Oxygen Rear Vision Camera (eAssist) Sensor Heater, Run/Crank for: Canister Purge Body Control 54 Heating, Ventilation 32 Solenoid. Four Module 6 and Air Conditioning 47 Cylinder Engine: Pre Heated Seat and Post Catalytic Outside Rearview 33 — Front Converter Oxygen Mirror, Universal 55 Garage Door Antilock Brake Sensor Heaters, 34 Opener, Front System Valves Canister Purge Solenoid, Mass Air Window Switches 35 Amplifier Flow Sensor. 56 Windshield Washer Adaptive Forward 48 Fog Lamps 60 Heated Mirror 36 Lighting (AFL) Motors Battery Right High Intensity 62 Canister Vent — 49 Discharge 37 Right High Beam Headlamp Adaptive Forward 64 Lighting (AFL) 38 Left High Beam Left High Intensity Module — Battery 46 Cooling Fan Relay 50 Discharge Headlamp 65 Not Used AIR Solenoid 51 Horn 66 (eAssist) 52 Cluster Run/Crank Fuel System Control 67 Module Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (40,1)
10-40 Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses Usage Micro Usage Instrument Panel Fuse Relays Regulated Voltage Block 69 Control Sensor Air Conditioning 1 Compressor Clutch Ultrasonic Parking 70 Assist/Side 2 Starter Blind Zone 4 Wiper Speed
Mini Relays Usage 5 Wiper Control Engine Control Cabin Heater 7 Module 6 Coolant Pump (eAssist) 9 Cooling Fan 10 Cooling Fan 13 Cooling Fan Headlamp 15 Run/Crank 14 Low Beam The instrument panel fuse block is 16 AIR Pump located in the instrument panel, on Ultra Micro Usage Rear Window the driver side of the vehicle. To 17 Relays Defogger access the fuses, open the fuse Transmission panel door by pulling down at 11 Auxiliary Oil Pump the top. (eAssist) Press in on the sides of the door to release it from the instrument panel. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (41,1)
Vehicle Care 10-41
Fuses Usage Steering Wheel 1 Controls Backlight Body Control 2 Module 7 Body Control 3 Module 5 4 Radio 5 OnStar Pull the door toward you to release 6 Power Outlet 1 it from the hinge. 7 Power Outlet 2 Body Control 8 Module 1 Body Control 9 Module 4 Body Control 10 Module 8 (J‐Case Fuse) Front Heater Instrument Panel Fuse Block Ventilation Air 11 The vehicle may not be equipped Conditioning/Blower with all of the fuses, relays, and (J‐Case Fuse) features shown. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (42,1)
10-42 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Rear Compartment Fuse Passenger Seat Instrument Panel Block 12 21 (Circuit Breaker) Cluster Driver Seat (Circuit Discrete Logic 13 22 Breaker) Ignition Switch Diagnostic Link Body Control 14 23 Connector Module 3 15 Airbag Body Control 24 Module 2 16 Trunk Rear Heater Heater Ventilation 25 Ventilation Air 17 Air Conditioning Conditioning/Blower Controller 26 AC/DC Inverter Pre Fuse for Fuses 18 ‐ The rear compartment fuse block is 4 and 5 located on the left side of the trunk Relays Usage Infotainment and behind a cover. Vehicles with Center Stack R1 Trunk Relay eAssist do not have a rear Displays, Head‐Up R2 Not Used compartment fuse block. Display, Preferred 19 Device Interface R3 Power Outlet Relay Module, Rear Seat Infotainment (eAssist) Automatic Occupant 20 Sensing Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (43,1)
Vehicle Care 10-43
Mini Fuses Usage 17 Not Used Passive Entry/ Passive Start 18 Module — Battery 1 (without eAssist) 19 Not Used Run/Crank for Rear Sunshade (without 20 eAssist), Ventilated Seats (without eAssist) 21 Not Used 22 Not Used 23 Not Used The vehicle may not be equipped Mini Fuses Usage with all of the fuses, relays, and 24 Not Used features shown. 7 Not Used 25 Not Used Mini Fuses Usage 8 Not Used 26 Not Used 5 Not Used 12 Not Used 27 Not Used Heated Steering 15 Not Used 28 Not Used 6 Wheel Run/Crank — 16 Not Used 29 Not Used (without eAssist) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (44,1)
10-44 Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses Usage J‐Case Usage Wheels and Tires Fuses 30 Not Used 14 Not Used Tires Electronic 31 Suspension Control 34 Not Used Every new GM vehicle has (without eAssist) high-quality tires made by a Passive Entry/ Rear Seat Passive Start leading tire manufacturer. 35 32 Infotainment (without Module — Battery 2 See the warranty manual for eAssist) (without eAssist) information regarding the tire warranty and where to get All Wheel Drive 36 Not Used 33 ‐ service. For additional (without eAssist) 37 Not Used information refer to the tire manufacturer. J Case Usage ‐ Relays Usage Fuses K1 Not Used { WARNING 1 Not Used Run/Crank Relay for . Poorly maintained and 2 Not Used Seat Ventilation improperly used tires are 3 Not Used K2 (without eAssist), dangerous. Sunshade (without 4 Not Used . Overloading the tires can eAssist) cause overheating as a result 9 Not Used Run Relay for of too much flexing. There 10 Not Used Heated Steering could be a blowout and a K3 Wheel (without serious crash. See Vehicle 11 Not Used eAssist) Load Limits on page 9‑10. 13 Not Used K4 Not Used (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (45,1)
Vehicle Care 10-45
Winter tires, in general, are WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) designed for increased traction on snow and ice covered roads. With . . Underinflated tires pose the Improperly repaired tires can winter tires, there may be decreased same danger as overloaded cause a crash. Only the dry road traction, increased road tires. The resulting crash dealer or an authorized tire noise, and shorter tread life. After could cause serious injury. service center should repair, changing to winter tires, be alert Check all tires frequently to replace, dismount, and mount for changes in vehicle handling maintain the recommended the tires. and braking. pressure. Tire pressure . Do not spin the tires in See your dealer for details should be checked when the excess of 55 km/h (35 mph) tires are cold. regarding winter tire availability and on slippery surfaces such proper tire selection. Also, see . Overinflated tires are more as snow, mud, ice, etc. Buying New Tires on page 10‑60. likely to be cut, punctured, Excessive spinning may or broken by a sudden cause the tires to explode. If using snow tires: impact — such as when . Use tires of the same brand and hitting a pothole. Keep tires at Winter Tires tread type on all four wheel the recommended pressure. positions. . Consider installing winter tires on Worn or old tires can cause a . Use only radial ply tires of the the vehicle if frequent driving on crash. If the tread is badly same size, load range, and snow or ice covered roads is worn, replace them. speed rating as the original expected. All season tires provide . equipment tires. Replace any tires that have good overall performance on most been damaged by impacts surfaces, but they may not offer the Winter tires with the same speed with potholes, curbs, etc. traction or the same level of rating as the original equipment tires (Continued) performance as winter tires on may not be available for H, V, W, Y, snow or ice covered roads. and ZR speed rated tires. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (46,1)
10-46 Vehicle Care
If winter tires with a lower speed particular tire's width, height, (D) Tire Identification Number rating are chosen, never exceed the aspect ratio, construction type, (TIN): The letters and numbers tire's maximum speed capability. and service description. See the following the DOT (Department “Tire Size” illustration later in this of Transportation) code are the Tire Sidewall Labeling section for more detail. Tire Identification Number (TIN). Useful information about a tire (B) TPC Spec (Tire The TIN shows the is molded into its sidewall. Performance Criteria manufacturer and plant code, The examples show a typical Specification): Original tire size, and date the tire was passenger vehicle tire and a equipment tires designed to manufactured. The TIN is compact spare tire sidewall. GM's specific tire performance molded onto both sides of the criteria have a TPC specification tire, although only one side may code molded onto the sidewall. have the date of manufacture. GM's TPC specifications meet or (E) Tire Ply Material: The type exceed all federal safety of cord and number of plies in guidelines. the sidewall and under the tread. (C) DOT (Department of (F) Uniform Tire Quality Transportation): The Grading (UTQG): Tire Department of Transportation manufacturers are required to (DOT) code indicates that the grade tires based on three tire is in compliance with the performance factors: treadwear, U.S. Department of traction, and temperature Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire Example Transportation Motor Vehicle resistance. For more information (A) Tire Size: The tire size is a Safety Standards. see Uniform Tire Quality combination of letters and Grading on page 10‑62. numbers used to define a Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (47,1)
Vehicle Care 10-47
(G) Maximum Cold Inflation (B) Temporary Use Only: The (D) Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit: Maximum load compact spare tire or temporary Load Limit: Maximum load that can be carried and the use tire has a tread life of that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to approximately 5 000 km maximum pressure needed to support that load. (3,000 mi) and should not be support that load. driven at speeds over 105 km/h (E) Tire Inflation: (65 mph). The compact spare The temporary use tire or tire is for emergency use when a compact spare tire should be regular road tire has lost air and inflated to 420 kPa (60 psi). gone flat. If the vehicle has a For more information on tire compact spare tire, see pressure and inflation see Tire Compact Spare Tire on Pressure on page 10‑51. page 10‑89 and If a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑64. (F) Tire Size: A combination of letters and numbers define a (C) Tire Identification Number tire's width, height, aspect ratio, (TIN): The letters and numbers construction type, and service Compact Spare Tire Example following the DOT (Department description. The letter T as the of Transportation) code are the (A) Tire Ply Material: The type first character in the tire size Tire Identification Number (TIN). of cord and number of plies in means the tire is for temporary The TIN shows the the sidewall and under the tread. use only. manufacturer and plant code, tire size, and date the tire was manufactured. The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire, although only one side may have the date of manufacture. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (48,1)
10-48 Vehicle Care
(G) TPC Spec (A) Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire: (D) Construction Code: (Tire Performance Criteria The United States version of a A letter code is used to indicate Specification): Original metric tire sizing system. The the type of ply construction in equipment tires designed to letter P as the first character in the tire. The letter R means GM's specific tire performance the tire size means a passenger radial ply construction; the criteria have a TPC specification vehicle tire engineered to letter D means diagonal or code molded onto the sidewall. standards set by the U.S. Tire bias ply construction; and the GM's TPC specifications meet or and Rim Association. letter B means belted‐bias exceed all federal safety ply construction. (B) Tire Width: The three‐digit guidelines. number indicates the tire section (E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of Tire Designations width in millimeters from the wheel in inches. sidewall to sidewall. (F) Service Description: These Tire Size (C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digit characters represent the load The following is an example of a number that indicates the tire index and speed rating of the typical passenger vehicle height‐to‐width measurements. tire. The load index represents tire size. For example, if the tire size the load carrying capacity a tire aspect ratio is 60, as shown in is certified to carry. The speed item C of the illustration, it would rating is the maximum speed a mean that the tire's sidewall is tire is certified to carry a load. 60 percent as high as it is wide. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (49,1)
Vehicle Care 10-49
Tire Terminology and Bead: The tire bead contains DOT Markings: A code molded Definitions steel wires wrapped by steel into the sidewall of a tire cords that hold the tire onto signifying that the tire is in Air Pressure: The amount of the rim. compliance with the U.S. air inside the tire pressing Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire Department of Transportation outward on each square inch of (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety the tire. Air pressure is in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than Standards. The DOT code expressed in kPa (kilopascal) includes the Tire Identification or psi (pounds per square inch). 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread. Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Accessory Weight: The designator which can also combined weight of optional Cold Tire Pressure: The identify the tire manufacturer, accessories. Some examples of amount of air pressure in a tire, production plant, brand, and optional accessories are measured in kPa (kilopascal) date of production. or psi (pounds per square inch) automatic transmission, power GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight steering, power brakes, power before a tire has built up heat from driving. See Tire Pressure Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits windows, power seats, and air on page 9‑10. conditioning. on page 10‑51. Curb Weight: The weight of a GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight Aspect Ratio: The relationship Rating for the front axle. See of a tire's height to its width. motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the Vehicle Load Limits on Belt: A rubber coated layer of maximum capacity of fuel, oil, page 9‑10. cords that is located between and coolant, but without GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight the plies and the tread. Cords passengers and cargo. Rating for the rear axle. See may be made from steel or other Vehicle Load Limits on reinforcing materials. page 9‑10. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (50,1)
10-50 Vehicle Care
Intended Outboard Sidewall: Maximum Loaded Vehicle Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: The side of an asymmetrical tire, Weight: The sum of curb A tire used on passenger cars that must always face outward weight, accessory weight, and some light duty trucks and when mounted on a vehicle. vehicle capacity weight, and multipurpose vehicles. Kilopascal (kPa): The metric production options weight. Recommended Inflation unit for air pressure. Normal Occupant Weight: The Pressure: Vehicle number of occupants a vehicle manufacturer's recommended Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire: A tire used on light duty trucks is designed to seat multiplied by tire inflation pressure as shown and some multipurpose 68 kg (150 lbs). See Vehicle on the tire placard. See Tire passenger vehicles. Load Limits on page 9‑10. Pressure on page 10‑51 Occupant Distribution: andVehicle Load Limits on Load Index: An assigned page 9‑10. number ranging from 1 to 279 Designated seating positions. that corresponds to the load Outward Facing Sidewall: The Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic carrying capacity of a tire. side of an asymmetrical tire that tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at Maximum Inflation Pressure: has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a 90 degrees to the centerline of The maximum air pressure to the tread. which a cold tire can be inflated. vehicle. The side of the tire that The maximum air pressure is contains a whitewall, bears Rim: A metal support for a tire molded onto the sidewall. white lettering, or bears and upon which the tire beads manufacturer, brand, and/or are seated. Maximum Load Rating: model name molding that is The load rating for a tire at the Sidewall: The portion of a tire higher or deeper than the same between the tread and the bead. maximum permissible inflation moldings on the other sidewall pressure for that tire. of the tire. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (51,1)
Vehicle Care 10-51
Speed Rating: Ratings are determined See “Tire and Loading An alphanumeric code assigned by tire manufacturers using Information Label” under Vehicle to a tire indicating the maximum government testing procedures. Load Limits on page 9‑10. speed at which a tire can The ratings are molded into the operate. sidewall of the tire. See Uniform Tire Pressure Traction: The friction between Tire Quality Grading on Tires need the correct amount of the tire and the road surface. page 10‑62. air pressure to operate The amount of grip provided. Vehicle Capacity Weight: effectively. Tread: The portion of a tire that The number of designated Notice: Neither tire comes into contact with seating positions multiplied by underinflation nor the road. 68 kg (150 lbs) plus the rated overinflation is good. cargo load. See Vehicle Load Underinflated tires, or tires Treadwear Indicators: Limits on page 9‑10. Narrow bands, sometimes called that do not have enough air, wear bars, that show across the Vehicle Maximum Load on the can result in: Tire: Load on an individual tire tread of a tire when only 1.6 mm . Tire overloading and (1/16 in) of tread remains. See due to curb weight, accessory overheating which could When It Is Time for New Tires weight, occupant weight, and lead to a blowout. on page 10 59. cargo weight. ‑ . Premature or UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Vehicle Placard: A label irregular wear. Grading Standards): A tire permanently attached to a . Poor handling. information system that provides vehicle showing the vehicle consumers with ratings for a capacity weight and the original . Reduced fuel economy. tire's traction, temperature, equipment tire size and and treadwear. recommended inflation pressure. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (52,1)
10-52 Vehicle Care
Overinflated tires, or tires that vehicle handling and ride Remove the valve cap from the have too much air, can comfort. Never load the vehicle tire valve stem. Press the tire result in: with more weight than it was gauge firmly onto the valve to designed to carry. get a pressure measurement. . Unusual wear. If the cold tire inflation pressure When to Check . Poor handling. matches the recommended . Rough ride. Check the tires once a month or pressure on the Tire and more. Do not forget the compact Loading Information label, no . Needless damage from spare tire, if the vehicle has one. further adjustment is necessary. road hazards. The compact spare should be at If the inflation pressure is low, The Tire and Loading 420 kPa (60 psi). For additional add air until the recommended Information label on the vehicle information regarding the pressure is reached. If the indicates the original equipment compact spare tire, see inflation pressure is high, press tires and the correct cold tire Compact Spare Tire on on the metal stem in the center inflation pressures. The page 10‑89. of the tire valve to release air. recommended pressure is the How to Check Re‐check the tire pressure with minimum air pressure needed to the tire gauge. support the vehicle's maximum Use a good quality pocket-type load carrying capacity. gauge to check tire pressure. Return the valve caps on the Proper tire inflation cannot be valve stems to prevent leaks For additional information determined by looking at the tire. and keep out dirt and moisture. regarding how much weight the Check the tire inflation pressure vehicle can carry, and an when the tires are cold, meaning example of the Tire and Loading the vehicle has not been driven Information label, see Vehicle for at least three hours or no Load Limits on page 9 10. How ‑ more than 1.6 km (1 mi). the vehicle is loaded affects Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (53,1)
Vehicle Care 10-53
Tire Pressure Monitor pressure telltale when one or more The TPMS malfunction indicator is of your tires is significantly under‐ combined with the low tire pressure System inflated. telltale. When the system detects a The Tire Pressure Monitor System Accordingly, when the low tire malfunction, the telltale will flash for (TPMS) uses radio and sensor pressure telltale illuminates, you approximately one minute and then technology to check tire pressure should stop and check your tires as remain continuously illuminated. levels. The TPMS sensors monitor soon as possible, and inflate them This sequence will continue upon the air pressure in your tires and to the proper pressure. Driving on a subsequent vehicle start‐ups as transmit tire pressure readings to a long as the malfunction exists. significantly under‐inflated tire receiver located in the vehicle. causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator is Each tire, including the spare (if lead to tire failure. Under‐inflation illuminated, the system may not be provided), should be checked also reduces fuel efficiency and tire able to detect or signal low tire monthly when cold and inflated to tread life, and may affect the pressure as intended. TPMS the inflation pressure recommended vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety by the vehicle manufacturer on the ability. of reasons, including the installation vehicle placard or tire inflation Please note that the TPMS is not a of replacement or alternate tires or pressure label. (If your vehicle has substitute for proper tire wheels on the vehicle that prevent tires of a different size than the size maintenance, and it is the driver's the TPMS from functioning properly. indicated on the vehicle placard or responsibility to maintain correct tire Always check the TPMS malfunction tire inflation pressure label, you telltale after replacing one or more pressure, even if under‐inflation has should determine the proper tire not reached the level to trigger tires or wheels on your vehicle to inflation pressure for those tires.) illumination of the TPMS low tire ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the As an added safety feature, your pressure telltale. TPMS to continue to function vehicle has been equipped with a Your vehicle has also been properly. tire pressure monitoring system equipped with a TPMS malfunction (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire indicator to indicate when the See Tire Pressure Monitor system is not operating properly. Operation on page 10‑54 for additional information. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (54,1)
10-54 Vehicle Care
Federal Communications details about the DIC operation and Commission (FCC) Rules and displays see Driver Information with Industry Canada Center (DIC) on page 5‑25. Standards The low tire pressure warning light See Radio Frequency Statement on may come on in cool weather when page 13 20 for information the vehicle is first started, and then ‑ When a low tire pressure condition regarding Part 15 of the Federal turn off as the vehicle is driven. This is detected, the TPMS illuminates Communications Commission (FCC) could be an early indicator that the the low tire pressure warning light Rules and with Industry Canada air pressure is getting low and located on the instrument cluster. Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. needs to be inflated to the proper If the warning light comes on, stop pressure. as soon as possible and inflate the A Tire and Loading Information Tire Pressure Monitor tires to the recommended pressure label, attached to your vehicle, Operation shown on the tire loading shows the size of the original information label. See Vehicle Load This vehicle may have a Tire equipment tires and the correct Limits on page 9 10. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). ‑ inflation pressure for the tires when The TPMS is designed to warn the A message to check the pressure in they are cold. See Vehicle Load driver when a low tire pressure a specific tire displays in the Driver Limits on page 9‑10, for an example condition exists. TPMS sensors are Information Center (DIC). The low of the Tire and Loading Information mounted onto each tire and wheel tire pressure warning light and the label and its location. Also see Tire assembly, excluding the spare tire DIC warning message come on at Pressure on page 10‑51. and wheel assembly. The TPMS each ignition cycle until the tires are The TPMS can warn about a low sensors monitor the air pressure in inflated to the correct inflation tire pressure condition but it does the tires and transmits the tire pressure. Using the DIC, tire not replace normal tire pressure readings to a receiver pressure levels can be viewed. maintenance. located in the vehicle. For additional information and Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (55,1)
Vehicle Care 10-55
See Tire Inspection on page 10‑57, TPMS Malfunction Light and . The TPMS sensor matching Tire Rotation on page 10‑58 and Message process was not done or not Tires on page 10‑44. completed successfully The TPMS will not function properly after rotating the tires. The Notice: Tire sealant materials are if one or more of the TPMS sensors malfunction light and the DIC not all the same. A non-approved are missing or inoperable. When the message should go off after tire sealant could damage the system detects a malfunction, the successfully completing the TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor low tire warning light flashes for sensor matching process. damage caused by using an about one minute and then stays on See "TPMS Sensor Matching incorrect tire sealant is not for the remainder of the ignition Process" later in this section. covered by the vehicle warranty. cycle. A DIC warning message also . Always use only the displays. The malfunction light and One or more TPMS sensors GM-approved tire sealant DIC warning message come on at are missing or damaged. The available through your dealer or each ignition cycle until the problem malfunction light and the DIC included in the vehicle. is corrected. Some of the conditions message should go off when the TPMS sensors are installed and Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits that can cause these to come on are: the sensor matching process is use a GM approved liquid tire performed successfully. See sealant. Using non-approved tire . One of the road tires has been your dealer for service. sealants could damage the TPMS replaced with the spare tire. . sensors. See Tire Sealant and The spare tire does not have a Replacement tires or wheels do Compressor Kit (With Pressure TPMS sensor. The malfunction not match the original equipment Relief Button) on page 10‑67 or Tire light and DIC message should tires or wheels. Tires and wheels Sealant and Compressor Kit (With go off after the road tire is other than those recommended Pressure Deflation Button) on replaced and the sensor could prevent the TPMS from page 10‑74 for information matching process is performed functioning properly. See Buying New Tires on page 10 60. regarding the inflator kit materials successfully. See “TPMS Sensor ‑ and instructions. Matching Process” later in this section. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (56,1)
10-56 Vehicle Care
. Operating electronic devices or using a TPMS relearn tool, in the 5. Press the SET/CLR button to being near facilities using radio following order: driver side front tire, begin the sensor matching wave frequencies similar to the passenger side front tire, passenger process. TPMS could cause the TPMS side rear tire, and driver side rear. sensors to malfunction. A message asking if the process See your dealer for service or to should begin should appear. If the TPMS is not functioning purchase a relearn tool. properly it cannot detect or signal a 6. Press the SET/CLR button again There are two minutes to match to confirm the selection. low tire condition. See your dealer the first tire/wheel position, and for service if the TPMS malfunction five minutes overall to match all The horn sounds twice to signal light and DIC message comes on four tire/wheel positions. If it takes the receiver is in relearn mode and stays on. longer, the matching process stops and the TIRE LEARNING and must be restarted. ACTIVE message displays on TPMS Sensor Matching the DIC screen. Process The TPMS sensor matching process is: 7. Start with the driver side Each TPMS sensor has a unique front tire. identification code. The identification 1. Set the parking brake. code needs to be matched to a new 8. Place the relearn tool against 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with the tire sidewall, near the valve tire/wheel position after rotating the the engine off. vehicle’s tires or replacing one or stem. Then press the button to more of the TPMS sensors. The 3. Use the MENU button to select activate the TPMS sensor. TPMS sensor matching process the Vehicle Information Menu in A horn chirp confirms that the should also be performed after the Driver Information sensor identification code has replacing a spare tire with a road Center (DIC). been matched to this tire and tire containing the TPMS sensor. 4. Use the thumbwheel to scroll to wheel position. The malfunction light and the DIC the Tire Pressure Menu Item 9. Proceed to the passenger side message should go off at the next screen. front tire, and repeat the ignition cycle. The sensors are procedure in Step 8. matched to the tire/wheel positions, Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (57,1)
Vehicle Care 10-57
10. Proceed to the passenger side Tire Inspection . The tread or sidewall is rear tire, and repeat the cracked, cut, or snagged procedure in Step 8. We recommend that the tires, deep enough to show cord or including the spare tire, if the 11. Proceed to the driver side rear fabric. tire, and repeat the procedure vehicle has one, be inspected for signs of wear or damage at . The tire has a bump, bulge, in Step 8. The horn sounds two or split. times to indicate the sensor least once a month. identification code has been Replace the tire if: . The tire has a puncture, cut, matched to the driver side rear or other damage that cannot tire, and the TPMS sensor . The indicators at three or be repaired well because of matching process is no longer more places around the tire the size or location of the active. The TIRE LEARNING can be seen. damage. ACTIVE message on the DIC . display screen goes off. There is cord or fabric showing through the tire's 12. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. rubber. 13. Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure level as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (58,1)
10-58 Vehicle Care
Tire Rotation Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System. See Tire Pressure Tires should be rotated every Monitor Operation on 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See page 10‑54. Maintenance Schedule on page 11‑3. Check that all wheel nuts are properly tightened. See “Wheel Tires are rotated to achieve a Nut Torque” under Capacities uniform wear for all tires. and Specifications on The first rotation is the most page 12‑2. important. Any time unusual wear is { WARNING noticed, rotate the tires as soon Use this rotation pattern when as possible and check the wheel rotating the tires. Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the alignment. Also check for parts to which it is fastened, can Do not include the compact damaged tires or wheels. make wheel nuts become loose spare tire in the tire rotation. See When It Is Time for New after time. The wheel could come off and cause an accident. When Tires on page 10‑59 and Wheel Adjust the front and rear tires to changing a wheel, remove any Replacement on page 10‑63. the recommended inflation pressure on the Tire and rust or dirt from places where the Loading Information label after wheel attaches to the vehicle. In the tires have been rotated. an emergency, a cloth or a paper towel can be used; however, use See Tire Pressure on a scraper or wire brush later to page 10‑51 and Vehicle Load remove all rust or dirt. Limits on page 9‑10. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (59,1)
Vehicle Care 10-59
Lightly coat the center of the Tires will typically need to be wheel hub with wheel bearing replaced due to wear before grease after a wheel change or they may need to be replaced tire rotation to prevent corrosion due to age. Consult the tire or rust build-up. Do not get manufacturer for more information on when tires should be replaced. grease on the flat wheel mounting surface or on the Vehicle Storage wheel nuts or bolts. Tires age when stored normally mounted on a parked vehicle. Park When It Is Time for a vehicle that will be stored for at New Tires least a month in a cool, dry, clean area away from direct sunlight to Treadwear indicators are one way to Factors such as maintenance, slow aging. This area should be tell when it is time for new tires. temperatures, driving speeds, free of grease, gasoline, or other Treadwear indicators appear when vehicle loading, and road substances that can deteriorate the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) conditions affect the wear rate rubber. of the tires. or less of tread remaining. See Tire Inspection on page 10‑57 and Tire Parking for an extended period can Rotation on page 10‑58 for more cause flat spots on the tires that information. may result in vibrations while driving. When storing a vehicle for The rubber in tires ages over time. at least a month, remove the tires or This also applies for the spare tire, raise the vehicle to reduce the if the vehicle has one, even if it is weight from the tires. never used. Multiple conditions including temperatures, loading conditions, and inflation pressure maintenance affect how fast aging takes place. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (60,1)
10-60 Vehicle Care
Buying New Tires will be followed by MS for mud and snow. See Tire Sidewall WARNING (Continued) GM has developed and matched Labeling on page 10‑46 for dealer or authorized tire service specific tires for the vehicle. The additional information. original equipment tires installed center should mount or dismount were designed to meet General GM recommends replacing all the tires. Motors Tire Performance Criteria the tires at the same time. Specification (TPC Spec) Uniform tread depth on all system rating. When tires will help to maintain the { WARNING replacement tires are needed, performance of the vehicle. GM strongly recommends Braking and handling Mixing tires of different sizes, buying tires with the same performance may be adversely brands, or types may cause TPC Spec rating. affected if all the tires are not loss of control of the vehicle, replaced at the same time. See resulting in a crash or other GM's exclusive TPC Spec Tire Inspection on page 10‑57 vehicle damage. Use the system considers over a dozen and Tire Rotation on page 10‑58 correct size, brand, and type critical specifications that impact for information on proper tire of tires on all wheels. the overall performance of the rotation. vehicle, including brake system performance, ride and handling, { WARNING traction control, and tire { WARNING pressure monitoring Tires could explode during Using bias-ply tires on the performance. GM's TPC Spec improper service. Attempting to vehicle may cause the wheel number is molded onto the tire's mount or dismount a tire could rim flanges to develop cracks sidewall near the tire size. If the cause injury or death. Only your after many miles of driving. tires have an all‐season tread (Continued) design, the TPC Spec number (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (61,1)
Vehicle Care 10-61
The Tire and Loading WARNING (Continued) Information label indicates the { WARNING A tire and/or wheel could fail original equipment tires on the If different sized wheels are used, suddenly and cause a crash. vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits there may not be an acceptable Use only radial-ply tires with on page 9‑10 for the label level of performance and safety if the wheels on the vehicle. location and more information tires not recommended for those about the Tire and Loading wheels are selected. This Information label. increases the chance of a crash If the vehicle tires must be and serious injury. Only use GM replaced with a tire that does not Different Size Tires and specific wheel and tire systems have a TPC Spec number, make Wheels developed for the vehicle, and sure they are the same size, have them properly installed by a load range, speed rating, and If wheels or tires are installed that GM certified technician. construction (radial) as the are a different size than the original original tires. equipment wheels and tires, vehicle performance, including its braking, See Buying New Tires on Vehicles that have a tire ride and handling characteristics, page 10‑60 and Accessories and pressure monitoring system stability, and resistance to rollover Modifications on page 10‑3 for could give an inaccurate low‐ may be affected. If the vehicle has additional information. pressure warning if non‐TPC electronic systems such as antilock Spec rated tires are installed. brakes, rollover airbags, traction See Tire Pressure Monitor control, and electronic stability System on page 10 53. control, the performance of these ‑ systems can also be affected. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (62,1)
10-62 Vehicle Care
Uniform Tire Quality temporary use spare tires, course. For example, a tire Grading tires with nominal rim diameters graded 150 would wear one and of 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), a half (1½) times as well on the Quality grades can be found or to some limited-production government course as a tire where applicable on the tire tires. graded 100. The relative sidewall between tread shoulder While the tires available on performance of tires depends and maximum section width. upon the actual conditions of For example: General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with their use, however, and may Treadwear 200 Traction AA respect to these grades, they depart significantly from the Temperature A must also conform to federal norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and The following information relates safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire differences in road to the system developed by the characteristics and climate. United States National Highway Performance Criteria (TPC) Traffic Safety Administration standards. Traction – AA, A, B, C (NHTSA), which grades tires All Passenger Car Tires Must The traction grades, from by treadwear, traction, and Conform to Federal Safety highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, temperature performance. This Requirements In Addition To and C. Those grades represent applies only to vehicles sold in These Grades. the tire's ability to stop on wet the United States. The grades Treadwear pavement as measured under are molded on the sidewalls of controlled conditions on most passenger car tires. The The treadwear grade is a specified government test Uniform Tire Quality Grading comparative rating based on the surfaces of asphalt and (UTQG) system does not apply wear rate of the tire when tested concrete. A tire marked C may to deep tread, winter-type under controlled conditions on a have poor traction performance. snow tires, space-saver, or specified government test Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (63,1)
Vehicle Care 10-63
Warning: The traction grade Standard No. 109. Grades B and If the vehicle vibrates when driving assigned to this tire is based on A represent higher levels of on a smooth road, the tires and straight-ahead braking traction performance on the laboratory wheels might need to be tests, and does not include test wheel than the minimum rebalanced. See your dealer for acceleration, cornering, required by law. Warning: The proper diagnosis. hydroplaning, or peak traction temperature grade for this tire is characteristics. established for a tire that is Wheel Replacement properly inflated and not Replace any wheel that is bent, Temperature A, B, C – overloaded. Excessive speed, cracked, or badly rusted or The temperature grades are A underinflation, or excessive corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming (the highest), B, and C, loading, either separately or in loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and representing the tire's resistance combination, can cause heat wheel nuts should be replaced. to the generation of heat and its If the wheel leaks air, replace it. buildup and possible tire failure. Some aluminum wheels can be ability to dissipate heat when repaired. See your dealer if any of tested under controlled Wheel Alignment and Tire these conditions exist. conditions on a specified indoor Balance laboratory test wheel. Sustained Your dealer will know the kind of wheel that is needed. high temperature can cause the The tires and wheels were aligned material of the tire to degenerate and balanced at the factory to Each new wheel should have the provide the longest tire life and best same load-carrying capacity, and reduce tire life, and overall performance. Adjustments to excessive temperature can lead diameter, width, offset, and be wheel alignment and tire balancing mounted the same way as the to sudden tire failure. The grade will not be necessary on a regular one it replaces. C corresponds to a level of basis. However, check the performance which all alignment if there is unusual tire passenger car tires must meet wear or if the vehicle is pulling to under the Federal Motor Safety one side or the other. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (64,1)
10-64 Vehicle Care
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel Used Replacement Wheels nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor WARNING (Continued) System (TPMS) sensors with new { WARNING GM original equipment parts. parts. The area damaged by the tire chains could cause loss of Replacing a wheel with a used control and a crash. { WARNING one is dangerous. How it has been used or how far it has been Use another type of traction Using the wrong replacement driven may be unknown. It could device only if its manufacturer wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel fail suddenly and cause a crash. recommends it for the vehicle's nuts can be dangerous. It could When replacing wheels, use a tire size combination and road affect the braking and handling of new GM original equipment conditions. Follow that the vehicle. Tires can lose air, wheel. manufacturer's instructions. and cause loss of control, causing To avoid vehicle damage, drive a crash. Always use the correct slow and readjust or remove the wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel Tire Chains traction device if it contacts the nuts for replacement. vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. { WARNING If traction devices are used, install Notice: The wrong wheel can them on the front tires. Do not use tire chains. There is also cause problems with bearing not enough clearance. Tire chains life, brake cooling, speedometer If a Tire Goes Flat or odometer calibration, used on a vehicle without the headlamp aim, bumper height, proper amount of clearance can It is unusual for a tire to blow out, vehicle ground clearance, and tire cause damage to the brakes, especially if the tires are maintained or tire chain clearance to the suspension, or other vehicle properly. See Tires on page 10‑44. body and chassis. (Continued) If air goes out of a tire, it is much See If a Tire Goes Flat on more likely to leak out slowly. page 10‑64 for more information. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (65,1)
Vehicle Care 10-65
But if there is ever a blowout, here are a few tips about what to expect { WARNING { WARNING and what to do: Driving on a flat tire will cause Lifting a vehicle and getting If a front tire fails, the flat tire permanent damage to the tire. under it to do maintenance or creates a drag that pulls the vehicle Re-inflating a tire after it has repairs is dangerous without the toward that side. Take your foot off been driven on while severely appropriate safety equipment and the accelerator pedal and grip the underinflated or flat may cause a training. If a jack is provided with steering wheel firmly. Steer to blowout and a serious crash. the vehicle, it is designed only for maintain lane position, and then Never attempt to re-inflate a tire changing a flat tire. If it is used for gently brake to a stop, well off the that has been driven on while anything else, you or others could road, if possible. severely underinflated or flat. be badly injured or killed if the A rear blowout, particularly on a Have your dealer or an authorized vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack curve, acts much like a skid and tire service center repair or is provided with the vehicle, only may require the same correction as replace the flat tire as soon use it for changing a flat tire. used in a skid. Stop pressing the as possible. accelerator pedal and steer to straighten the vehicle. It may be If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake and wheel damage by driving slowly to a stop, well off the road, to a level place, well off the road, if possible. if possible. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 6‑4. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (66,1)
10-66 Vehicle Care
When the vehicle has a flat tire (B), { WARNING WARNING (Continued) use the following example as a guide to assist you in the placement Changing a tire can be of wheel blocks (A). dangerous. The vehicle can slip 4. Do not allow passengers to off the jack and roll over or fall remain in the vehicle. causing injury or death. Find a 5. Place wheel blocks on both level place to change the tire. sides of the tire at the To help prevent the vehicle opposite corner of the tire from moving: being changed. 1. Set the parking brake firmly. 2. Put an automatic This vehicle may come with a jack transmission in P (Park) or and spare tire or a tire sealant and compressor kit. To use the jacking a manual transmission in A. Wheel Block 1 (First) or R (Reverse). equipment to change a spare tire safely, follow the instructions below. B. Flat Tire 3. Turn off the engine and do Then see Tire Changing on The following information explains not restart while the vehicle page 10 83. To use the tire sealant ‑ how to repair or change a tire. is raised. and compressor kit, see Tire (Continued) Sealant and Compressor Kit (With Pressure Relief Button) on page 10‑67 or Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit (With Pressure Deflation Button) on page 10‑74. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (67,1)
Vehicle Care 10-67
Tire Sealant and WARNING (Continued) Compressor Kit (With Pressure Relief Button) Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO) which cannot be System Identification seen or smelled. It can cause unconsciousness and even death. Never run the engine in an enclosed area that has no fresh air ventilation. For more information, see Engine Exhaust on page 9‑28. If the vehicle has the tire sealant and compressor kit shown above, follow the operating instructions { WARNING under "Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit (With Pressure Overinflating a tire could cause Deflation Button). the tire to rupture and you or If the vehicle has the tire sealant others could be injured. Be sure and compressor kit shown above, { WARNING to read and follow the tire sealant see the operating instructions and compressor kit instructions Idling a vehicle in an enclosed that follow. and inflate the tire to its area with poor ventilation is recommended pressure. dangerous. Engine exhaust may Do not exceed the recommended enter the vehicle. pressure. (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (68,1)
10-68 Vehicle Care
too severely damaged for the tire D. Pressure Gauge { WARNING sealant and compressor kit to be E. Air Only Hose (Black) effective. See Roadside Assistance Storing the tire sealant and Program (U.S. and Canada) on F. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear) compressor kit or other page 13‑7 or Roadside Assistance G. Power Plug equipment in the passenger Program (Mexico) on page 13‑9. compartment of the vehicle could Tire Sealant cause injury. In a sudden stop or Read and follow all of the tire Read and follow the safe handling collision, loose equipment could sealant and compressor kit instructions. instructions on the label adhered to strike someone. Store the tire the compressor. sealant and compressor kit in its The kit includes: original location. Check the tire sealant expiration date on the sealant canister. The sealant canister should be If this vehicle has a tire sealant and replaced before its expiration date. compressor kit, there may not be Replacement sealant canisters are a spare tire and tire changing available at your local dealer. See equipment, and on some vehicles “Removal and Installation of the there may not be a place to store Sealant Canister” following. a tire. There is only enough sealant to seal The tire sealant and compressor one tire. After usage, the sealant can be used to temporarily seal canister and sealant/air hose punctures up to 6 mm (¼ in) in the assembly must be replaced. See tread area of the tire. It can also be “Removal and Installation of the used to inflate an underinflated tire. A. On/Off Button Sealant Canister” following. If the tire has been separated from B. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air or the wheel, has damaged sidewalls, Air Only) or has a large puncture, the tire is C. Pressure Relief Button Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (69,1)
Vehicle Care 10-69
Using the Tire Sealant and If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire 4. Remove the valve stem cap from Compressor Kit to Temporarily and wheel damage by driving slowly the flat tire by turning it Seal and Inflate a to a level place. Turn on the hazard counterclockwise. Punctured Tire warning flashers. See Hazard 5. Attach the sealant/air hose (F) Warning Flashers on page 6‑4. Follow the directions closely for onto the tire valve stem. Turn it correct sealant usage. See If a Tire Goes Flat on clockwise until it is tight. page 10‑64 for other important 6. Plug the power plug (G) into the safety warnings. accessory power outlet in the Do not remove any objects that vehicle. Unplug all items from have penetrated the tire. other accessory power outlets. 1. Remove the tire sealant and See Power Outlets on page 5‑6. compressor kit from its storage If the vehicle has an accessory location. See Storing the Tire power outlet, do not use the Sealant and Compressor Kit on cigarette lighter. page 10‑82. If the vehicle only has a cigarette 2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (F) lighter, use the cigarette lighter. and the power plug (G). Do not pinch the power plug 3. Place the kit on the ground. cord in the door or window. When using the tire sealant and Make sure the tire valve stem is 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle compressor kit during cold positioned close to the ground must be running while using the temperatures, warm the kit in a so the hose will reach it. air compressor. heated environment for five minutes. This will help to inflate the tire faster. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (70,1)
10-70 Vehicle Care
8. Turn the selector switch (B) The pressure gauge (D) may The tire is not sealed and will clockwise to the Sealant + Air read higher than the actual tire continue to leak air until the position. pressure while the compressor vehicle is driven and the 9. Press the on/off button (A) to is on. Turn the compressor off sealant is distributed in the tire; turn the tire sealant and to get an accurate pressure therefore, Steps 12 through compressor kit on. reading. The compressor may 18 must be done immediately be turned on/off until the after Step 11. The compressor will inject correct pressure is reached. sealant and air into the tire. Be careful while handling the Notice: If the recommended tire sealant and compressor kit The pressure gauge (D) will pressure cannot be reached after as it could be warm after initially show a high pressure approximately 25 minutes, the usage. while the compressor pushes the vehicle should not be driven 12. Unplug the power plug (G) from sealant into the tire. Once the farther. The tire is too severely sealant is completely dispersed the accessory power outlet in damaged and the tire sealant and the vehicle. into the tire, the pressure will compressor kit cannot inflate the quickly drop and start to rise tire. Remove the power plug from 13. Turn the sealant/air hose (F) again as the tire inflates with the accessory power outlet and counterclockwise to remove it air only. unscrew the inflating hose from from the tire valve stem. 10. Inflate the tire to the the tire valve. See Roadside 14. Replace the tire valve recommended inflation Assistance Program (U.S. and stem cap. Canada) on page 13‑7 or pressure using the pressure 15. Return the sealant/air hose (F) gauge (D). The recommended Roadside Assistance Program (Mexico) on page 13‑9. and the power plug (G) back in inflation pressure can be found their original locations. on the Tire and Loading 11. Press the on/off button (A) to Information label. See Tire turn the tire sealant and Pressure on page 10‑51. compressor kit off. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (71,1)
Vehicle Care 10-71
19. Stop at a safe location and 20. Wipe off any sealant from the check the tire pressure. wheel, tire, and vehicle. Refer to Steps 1 through 11 21. Dispose of the used sealant under “Using the Tire Sealant canister and sealant/air and Compressor Kit without hose (F) assembly at a local Sealant to Inflate a Tire dealer or in accordance with 16. If the flat tire was able to inflate (Not Punctured).” local state codes and practices. to the recommended inflation If the tire pressure has fallen 22. Replace it with a new canister pressure, remove the more than 68 kPa (10 psi) available from your dealer. maximum speed label from the below the recommended sealant canister and place it in inflation pressure, stop driving 23. After temporarily sealing a a highly visible location. Do not the vehicle. The tire is too tire using the tire sealant and exceed the speed on this label severely damaged and the tire compressor kit, take the until the damaged tire is sealant cannot seal the tire. vehicle to an authorized dealer repaired or replaced. See Roadside Assistance within 161 km (100 mi) of driving to have the tire repaired 17. Return the equipment to its Program (U.S. and Canada) on or replaced. original storage location in page 13‑7 or Roadside the vehicle. Assistance Program (Mexico) on page 13‑9. 18. Immediately drive the vehicle 8 km (5 mi) to distribute the If the tire pressure has not sealant in the tire. dropped more than 68 kPa (10 psi) from the recommended inflation pressure, use the compressor kit to inflate the tire to the recommended inflation pressure. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (72,1)
10-72 Vehicle Care
Using the Tire Sealant and See If a Tire Goes Flat on 4. Remove the tire valve stem cap Compressor Kit without page 10‑64 for other important from the flat tire by turning it Sealant to Inflate a Tire safety warnings. counterclockwise. (Not Punctured) 1. Remove the tire sealant and 5. Attach the air only hose (E) onto To use the air compressor to inflate compressor kit from its storage the tire valve stem by turning it a tire with air only and not sealant: location. See Storing the Tire clockwise until it is tight. Sealant and Compressor Kit on 6. Plug the power plug (G) into the page 10‑82. accessory power outlet in the 2. Unwrap the air only hose (E) vehicle. Unplug all items from and the power plug (G). other accessory power outlets. 3. Place the kit on the ground. See Power Outlets on page 5‑6. Make sure the tire valve stem is If the vehicle has an accessory positioned close to the ground power outlet, do not use the so the hose will reach it. cigarette lighter. If the vehicle only has a cigarette lighter, use the cigarette lighter. Do not pinch the power plug cord in the door or window. If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 6‑4. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (73,1)
Vehicle Care 10-73
7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle The compressor may be turned 13. Disconnect the air only must be running while using the on/off until the correct pressure hose (E) from the tire air compressor. is reached. If the tire is inflated valve stem, by turning it 8. Turn the selector switch (B) higher than the recommended counterclockwise, and replace counterclockwise to the Air Only pressure, press the pressure the tire valve stem cap. position. relief button (C), if equipped, 14. Return the air only hose (E) until the proper pressure 9. Press the on/off button (A) to and the power plug (G) back to reading is reached. This option their original locations. turn the compressor on. is only functional when using The compressor will inflate the the air only hose (E). 15. Return the equipment to its tire with air only. original storage location in 11. Press the on/off button (A) to the vehicle. 10. Inflate the tire to the turn the tire sealant and recommended inflation compressor kit off. pressure using the pressure Be careful while handling the gauge (D). The recommended tire sealant and compressor kit inflation pressure can be found as it could be warm after on the Tire and Loading usage. Information label. See Tire 12. Unplug the power plug (G) from Pressure on page 10‑51. the accessory power outlet in The pressure gauge (D) may the vehicle. read higher than the actual tire pressure while the compressor is on. Turn the compressor off to get an accurate reading. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (74,1)
10-74 Vehicle Care
Removal and Installation of the 6. Screw the connector (B) to the Sealant Canister canister (A). To remove the sealant canister: 7. Slide the plastic cover back on. Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit (With Pressure Deflation Button) System Identification
If the vehicle has the tire sealant and compressor kit shown above, follow the operating instructions under "Tire Sealant and 1. Remove the plastic cover. Compressor Kit (With Pressure Relief Button). 2. Unscrew the connector (B) from the canister (A). 3. Pull up on the canister (A) to remove it. 4. Replace with a new canister which is available from your dealer. If the vehicle has the tire sealant and compressor kit shown above, 5. Push the new canister into see the operating instructions place. that follow. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (75,1)
Vehicle Care 10-75
The tire sealant and compressor { WARNING WARNING (Continued) can be used to temporarily seal punctures up to 6 mm (¼ in) in the Idling a vehicle in an enclosed recommended pressure. Do not tread area of the tire. It can also be area with poor ventilation is exceed the recommended used to inflate an underinflated tire. dangerous. Engine exhaust may pressure. enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust If the tire has been separated from contains carbon monoxide (CO) the wheel, has damaged sidewalls, which cannot be seen or smelled. or has a large puncture, the tire is too severely damaged for the tire It can cause unconsciousness { WARNING sealant and compressor kit to be and even death. Never run the Storing the tire sealant and effective. See Roadside Assistance engine in an enclosed area that compressor kit or other Program (U.S. and Canada) on has no fresh air ventilation. For equipment in the passenger page 13‑7 or Roadside Assistance more information, see Engine compartment of the vehicle could Program (Mexico) on page 13‑9. Exhaust on page 9‑28. cause injury. In a sudden stop or Read and follow all of the tire collision, loose equipment could sealant and compressor kit strike someone. Store the tire instructions. { WARNING sealant and compressor kit in its original location. Overinflating a tire could cause the tire to rupture and you or If this vehicle has a tire sealant and others could be injured. Be sure compressor kit, there may not be a to read and follow the tire sealant spare tire and tire changing and compressor kit instructions equipment, and on some vehicles and inflate the tire to its there may not be a place to store (Continued) a tire. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (76,1)
10-76 Vehicle Care
The kit includes: A. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air or Replacement sealant canisters are Air Only) available at your local dealer. See B. On/Off Button “Removal and Installation of the Sealant Canister” following. C. Pressure Gauge There is only enough sealant to seal D. Pressure Deflation Button one tire. After usage, the sealant (If equipped) canister and sealant/air hose E. Tire Sealant Canister assembly must be replaced. See “Removal and Installation of the F. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear) Sealant Canister” following. G. Air Only Hose (Black) Using the Tire Sealant and H. Power Plug Compressor Kit to Temporarily Tire Sealant Seal and Inflate a Punctured Tire Read and follow the safe handling instructions on the label adhered to Follow the directions closely for the sealant canister. correct sealant usage. Check the tire sealant expiration date on the sealant canister. The sealant canister should be replaced before its expiration date. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (77,1)
Vehicle Care 10-77
heated environment for five minutes. 4. Remove the valve stem cap This will help to inflate the tire from the flat tire by turning it faster. counterclockwise. If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire 5. Attach the sealant/air hose (F) and wheel damage by driving slowly onto the tire valve stem. Turn it to a level place. Turn on the hazard clockwise until it is tight. warning flashers. See Hazard 6. Plug the power plug (H) into the Warning Flashers on page 6‑4. accessory power outlet in the See If a Tire Goes Flat on vehicle. Unplug all items from page 10‑64 for other important other accessory power outlets. safety warnings. See Power Outlets on page 5‑6. Do not remove any objects that If the vehicle has an accessory have penetrated the tire. power outlet, do not use the 1. Remove the tire sealant and cigarette lighter. compressor kit from its storage If the vehicle only has a cigarette location. See Storing the Tire lighter, use the cigarette lighter. Sealant and Compressor Kit on Do not pinch the power plug page 10‑82. cord in the door or window. 2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (F) 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle and the power plug (H). must be running while using 3. Place the kit on the ground. the air compressor. Make sure the tire valve stem is 8. Turn the selector switch (A) When using the tire sealant and positioned close to the ground counterclockwise to the compressor kit during cold so the hose will reach it. Sealant + Air position. temperatures, warm the kit in a Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (78,1)
10-78 Vehicle Care
9. Press the on/off button (B) to Turn the compressor off to get therefore, Steps 12 through turn the tire sealant and an accurate pressure reading. 18 must be done immediately compressor kit on. The compressor may be turned after Step 11. The compressor will inject on/off until the correct pressure Be careful while handling the sealant and air into the tire. is reached. tire sealant and compressor kit The pressure gauge (C) will Notice: If the recommended as it could be warm after initially show a high pressure pressure cannot be reached after usage. while the compressor pushes the approximately 25 minutes, the 12. Unplug the power plug (H) from sealant into the tire. Once the vehicle should not be driven the accessory power outlet in sealant is completely dispersed farther. The tire is too severely the vehicle. damaged and the tire sealant and into the tire, the pressure will 13. Turn the sealant/air hose (F) quickly drop and start to rise compressor kit cannot inflate the tire. Remove the power plug from counterclockwise to remove it again as the tire inflates with from the tire valve stem. air only. the accessory power outlet and unscrew the inflating hose from 14. Replace the tire valve 10. Inflate the tire to the the tire valve. See Roadside stem cap. recommended inflation Assistance Program (U.S. and pressure using the pressure Canada) on page 13‑7 or 15. Replace the sealant/air gauge (C). The recommended Roadside Assistance Program hose (F), and the power inflation pressure can be found (Mexico) on page 13‑9. plug (H) back in their on the Tire and Loading original location. Information label. See Tire 11. Press the on/off button (B) to turn the tire sealant and Pressure on page 10‑51. compressor kit off. The pressure gauge (C) may read higher than the actual The tire is not sealed and will tire pressure while the continue to leak air until the compressor is on. vehicle is driven and the sealant is distributed in the tire; Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (79,1)
Vehicle Care 10-79
19. Stop at a safe location and 20. Wipe off any sealant from the check the tire pressure. wheel, tire, and vehicle. Refer to Steps 1 through 11 21. Dispose of the used sealant under “Using the Tire Sealant canister (E) and sealant/air and Compressor Kit without hose (F) assembly at a local Sealant to Inflate a Tire dealer or in accordance with 16. If the flat tire was able to inflate (Not Punctured).” local state codes and practices. to the recommended inflation If the tire pressure has fallen 22. Replace it with a new canister pressure, remove the more than 68 kPa (10 psi) available from your dealer. maximum speed label from the below the recommended sealant canister (E) and place inflation pressure, stop driving 23. After temporarily sealing a tire it in a highly visible location. the vehicle. The tire is too using the tire sealant and Do not exceed the speed on severely damaged and the tire compressor kit, take the this label until the damaged tire sealant cannot seal the tire. vehicle to an authorized dealer is repaired or replaced. See Roadside Assistance within a 161 km (100 mi) of driving to have the tire repaired 17. Return the equipment to its Program (U.S. and Canada) on or replaced. original storage location in page 13‑7 or Roadside the vehicle. Assistance Program (Mexico) on page 13‑9. 18. Immediately drive the vehicle 8 km (5 mi) to distribute the If the tire pressure has not sealant in the tire. dropped more than 68 kPa (10 psi) from the recommended inflation pressure, inflate the tire to the recommended inflation pressure. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (80,1)
10-80 Vehicle Care
Using the Tire Sealant and If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire Compressor Kit without and wheel damage by driving slowly Sealant to Inflate a Tire to a level place. Turn on the hazard (Not Punctured) warning flashers. See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 6‑4. To use the air compressor to inflate a tire with air only and not sealant: See If a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑64 for other important safety warnings. 1. Remove the tire sealant and compressor kit from its storage location. See Storing the Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit on page 10‑82. 2. Unwrap the air only hose (G) and the power plug (H). 3. Place the kit on the ground. Make sure the tire valve stem is positioned close to the ground so the hose will reach it. 4. Remove the tire valve stem cap from the flat tire by turning it counterclockwise. 5. Attach the air only hose (G) onto the tire valve stem by turning it clockwise until it is tight. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (81,1)
Vehicle Care 10-81
6. Plug the power plug (H) into the 10. Inflate the tire to the 11. Press the on/off button (B) to accessory power outlet in the recommended inflation turn the tire sealant and vehicle. Unplug all items from pressure using the pressure compressor kit off. other accessory power outlets. gauge (C). The recommended Be careful while handling the See Power Outlets on page 5‑6. inflation pressure can be found tire sealant and compressor kit If the vehicle has an accessory on the Tire and Loading as it could be warm after power outlet, do not use the Information label. See Tire usage. Pressure on page 10‑51. cigarette lighter. 12. Unplug the power plug (H) from If the vehicle only has a cigarette The pressure gauge (C) may the accessory power outlet in lighter, use the cigarette lighter. read higher than the actual tire the vehicle. pressure while the compressor Do not pinch the power plug is on. Turn the compressor off 13. Disconnect the air only hose cord in the door or window. to get an accurate reading. The (G) from the tire valve stem by 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle compressor may be turned on/ turning it counterclockwise, and must be running while using the off until the correct pressure is replace the tire valve stem cap. air compressor. reached. 14. Replace the air only hose (G) 8. Turn the selector switch (A) If you inflate the tire higher and the power plug (H) and clockwise to the Air Only than the recommended cord back in their original position. pressure you can adjust the locations. excess pressure by pressing 15. Place the equipment in the 9. Press the on/off button (B) to the pressure deflation turn the compressor on. original storage location in button (D), if equipped, until the vehicle. The compressor will inflate the the proper pressure reading is tire with air only. reached. This option is only functional when using the air only hose (G). Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (82,1)
10-82 Vehicle Care
Removal and Installation of the Sealant Canister To remove the sealant canister: 1. Unwrap the sealant hose. 2. Press the canister release button. 3. Pull up and remove the canister. 4. Replace with a new canister which is available from your dealer. The tire sealant and compressor kit 5. Push the new canister into With Pressure Relief Button has an accessory adapter located in place. a compartment on the bottom of its housing that may be used to inflate Storing the Tire Sealant air mattresses, balls, etc. and Compressor Kit To access the tire sealant and compressor kit: 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on page 2‑12. 2. Lift the cover.
With Pressure Deflation Button Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (83,1)
Vehicle Care 10-83
3. Turn the wing nut counterclockwise to remove it. 4. Remove the tire sealant and compressor kit. To store the tire sealant and compressor kit, reverse the steps. Tire Changing Removing the Spare Tire and Tools The equipment you need is located 3. Turn the retainer nut A. Screwdriver in the trunk. counterclockwise and remove B. Tow Hook (If Equipped) 1. Open the trunk. the spare tire. C. Jack 2. Remove the spare tire cover. 4. Place the spare tire next to the tire being changed. D. Wrench (In Bag) E. Trim Removal (If Equipped) F. Fastener (If Equipped) The jack and tools are stored below the spare tire. Place the tools next to the tire being changed. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (84,1)
10-84 Vehicle Care
Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑64 for more information. 2. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to loosen the wheel nut caps. If needed, finish loosening them by hand. The nut caps will not come off of the wheel cover. 3. Turn the wheel wrench 4. Position the jack head, as The edge of the wheel cover counterclockwise to loosen all of shown. could be sharp, so do not try to the wheel nuts, but do not Set the jack to the necessary remove the cover with your bare remove them yet. height before positioning it below hands. Do not drop the cap or Notice: Make sure that the jack the jacking point. lay it face down, as it could lift head is in the correct position 5. Attach the jack lift assist tool to become scratched or damaged. or you may damage your vehicle. the jack by fitting both ends of Store the wheel cover in the The repairs would not be covered the jack and tool over one trunk until you have the flat tire by your warranty. another. repaired or replaced. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (85,1)
Vehicle Care 10-85
{ WARNING { WARNING
Getting under a vehicle when it is Lifting a vehicle and getting under jacked up is dangerous. If the it to do maintenance or repairs is vehicle slips off the jack, you dangerous without the could be badly injured or killed. appropriate safety equipment and Never get under a vehicle when it training. If a jack is provided with is supported only by a jack. the vehicle, it is designed only for changing a flat tire. If it is used for anything else, you or others could be badly injured or killed if the { WARNING vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 6. Turn the jack handle clockwise is provided with the vehicle, only Raising the vehicle with the jack to raise the vehicle far enough improperly positioned can use it for changing a flat tire. off the ground for the compact damage the vehicle and even spare to fit under the vehicle. make the vehicle fall. To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (86,1)
10-86 Vehicle Care
WARNING (Continued) { WARNING
In an emergency, a cloth or a Never use oil or grease on bolts paper towel can be used; or nuts because the nuts might however, use a scraper or come loose. The vehicle's wheel wire brush later to remove all could fall off, causing a crash. rust or dirt. 11. Put the wheel nuts back on with the rounded end of the nuts toward the wheel. Turn each nut clockwise by hand 7. Remove all of the wheel nuts. until the wheel is held against the hub. 8. Remove the flat tire. 12. Lower the vehicle by turning the jack handle { WARNING counterclockwise. Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the Lower the jack completely. parts to which it is fastened, can make wheel nuts become loose { WARNING after time. The wheel could come Wheel nuts that are improperly or off and cause an accident. When 9. Remove any rust or dirt from the incorrectly tightened can cause changing a wheel, remove any wheel bolts, mounting surfaces, the wheels to become loose or rust or dirt from places where the and spare wheel. come off. The wheel nuts should wheel attaches to the vehicle. 10. Install the compact spare tire. be tightened with a torque wrench (Continued) (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (87,1)
Vehicle Care 10-87
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire WARNING (Continued) and Tools to the proper torque specification after replacing. Follow the torque { WARNING specification supplied by the Storing a jack, a tire, or other aftermarket manufacturer when equipment in the passenger using accessory locking wheel compartment of the vehicle could nuts. See Capacities and cause injury. In a sudden stop or Specifications on page 12‑2 for collision, loose equipment could original equipment wheel nut strike someone. Store all these in torque specifications. the proper place. 13. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in Notice: Improperly tightened a crisscross sequence, as Store the spare or flat tire in one of wheel nuts can lead to brake shown. pulsation and rotor damage. To the ways shown below. Storage 14. Lower the jack all the way and avoid expensive brake repairs, instructions will vary depending on remove the jack from under the evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the bolt that came with the vehicle vehicle. the proper sequence and to the and how it attaches to the vehicle. proper torque specification. See 15. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly This vehicle will have a slide in Capacities and Specifications on with the wheel wrench. fastener or a screw in fastener. page 12‑2 for the wheel nut Notice: Wheel covers will not fit torque specification. on the vehicle's compact spare. If you try to put a wheel cover on the compact spare, the cover or the spare could be damaged. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (88,1)
10-88 Vehicle Care
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and 5. Turn the retainer nut clockwise 3. Replace the jack and tools in Tools With a Screw in Fastener to secure the tire. their original storage location. 6. Place the floor cover on 4. Place the tire, lying flat, facing the wheel. up in the spare tire well. Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and 5. Turn the retainer nut clockwise Tools With a Slide In Fastener to secure the tire. 1. If the flat tire is larger than the 6. Place the floor cover on the spare tire, use the longer wheel. mounting bolt. The compact spare is for temporary use only. Replace the compact spare tire with a full-size tire as soon as you can.
1. Turn the wrench counterclockwise to remove the fastener. 2. Replace the fastener with the one provided in the foam. 3. Turn the wrench clockwise to tighten the fastener. 4. Replace the foam, jack and 2. Slide the shorter bolt to remove tools, and the tire. it from the floor and insert the longer one. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (89,1)
Vehicle Care 10-89
Compact Spare Tire After installing the compact spare Do not mix the compact spare tire or on the vehicle, stop as soon as wheel with other wheels or tires. possible and make sure the spare They will not fit. Keep the spare tire { WARNING tire is correctly inflated. The and its wheel together. Driving with more than one compact spare is made to perform Notice: Tire chains will not fit the well at speeds up to 105 km/h compact spare tire at a time could compact spare. Using them can (65 mph) for distances up to result in loss of braking and damage the vehicle and can 5 000 km (3,000 mi), so you can damage the chains too. handling. This could lead to a finish your trip and have the full-size crash and you or others could be Do not use tire chains on the tire repaired or replaced at your compact spare. injured. Use only one compact convenience. Of course, it is best to spare tire at a time. replace the spare with a full-size tire as soon as possible. The spare tire If this vehicle has a compact spare will last longer and be in good tire, it was fully inflated when the shape in case it is needed again. vehicle was new; however, it can Notice: When the compact spare lose air after a time. Check the is installed, do not take the inflation pressure regularly. vehicle through an automatic car It should be 420 kPa (60 psi). wash with guide rails. The compact spare can get caught on the rails which can damage the tire, wheel, and other parts of the vehicle. Do not use the compact spare on other vehicles. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (90,1)
10-90 Vehicle Care
Jump Starting { WARNING Jump Starting Batteries can hurt you. (with or without eAssist) They can be dangerous because: For more information about the . They contain acid that can vehicle battery, see Battery on burn you. page 10‑25. . They contain gas that can If the battery has run down, try to explode or ignite. use another vehicle and some . They contain enough jumper cables to start your vehicle. electricity to burn you. Be sure to use the following steps to If you do not follow these steps do it safely. The jump start positive is located exactly, some or all of these under a trim cover in the engine things can hurt you. compartment on the driver side of the vehicle. Notice: Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to the vehicle that would not be covered by the warranty. Trying to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work, and it could damage the vehicle. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (91,1)
Vehicle Care 10-91
3. Set the parking brake firmly and put the shift lever in P (Park). { WARNING See Shifting Into Park on Using a match near a battery can page 9‑25. cause battery gas to explode. Notice: If any accessories are People have been hurt doing this, left on or plugged in during the and some have been blinded. jump starting procedure, they Use a flashlight if you need could be damaged. The repairs more light. would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Whenever Be sure the battery has enough possible, turn off or unplug all water. You do not need to add accessories on either vehicle water to the battery installed in This post (A) is used instead of a when jump starting the vehicle. your new vehicle. But if a battery direct connection to the battery. 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF has filler caps, be sure the right 1. Check the other vehicle. It must and switch off all lights and amount of fluid is there. If it is low, have a 12-volt battery with a accessories in both vehicles, add water to take care of that negative ground system. except the hazard warning first. If you don't, explosive gas flashers if needed. could be present. Notice: Only use a vehicle that has a 12-volt system with a Battery fluid contains acid that negative ground for jump { WARNING can burn you. Do not get it on starting. If the other vehicle does you. If you accidentally get it in An electric fan can start up even not have a 12-volt system with a your eyes or on your skin, flush negative ground, both vehicles when the engine is not running the place with water and get can be damaged. and can injure you. Keep hands, medical help immediately. clothing and tools away from any 2. Position the two vehicles so that underhood electric fan. they are not touching. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (92,1)
10-92 Vehicle Care
6. Do not let the other end of the 8. Connect the other end of the { WARNING red positive (+) cable touch black negative (–) cable to an metal. Connect it to the unpainted heavy metal engine Fans or other moving engine positive (+) terminal of the part (D) away from the dead parts can injure you badly. Keep good battery (B). Use a remote battery, but not near engine your hands away from moving positive (+) terminal if the vehicle parts that move. parts once the engine is running. has one. 9. Start the engine in the vehicle 7. Connect one end of the black with the good battery and run negative (–) cable to the the engine at idle speed for at negative (–) terminal of the least four minutes. good battery (C). Use a remote 10. Try to start the vehicle that had negative (−) terminal if the the dead battery. If it will not vehicle has one. start after a few tries, it Do not let the other end touch probably needs service. anything until the next step. The Notice: If the jumper cables are other end of the negative (–) connected or removed in the cable does not go to the dead wrong order, electrical shorting battery. It goes to a heavy, may occur and damage the unpainted metal engine part or vehicle. The repairs would not be to a remote negative (–) terminal covered by the vehicle warranty. 5. Connect one end of the red on the vehicle with the dead Always connect and remove the positive (+) cable to the jump battery. jumper cables in the correct start positive (+) post (A). Use a order, making sure that the remote positive (+) terminal if the cables do not touch each other vehicle has one. or other metal. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (93,1)
Vehicle Care 10-93
To disconnect the jumper cables Jump Starting (On-board from both vehicles: with eAssist Only) 1. Disconnect the black negative (−) cable from the If the vehicle fails to crank and there vehicle that had the dead is no other vehicle available for a battery. jump start, it may also be jump started by using the eAssist battery 2. Disconnect the black to charge the 12-volt battery. Use negative (−) cable from the the following procedure to activate vehicle with the good battery. the on‐board jump start using the 3. Disconnect the red positive (+) DIC controls. cable from the vehicle with the Jumper Cable Removal good battery. A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal Engine 4. Disconnect the red positive (+) Part or Remote Negative (–) cable from the other vehicle. Terminal 5. Return the caps over the B. Good Battery or Remote positive (+) and negative (–) Positive (+) and Remote terminals to their original Negative (–) Terminals positions. C. Dead Battery or Remote Positive (+) Terminal Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (94,1)
10-94 Vehicle Care
4. When the jump start is complete, Towing the display will show JUMP START COMPLETE. ATTEMPT START. Towing the Vehicle If the vehicle is started, the on‐ Notice: To avoid damage, the board jump start function will be disabled vehicle should be DIC Buttons automatically disabled. If the vehicle towed with all four wheels off the ground. Care must be taken with A. SET/CLR cranks but does not start, the procedure may be repeated again. vehicles that have low ground B. w x (Thumbwheel) If the vehicle start is still clearance and/or special unsuccessful, the jump start can be equipment. Always flatbed C. MENU attempted using the previous jump on a car carrier. With the ignition key in the run starting procedure under “Jump Consult your dealer or a position, proceed as follows: Starting (with or without eAssist).” professional towing service if the 1. Press MENU (C) on the turn On‐board jump starting may be disabled vehicle must be towed. signal lever until Vehicle unavailable due to the 12-volt See Roadside Assistance Program Information Menu is displayed. battery charge level, the eAssist (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑7 or battery charge level, power Roadside Assistance Program Use w x (Thumbwheel) (B) to capability, or an issue with the (Mexico) on page 13‑9. scroll through the menu items eAssist system. In these cases, the until Jump Start is displayed. display will not be available because To tow the vehicle behind another of the power issue, or the DIC will vehicle for recreational purposes, 2. Press SET/CLR (A) to activate such as behind a motor home, see the jump start. display JUMP START DISABLED. SEE OWNERS MANUAL. “Recreational Vehicle Towing” in 3. The system will then ask for this section. confirmation. If yes is selected, the jump start will begin and the display will show JUMP START ACTIVE, WAIT TO START. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (95,1)
Vehicle Care 10-95
Recreational Vehicle . What is the distance that will be traveled? Some vehicles have Towing restrictions on how far and how Recreational vehicle towing means long they can tow. towing the vehicle behind another . Is the proper towing equipment vehicle such as a motor home. going to be used? See your The two most common types of dealer or trailering professional recreational vehicle towing are for additional advice and known as dinghy towing and dolly equipment recommendations. towing. Dinghy towing is towing the . vehicle with all four wheels on the Is the vehicle ready to be ground. Dolly towing is towing the towed? Just as preparing the vehicle with two wheels on the vehicle for a long trip, make sure Use the following procedure to ground and two wheels up on a the vehicle is prepared to be dinghy tow the vehicle from the front device known as a dolly. towed. with all four wheels on the ground: Here are some important things Dinghy Towing from the Front 1. Position the vehicle being towed to consider before recreational When dinghy towing, the vehicle behind the tow vehicle and shift vehicle towing: should be run at the beginning of the transmission to P (Park). . What is the towing capacity of each day and at each RV fuel stop 2. Turn the engine off and firmly set the towing vehicle? Be sure to for about five minutes. This will the parking brake. read the tow vehicle ensure proper lubrication of manufacturer's transmission components. 3. Following the manufacturer's recommendations. instructions, securely attach the vehicle being towed to the tow vehicle. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (96,1)
10-96 Vehicle Care
4. Turn the ignition to ACC/ Dinghy Towing from the Rear Dolly Towing from the Front ACCESSORY and shift the (Front-Wheel Drive) transmission to N (Neutral). See Ignition Positions (Key Access) on page 9‑16 or Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) on page 9‑18. 5. Release the parking brake only after the vehicle being towed is firmly attached to the towing vehicle. When towing the vehicle for extended periods of time, start the vehicle as often as possible to prevent battery drain. This should The vehicle was not designed to be be done when the tow vehicle is towed from the rear with all four Vehicles with front-wheel drive can parked. wheels on the ground. be dolly towed from the front. Use the following procedure to dolly tow the vehicle from the front: 1. Attach the dolly to the tow vehicle following the dolly manufacturer's instructions. 2. Drive the front wheels onto the dolly. 3. Shift the transmission to P (Park). Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (97,1)
Vehicle Care 10-97
4. Firmly set the parking brake. Dolly Towing from the Front Dolly Towing from the Rear 5. Use an adequate clamping (All-Wheel Drive) device designed for towing to ensure that the front wheels are locked into the straight-ahead position. 6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly following the manufacturer's instructions. 7. Release the parking brake only after the vehicle being towed is firmly attached to the towing vehicle. 8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. The vehicle cannot be dolly towed Vehicles with all-wheel drive cannot from the rear. be dolly towed. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (98,1)
10-98 Vehicle Care
Appearance Care exceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) Foreign materials such as calcium can result in damage or removal chloride and other salts, ice melting Exterior Care of paint and decals. agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, Rinse the vehicle well, before bird droppings, chemicals from Washing the Vehicle washing and after, to remove all industrial chimneys, etc., can cleaning agents completely. If they damage the vehicle's finish if they To preserve the vehicle's finish, remain on painted surfaces. Wash wash it often and out of direct are allowed to dry on the surface, they could stain. the vehicle as soon as possible. sunlight. If necessary, use non-abrasive Notice: Do not use petroleum Dry the finish with a soft, clean cleaners that are marked safe based, acidic, or abrasive chamois or an all-cotton towel to for painted surfaces to remove cleaning agents as they can avoid surface scratches and water foreign matter. spotting. damage the vehicle's paint, metal, To keep the paint finish looking new, or plastic parts. If damage Finish Care keep the vehicle garaged or occurs, it would not be covered covered whenever possible. by the vehicle's warranty. Occasional hand waxing or mild Approved cleaning products can polishing should be done to remove Protecting Exterior Bright Metal be obtained from your dealer. residue from the paint finish. See Parts your dealer for approved cleaning Follow all manufacturer Regularly clean bright metal parts directions regarding correct products. with water or chrome polish on product usage, necessary safety Notice: Machine compounding chrome or stainless steel trim, precautions, and appropriate or aggressive polishing on a if necessary. disposal of any vehicle care basecoat/clearcoat paint finish product. For aluminum, never use auto or may damage it. Use only chrome polish, steam, or caustic non-abrasive waxes and polishes Notice: Avoid using high soap to clean. A coating of that are made for a basecoat/ pressure washes closer than wax, rubbed to a high polish, 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the clearcoat paint finish on the is recommended for all bright vehicle. vehicle. Use of power washers metal parts. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (99,1)
Vehicle Care 10-99
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ Weatherstrips Wheels and Trim — Aluminum Lenses and Emblems Apply silicone grease on or Chrome Use only lukewarm or cold water, a weatherstrips to make them last Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soft cloth, and a car washing soap longer, seal better, and not stick or soap and water to clean the wheels. to clean exterior lamps and lenses. squeak. See Recommended Fluids After rinsing thoroughly with clean Follow instructions under "Washing and Lubricants on page 11‑14 water, dry with a soft, clean towel. the Vehicle" later in this section. A wax may then be applied. Tires Windshield and Wiper Blades Keep the wheels clean using a soft, Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to clean cloth with mild soap and Clean the outside of the windshield clean the tires. water. Rinse with clean water. After with glass cleaner. Notice: Using petroleum-based rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft, Clean rubber blades using a lint-free tire dressing products on the clean towel. A wax may then cloth or paper towel soaked with vehicle may damage the paint be applied. windshield washer fluid or a mild finish and/or tires. When applying Notice: Chrome wheels and other detergent. Wash the windshield a tire dressing, always wipe off chrome trim may be damaged if thoroughly when cleaning the any overspray from all painted the vehicle is not washed after blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and surfaces on the vehicle. driving on roads that have been a buildup of vehicle wash/wax sprayed with magnesium, treatments may cause wiper calcium, or sodium chloride. streaking. These chlorides are used on Replace the wiper blades if they are roads for conditions such as worn or damaged. Damage can be ice and dust. Always wash the caused by extreme dusty chrome with soap and water after conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, exposure. snow, and ice. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (100,1)
10-100 Vehicle Care
Notice: To avoid surface damage, Body Component Lubrication Original manufacturer replacement do not use strong soaps, parts will provide the corrosion Lubricate all key lock cylinders, chemicals, abrasive polishes, protection while maintaining the hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the cleaners, brushes, or cleaners vehicle warranty. steel fuel door hinge unless the that contain acid on aluminum or components are plastic. Applying chrome-plated wheels. Use only Finish Damage silicone grease on weatherstrips approved cleaners. Also, never with a clean cloth will make them Quickly repair minor chips and drive a vehicle with aluminum or last longer, seal better, and not stick scratches with touch-up materials chrome-plated wheels through an or squeak. available from your dealer to avoid automatic car wash that uses corrosion. Larger areas of finish silicone carbide tire cleaning Underbody Maintenance damage can be corrected in your brushes. Damage could occur dealer's body and paint shop. and the repairs would not be Use plain water to flush dirt and covered by the vehicle warranty. debris from the vehicle's underbody. Chemical Paint Spotting Your dealer or an underbody car Steering, Suspension, and washing system can do this. If not Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted vehicle surfaces Chassis Components removed, rust and corrosion can develop. causing blotchy, ring-shaped Visually inspect front and rear discolorations, and small, irregular suspension and steering system for Sheet Metal Damage dark spots etched into the damaged, loose, or missing parts or paint surface. If the vehicle is damaged and signs of wear. Inspect power requires sheet metal repair or steering lines and hoses for proper replacement, make sure the body hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, repair shop applies anti-corrosion chafing, etc. Visually check constant material to parts repaired or velocity joints, rubber boots, and replaced to restore corrosion axle seals for leaks. protection. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (101,1)
Vehicle Care 10-101
Interior Care Cleaners may contain solvents that streaks and attracts dirt. Do not can become concentrated in the use solutions that contain strong To prevent dirt particle abrasions, interior. Before using cleaners, read or caustic soap. regularly clean the vehicle's interior. and adhere to all safety instructions Immediately remove any soils. Note . Do not heavily saturate the on the label. While cleaning the upholstery when cleaning. that newspapers or dark garments interior, maintain adequate that can transfer color to home ventilation by opening the doors and . Do not use solvents or cleaners furnishings can also permanently windows. containing solvents. transfer color to the vehicle's interior. To prevent damage, do not clean Interior Glass the interior using the following To clean, use a terry cloth fabric Use a soft bristle brush to remove cleaners or techniques: dust from knobs and crevices on the dampened with water. Wipe droplets instrument cluster. Using a mild . Never use a razor or any other left behind with a clean dry cloth. soap solution, immediately remove sharp object to remove a soil Commercial glass cleaners may be hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect from any interior surface. used, if necessary, after cleaning repellant from all interior surfaces or . Never use a brush with stiff the interior glass with plain water. permanent damage may result. bristles. Notice: To prevent scratching, Your dealer may have products for . Never rub any surface never use abrasive cleaners on cleaning the interior. Use cleaners aggressively or with excessive automotive glass. Abrasive specifically designed for the pressure. cleaners or aggressive cleaning surfaces being cleaned to prevent may damage the rear window . Do not use laundry detergents or permanent damage. To prevent defogger. dishwashing soaps with overspray, apply all cleaners directly to the cleaning cloth. Cleaners degreasers. For liquid cleaners, should be removed quickly. Never use approximately 20 drops per 3.78L (1 gal) of water. allow cleaners to remain on the surface being cleaned for extended A concentrated soap solution will periods of time. leave a residue that creates Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (102,1)
10-102 Vehicle Care
Fabric/Carpet To clean: 5. If the soil is not completely removed, use a mild soap Start by vacuuming the surface 1. Saturate a clean lint-free solution followed only by club using a soft brush attachment. If a colorfast cloth with water or soda or plain water. rotating brush attachment is being club soda. Microfiber cloth is used during vacuuming, only use it recommended to prevent lint If the soil is not completely on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, transfer to the fabric or carpet. removed, it may be necessary to gently remove as much of the soil 2. Remove excess moisture by use a commercial upholstery as possible using one of the gently wringing until water does cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small following techniques: not drip from the cleaning cloth. hidden area for colorfastness before using a commercial upholstery . Gently blot liquids with a paper 3. Start on the outside edge of the cleaner or spot lifter. If ring towel. Continue blotting until no soil and gently rub toward the formation occurs, clean the entire more soil can be removed. center. Rotate the cleaning cloth fabric or carpet. . For solid soils, remove as much to a clean area frequently to Following the cleaning process, a as possible prior to vacuuming. prevent forcing the soil in to the fabric. paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture. 4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled area until there is no longer any color transfer from the soil to the cleaning cloth. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (103,1)
Vehicle Care 10-103
Instrument Panel, Vinyl, and Do not use cleaners that increase Care of Safety Belts gloss, especially on the instrument Other Plastic Surfaces Keep belts clean and dry. panel. Reflected glare can decrease Use a soft microfiber cloth visibility through the windshield dampened with water to remove under certain conditions. { WARNING dust and loose dirt. For a more thorough cleaning, use a soft Notice: Use of air fresheners may Do not bleach or dye safety belts. microfiber cloth dampened with a cause permanent damage to It may severely weaken them. In mild soap solution. plastics and painted surfaces. a crash, they might not be able to If an air freshener comes in provide adequate protection. Notice: Soaking or saturating contact with any plastic or leather, especially perforated Clean safety belts only with mild painted surface in the vehicle, soap and lukewarm water. leather, as well as other interior blot immediately and clean with a surfaces, may cause permanent soft cloth dampened with a mild damage. Wipe excess moisture soap solution. Damage caused by from these surfaces after air fresheners would not be cleaning and allow them to dry covered by the vehicle warranty. naturally. Never use heat, steam, spot lifters or spot removers. Do not use cleaners that contain silicone or wax-based products. Cleaners containing these solvents can permanently change the appearance and feel of leather or soft trim and are not recommended. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (104,1)
10-104 Vehicle Care
Floor Mats Use the following guidelines for Removing and Replacing the proper floor mat usage: Floor Mats { WARNING . The original equipment floor Pull up on the rear of the floor mat mats were designed for your to unlock each retainer and remove. If a floor mat is the wrong size or vehicle. If the floor mats need is not properly installed, it can replacing, it is recommended interfere with the accelerator that GM certified floor mats be pedal and/or brake pedal. purchased. Non-GM floor mats Interference with the pedals can may not fit properly and may cause unintended acceleration interfere with the accelerator or and/or increased stopping brake pedal. Always check that distance which can cause a the floor mats do not interfere crash and injury. Make sure with the pedals. the floor mat does not interfere . Use the floor mat with the with the pedals. correct side up. Do not turn it over. . Do not place anything on top of the driver side floor mat. Reinstall by lining up the floor mat retainer openings over the carpet . Use only a single floor mat on retainers and snap into position. the driver side. Make sure the floor mat is properly . Do not place one floor mat on secured in place. top of another. Verify the floor mat does not interfere with the pedals. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)
Service and Maintenance 11-1
General Information Your dealer recognizes the Service and importance of providing Maintenance Your vehicle is an important competitively priced maintenance investment. This section describes and repair services. With trained the required maintenance for the technicians, the dealer is the place General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to for routine maintenance such as oil General Information ...... 11-1 help protect against major repair changes and tire rotations and expenses resulting from neglect or additional maintenance items Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may like tires, brakes, batteries, and Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-3 also help to maintain the value of wiper blades. the vehicle if it is sold. It is the Notice: Damage caused by Special Application Services responsibility of the owner to have improper maintenance can lead to Special Application all required maintenance performed. Services ...... 11-9 costly repairs and may not be Your dealer has trained technicians covered by the vehicle warranty. Additional Maintenance who can perform required Maintenance intervals, checks, and Care maintenance using genuine inspections, recommended fluids, Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have and lubricants are important to and Care ...... 11-10 up‐to‐date tools and equipment for keep the vehicle in good working fast and accurate diagnostics. condition. Recommended Fluids, Many dealers have extended The Tire Rotation and Required Lubricants, and Parts evening and Saturday hours, Services are the responsibility of the Recommended Fluids and courtesy transportation, and vehicle owner. It is recommended to Lubricants ...... 11-14 online scheduling to assist with have your dealer perform these Maintenance Replacement service needs. Parts ...... 11-16 services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to Maintenance Records keep the vehicle in good working Maintenance Records ...... 11-17 condition, improves fuel economy, and reduces vehicle emissions. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)
11-2 Service and Maintenance
Because of the way people use The Additional Required Services ‐ vehicles, maintenance needs vary. Severe are for vehicles that are: { WARNING There may need to be more . Mainly driven in hilly or Performing maintenance work frequent checks and services. mountainous terrain. The Additional Required Services ‐ can be dangerous and can Normal are for vehicles that: . Frequently towing a trailer. cause serious injury. Perform maintenance work only if the . . Used for high speed or Carry passengers and cargo required information, proper tools, competitive driving. within recommended limits on and equipment are available. the Tire and Loading Information . Used for taxi, police, or delivery If they are not, see your dealer to label. See Vehicle Load Limits service. have a trained technician do the on page 9‑10. Refer to the information in the work. See Doing Your Own . Are driven on reasonable road Maintenance Schedule Additional Service Work on page 10‑4. surfaces within legal driving Required Services ‐ Severe chart. limits. . Use the recommended fuel. See Recommended Fuel on page 9‑49. Refer to the information in the Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services ‐ Normal chart. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)
Service and Maintenance 11-3
Maintenance Engine Oil Change If the engine oil life system is reset accidentally, service the vehicle When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL Schedule within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the SOON message displays, have the last service. Reset the oil life engine oil and filter changed within Owner Checks and Services system when the oil is changed. the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven See Engine Oil Life System on At Each Fuel Stop under the best conditions, the page 10‑12. . Check the engine oil level. engine oil life system might not See Engine Oil on page 10‑9. indicate the need for vehicle service for more than a year. The engine oil Once a Month and filter must be changed at least . Check the tire inflation once a year and the oil life system pressures. See Tire Pressure on must be reset. Your trained dealer page 10‑51. technician can perform this work. . Inspect the tires for wear. See Tire Inspection on page 10‑57. . Check the windshield washer fluid level. See Washer Fluid on page 10‑22. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)
11-4 Service and Maintenance
Tire Rotation and Required . Visually inspect windshield wiper . Visually inspect steering, Services Every 12 000 km/ blades for wear, cracking, suspension, and chassis 7,500 mi or contamination. See Exterior components for damaged, loose, Care on page 10‑98. Replace or missing parts or signs of Rotate the tires, if recommended worn or damaged wiper blades. wear. See Exterior Care on for the vehicle, and perform the See Wiper Blade Replacement page 10‑98. following services. See Tire on page 10 27. ‑ . Check restraint system Rotation on page 10 58. ‑ . Check tire inflation pressures. components. See Safety System . Check engine oil level and oil See Tire Pressure on Check on page 3‑19. life percentage. If needed, page 10 51. ‑ . Visually inspect fuel system for change engine oil and filter, and . Inspect tire wear. See Tire damage or leaks. reset oil life system. See Engine Inspection on page 10‑57. Oil on page 10‑9 and Engine Oil . Visually inspect exhaust system Life System on page 10‑12. . Visually check for fluid leaks. and nearby heat shields for loose or damaged parts. . Check engine coolant level. See . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. Engine Coolant on page 10‑16. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on . Lubricate body components. page 10‑13. See Exterior Care on . Check windshield washer fluid page 10 98. level. See Washer Fluid on . Inspect brake system. ‑ page 10‑22. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)
Service and Maintenance 11-5
. Check starter switch. See Starter . Check accelerator pedal for Switch Check on page 10‑26. damage, high effort, or binding. Replace if needed. . Check automatic transmission shift lock control function. See . Visually inspect gas strut for Automatic Transmission Shift signs of wear, cracks, or other Lock Control Function Check on damage. Check the hold open page 10‑26. ability of the strut. See your dealer if service is required. . Check ignition transmission lock. See Ignition Transmission Lock . Check tire sealant expiration Check on page 10‑27. date, if equipped. See Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit . Check parking brake and automatic transmission park (With Pressure Relief Button) on mechanism. See Park Brake and page 10‑67 or Tire Sealant and P (Park) Mechanism Check on Compressor Kit (With Pressure Deflation Button) on page 10 74. page 10‑27. ‑ . Inspect sunroof track and seal, if equipped. See Sunroof on page 2‑21. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)
11-6 Service and Maintenance Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)
Service and Maintenance 11-7
Footnotes — Maintenance c) Or every four years, whichever Schedule Additional Required comes first. Services — Normal d) Do not directly power wash the a) Or every two years, whichever transfer case output seals. High comes first. More frequent pressure water can overcome the replacement may be needed if the seals and contaminate the transfer vehicle is driven in areas with heavy case fluid. Contaminated fluid will traffic, areas with poor air quality, decrease the life of the transfer or areas with high dust levels. case and should be replaced. Replacement may also be needed if e) Or every five years, whichever there is a reduction in air flow, comes first. See Cooling System on excessive window fogging, or odors. page 10‑15. b) Check all fuel and vapor lines f) Or every 10 years, whichever and hoses for proper hook‐up, comes first. Inspect for fraying, routing, and condition. Check that excessive cracking, or damage; the purge valve, if the vehicle has replace, if needed. one, works properly. Replace as needed. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)
11-8 Service and Maintenance Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)
Service and Maintenance 11-9
Footnotes — Maintenance d) Do not directly power wash the Special Application Schedule Additional Required transfer case output seals. High Services — Severe pressure water can overcome the Services seals and contaminate the transfer a) Or every two years, whichever . Severe Commercial Use case fluid. Contaminated fluid will comes first. Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis decrease the life of the transfer components every 5 000 km/ b) Check all fuel and vapor lines case and should be replaced. 3,000 mi. and hoses for proper hook‐up, e) Or every five years, whichever routing, and condition. Check that . Have underbody flushing service comes first. See Cooling System on the purge valve, if the vehicle has performed once a year. one, works properly. Replace as page 10‑15. needed. f) Or every 10 years, whichever c) Or every four years, whichever comes first. Inspect for fraying, comes first. excessive cracking, or damage; replace, if needed. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)
11-10 Service and Maintenance
Additional Your dealer can also perform a Battery thorough assessment with a The battery supplies power to Maintenance and Care multi‐point inspection to recommend start the engine and operate any when your vehicle may need Your vehicle is an important additional electrical accessories. attention. The following list is investment and caring for it properly intended to explain the services and . To avoid break‐down or failure to may help to avoid future costly conditions to look for that may start the vehicle, maintain a repairs. To maintain vehicle indicate services are required. battery with full cranking power. performance, additional maintenance services may be . Trained dealer technicians have required. It is recommended the diagnostic equipment to test that your dealer perform these the battery and ensure that the services — their trained dealer connections and cables are technicians know your vehicle best. corrosion‐free. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)
Service and Maintenance 11-11
Belts Fluids Hoses . Belts may need replacing if Proper fluid levels and approved Hoses transport fluids and should they squeak or show signs of fluids protect the vehicle’s be regularly inspected to ensure cracking or splitting. systems and components. that there are no cracks or leaks. See Recommended Fluids and With a multi point inspection, your . Trained dealer technicians ‐ can inspect the belts and Lubricants on page 11‑14 for dealer can inspect the hoses and recommend replacement GM approved fluids. advise if replacement is needed. when necessary. . Engine oil and windshield Lamps washer fluid levels should be Brakes checked at every fuel fill. Properly working headlamps, Brakes stop the vehicle and are taillamps, and brake lamps are . Instrument cluster lights may crucial to safe driving. important to see and be seen on come on to indicate that the road. . Signs of brake wear may include fluids may be low and need . chirping, grinding, or squealing to be filled. Signs that the headlamps need noises, or difficulty stopping. attention include dimming, failure to light, cracking, or damage. . Trained dealer technicians have The brake lamps need to be access to tools and equipment checked periodically to ensure to inspect the brakes and that they light when braking. recommend quality parts . engineered for the vehicle. With a multi‐point inspection, your dealer can check the lamps and note any concerns. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)
11-12 Service and Maintenance
Shocks and Struts Tires Vehicle Care Shocks and struts help aid in control Tires need to be properly inflated, To help keep the vehicle looking for a smoother ride. rotated, and balanced. Maintaining like new, vehicle care products are the tires can save money, fuel, and available from your dealer. For . Signs of wear may include steering wheel vibration, bounce/ can reduce the risk of tire failure. information on how to clean and protect the vehicle s interior and sway while braking, longer . Signs that the tires need to be ’ stopping distance, or uneven replaced include three or more exterior, see Interior Care on tire wear. visible treadwear indicators; cord page 10‑101 and Exterior Care on or fabric showing through the page 10‑98. . As part of the multi‐point inspection, trained dealer rubber; cracks or cuts in the Wheel Alignment technicians can visually inspect tread or sidewall; or a bulge or split in the tire. Wheel alignment is critical for the shocks and struts for signs ensuring that the tires deliver of leaking, blown seals, . Trained dealer technicians can optimal wear and performance. or damage, and can advise inspect and recommend the . when service is needed. right tires. Your dealer can also Signs that the alignment may provide tire/wheel balancing need to be adjusted include services to ensure smooth pulling, improper vehicle vehicle operation at all speeds. handling, or unusual tire wear. Your dealer sells and services . Your dealer has the required name brand tires. equipment to ensure proper wheel alignment. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)
Service and Maintenance 11-13
Windshield Wiper Blades For safety, appearance, and the Wiper blades need to be cleaned best viewing, keep the windshield and kept in good condition to clean and clear. provide a clear view. . Signs of damage include . Signs of wear include streaking, scratches, cracks, and chips. skipping across the windshield, and worn or split rubber. . Trained dealer technicians can inspect the windshield and . Trained dealer technicians can recommend proper replacement check the wiper blades and if needed. replace them when needed. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)
11-14 Service and Maintenance
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Usage Fluid/Lubricant Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1 specfication, or equivalent, of Engine Oil the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine Oil on page 10‑9. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. Engine Coolant (3.6L V6 Engine) See Engine Coolant on page 10‑16. Always use the pre mixed 50/50 mixture of deionized water and Engine Coolant (2.4L L4 Engine) ‐ DEX-COOL Coolant available at your dealer. DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid Hydraulic Brake System (GM Part No. 88862806, in Canada 88862807). Windshield Washer Optikleen® Washer Solvent. Hydraulic Power Steering System DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)
Service and Maintenance 11-15
Usage Fluid/Lubricant Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube Key Lock Cylinders (GM Part No. 12346241, in Canada 10953474). Hood Latch Assembly, Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 12346293, in Canada 992723) Secondary Latch, Pivots, Spring or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Anchor, and Release Pawl Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube Hood and Door Hinges (GM Part No. 12346241, in Canada 10953474). Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or Weatherstrip Conditioning Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 992887). Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)
11-16 Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 55560894 A3128C Engine Oil Filter 2.4L L4 Engine 12605566 PF457G 3.6L V6 Engine 89017525 PF63 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13271191 CF176 Spark Plugs 2.4L L4 Engine 12620540 41–108 3.6L V6 Engine 12622561 41–109 Wiper Blades Driver Side – 65 cm (25.6 in) 25892079 — Passenger Side – 45 cm (17.7 in) 25882578 — Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1)
Service and Maintenance 11-17
Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1)
11-18 Service and Maintenance
Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1)
Service and Maintenance 11-19
Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1)
11-20 Service and Maintenance
Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)
Technical Data 12-1
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine, Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications” Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications Label ...... 12-1 on page 12‑2 for the vehicle's engine code. Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications ...... 12-2 Service Parts Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4 Identification Label This label, in the trunk, has the following information: . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). . Model designation. This legal identifier is in the front . Paint information. corner of the instrument panel, on . the left side of the vehicle. It can be Production options and special seen through the windshield from equipment. outside. The VIN also appears on Do not remove this label from the the Vehicle Certification and Service vehicle. Parts labels and certificates of title and registration. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)
12-2 Technical Data
Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications Capacities Application Metric English For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a amount, see the refrigerant label located under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Engine Cooling System 2.4L L4 Engine 9.6 L 10.1 qt 3.6L V6 Engine 7.1 L 7.5 qt Engine Oil with Filter 2.4L L4 Engine 4.7 L 5.0 qt 3.6L V6 Engine 5.7 L 6.0 qt Fuel Tank 2.4L L4 Engine 60.0 L 15.8 gal 3.6L V6 Engine, AWD 74.0 L 19.5 gal 3.6L V6 Engine, FWD 70.5 L 18.6 gal Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)
Technical Data 12-3
Capacities Application Metric English Transmission Fluid* (Drain and Refill) 2.4L L4 Engine, 6–Speed Automatic 5.0 L 5.3 qt 3.6L V6 Engine, 6–Speed Automatic 5.0 L 5.3 qt Wheel Nut Torque 150 Y 110 lb ft *See Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 10‑13 for information on checking fluid level. All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 2.4L L4 Engine R Automatic 0.9 mm (0.035 in) 3.6L V6 Engine 3 Automatic 1.10 mm (0.043 in) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)
12-4 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing
3.6L V6 Engine 2.4L L4 Engine Belt removal and installation requires special tools. See your dealer for service. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)
Customer Information 13-1
Courtesy Transportation Customer Information Customer Program (U.S. and Information Canada) ...... 13-13 Collision Damage Repair Customer Satisfaction (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-14 Procedure (U.S. and Customer Information Service Publications Canada) Customer Satisfaction Ordering Information ...... 13-16 Your satisfaction and goodwill are Procedure (U.S. and Reporting Safety Defects important to your dealer and to Canada) ...... 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Buick. Normally, any concerns with Customer Satisfaction the United States Procedure (Mexico) ...... 13-3 the sales transaction or the Government ...... 13-17 operation of the vehicle will be Customer Assistance Offices Reporting Safety Defects to (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-4 resolved by your dealer's sales or the Canadian service departments. Sometimes, Customer Assistance Offices Government ...... 13-18 (Mexico) ...... 13-5 however, despite the best intentions Reporting Safety Defects to of all concerned, misunderstandings Customer Assistance for Text General Motors ...... 13-18 Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S. can occur. If your concern has not and Canada) ...... 13-6 Vehicle Data Recording and been resolved to your satisfaction, Online Owner Center ...... 13-6 Privacy the following steps should be taken: GM Mobility Reimbursement Vehicle Data Recording and STEP ONE: Discuss your concern Program (U.S. and Privacy ...... 13-18 with a member of dealership Canada) ...... 13-7 Event Data Recorders ...... 13-19 management. Normally, concerns Roadside Assistance Program OnStar® ...... 13-20 can be quickly resolved at that level. (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-7 Navigation System ...... 13-20 If the matter has already been Roadside Assistance Program Radio Frequency reviewed with the sales, service, (Mexico) ...... 13-9 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-20 or parts manager, contact the owner Scheduling Service Radio Frequency of your dealership or the general Appointments (U.S. and Statement ...... 13-20 manager. Canada) ...... 13-12 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)
13-2 Customer Information
STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Buick, remember case will generally be heard within member of dealership management, that your concern will likely be 40 days. If you do not agree with the it appears your concern cannot be resolved at a dealer's facility. decision given in your case, you resolved by your dealership without That is why we suggest following may reject it and proceed with any further help, in the U.S., call Step One first. other venue for relief available 1-800-521-7300. In Canada, to you. STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: contact General Motors of Canada Both General Motors and your You may contact the BBB Auto Line Customer Care Centre at dealer are committed to making Program using the toll-free 1‐800-263-3777 (English) or sure you are completely satisfied telephone number or write them 1-800-263-7854 (French). with the new vehicle. However, at the following address: We encourage you to call the if you continue to remain unsatisfied BBB Auto Line Program toll-free number in order to give the after following the procedure Council of Better Business inquiry prompt attention. Have the outlined in Steps One and Two, you Bureaus, Inc. following information available to can file with the Better Business ® 4200 Wilson Boulevard give the Customer Assistance Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Suite 800 representative: to enforce your rights. Arlington, VA 22203-1838 . Vehicle Identification The BBB Auto Line Program is an Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 Number (VIN). This is available out-of-court program administered www.dr.bbb.org/goauto from the vehicle registration or by the Council of Better Business title, or the plate at the top left of Bureaus to settle automotive This program is available in all the instrument panel and visible disputes regarding vehicle repairs or 50 states and the District of through the windshield. the interpretation of the New Vehicle Columbia. Eligibility is limited by Limited Warranty. Although you may vehicle age, mileage, and other . Dealership name and location. be required to resort to this informal factors. General Motors reserves . Vehicle delivery date and dispute resolution program prior to the right to change eligibility present mileage. filing a court action, use of the limitations and/or discontinue its program is free of charge and your participation in this program. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)
Customer Information 13-3
STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Satisfaction Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), Procedure (Mexico) addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), Limited wants you to be aware of 1-800-263-7854 (French), its participation in a no-charge or write to: Mediation/Arbitration program. Mediation/Arbitration Program General Motors of Canada Limited c/o Customer Care Centre has committed to binding arbitration General Motors of Canada Limited Did you get the Warranty Extension of owner disputes involving Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Plan? This plan is recommended by factory-related vehicle service 1908 Colonel Sam Drive General Motors to supplement the claims. The program provides for Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 warranty included with the new the review of the facts involved by vehicle purchase. an impartial third party arbiter, and The inquiry should be accompanied may include an informal hearing by the Vehicle Identification See your dealer for details. before the arbiter. The program is Number (VIN). Customer Assistance designed so that the entire dispute Procedure settlement process, from the time you file your complaint to the final Owner satisfaction and goodwill are decision, should be completed in very important to your dealer and approximately 70 days. We believe General Motors. our impartial program offers Normally, any problem with the advantages over courts in most transaction, sale, or usage of the jurisdictions because it is informal, vehicle must be handled by your quick, and free of charge. dealer sales or service departments. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)
13-4 Customer Information
However, we recognize that STEP THREE See Customer Assistance Offices despite the good intentions of all If your case is not resolved in a (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑4 or parties involved, sometimes a reasonable amount of time by your Customer Assistance Offices misunderstanding may occur. dealer, please call the General (Mexico) on page 13‑5 for more If you have a problem that has not Motors Customer Assistance information. been satisfactorily handled through Center (CAC) and provide the the normal means, we suggest the following information: Customer Assistance following steps: . Name Offices (U.S. and Canada) STEP ONE . Address Buick encourages customers to call the toll-free number for assistance. Explain your case to your dealer . Phone number service agent, service manager, However, if a customer wishes to dealer sales agent, or sales . Model year write or e-mail Buick, the letter should be addressed to: manager, depending on your case. . Brand Make sure that they have all . Vehicle Identification United States necessary information. They are Number (VIN) Buick Customer Assistance Center interested in your continual . Mileage P.O. Box 33136 satisfaction. Detroit, MI 48232-5136 . Delivery date STEP TWO www.Buick.com . Description of the problem If you are not satisfied, please 1-800-521-7300 contact the general manager or your . Dealership name 1-800-832-8425 (For Text Telephone devices (TTYs)) dealership owner to ask for their . Dealership address help. If they are not able to resolve Roadside Assistance: your case, ask them to contact the 1-800-252-1112 right people at General Motors for support, if needed. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)
Customer Information 13-5
From Puerto Rico: Mexico, Central America and Mexico Caribbean Islands/Countries 1-800-496-9992 (English) From Mexico City 1-800-496-9993 (Spanish) (Except Puerto Rico and U.S. Virgin Islands) 5329-0818 From U.S. Virgin Islands: General Motors de Mexico, S. de From Other Mexico Locations 1-800-496-9994 R.L. de C.V. 01-800-466-0818 Canada Customer Assistance Center Av. Ejercito Nacional #843 United States and Canada General Motors of Canada Limited Col. Granada 1-800-521-7300 Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: C.P. 11520, Mexico, D.F. CA1-163-005 Costa Rica 1908 Colonel Sam Drive 01-800-466-0818 Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0818 00-800-052-1005 www.gm.ca Guatemala 1-800-263-3777 (English) Customer Assistance 1-800-263-7854 (French) Offices (Mexico) 1-800-999-5252 1-800-263-3830 (For Text To contact the Customer Assistance Panama Telephone devices (TTYs)) Center (CAC), use the phone 00-800-052-0001 Roadside Assistance: numbers listed in this section. 1-800-268-6800 Customer assistance is available Dominican Republic All Overseas Locations Monday through Friday, 08:00 to 1-888-751-5301 20:00 hours, and Saturdays from Please contact the local General 08:00 to 15:00 hours. El Salvador Motors Business Unit. All e-mail inquiries to the Customer 800-6273 Assistance Center (CAC) should be sent to: [email protected]. Honduras 800-0122-6101 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)
13-6 Customer Information
Customer Assistance for . Buick dealer locator for service Here are a few of the valuable tools nationwide. Text Telephone (TTY) and services you will have . access to: Users (U.S. and Canada) Exclusive privileges and offers. . Recall notices for your specific . My Showroom: Find and save To assist customers who are deaf, vehicle. information on vehicles and hard of hearing, or speech-impaired current offers in your area. and who use Text Telephones . OnStar and GM Cardmember . My Dealers: Save details (TTYs), Buick has TTY equipment Services Earnings summaries. such as address and phone available at its Customer Assistance Other Helpful Links: number for each of your Center. Any TTY user can preferred GM dealers. communicate with Buick by dialing: Buick — www.buick.com 1-800-832-8425. TTY users in Buick Merchandise — . My Driveway: Access quick links Canada can dial 1‐800‐263-3830. www.buickmerchandise.com to parts and service estimates, check trade-in values, Online Owner Center Help Center — http:// or schedule a service www.buick.com/help/faqs.html appointment by adding the Buick Owner Center (U.S.) . FAQ (Frequently Asked vehicles you own to your www.buickownercenter.com Questions) driveway profile. Information and services . Contact Us . My Preferences: Manage your customized for your specific profile and use tools and forms My GM Canada www.gm.ca vehicle — all in one convenient with greater ease. place. My GM Canada is a To sign up, visit the My GM.ca . Digital owner manual, warranty password-protected section of section within www.gm.ca. information, and more. www.gm.ca where you can save information on GM vehicles, get . Storage for online service and personalized offers, and use handy maintenance records. tools and forms with greater ease. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)
Customer Information 13-7
GM Mobility General Motors of Canada also . Location of the vehicle. Reimbursement Program has a Mobility Program. Call . Model, year, color, and license 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) for plate number of the vehicle. (U.S. and Canada) details. TTY users call . 1-800-263-3830. Odometer reading, Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), and Roadside Assistance delivery date of the vehicle. Program (U.S. and . Description of the problem. Canada) Coverage For U.S.‐purchased vehicles, call Services are provided up to 5 years/ 160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever This program is available to 1-800-252-1112; (Text Telephone comes first. qualified applicants for cost (TTY): 1‐888‐889‐2438). reimbursement of eligible For Canadian‐purchased vehicles, In the U.S., anyone driving the aftermarket adaptive equipment call 1-800-268-6800. vehicle is covered. In Canada, a required for the vehicle, such as person driving the vehicle without Service is available 24 hours a day, hand controls or a wheelchair/ permission from the owner is not 365 days a year. scooter lift for the vehicle. covered. For more information on the limited Calling for Assistance Roadside Assistance is not a part of offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or When calling Roadside Assistance, the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. call the GM Mobility Assistance have the following information Buick and General Motors of Center at 1-800-323-9935. ready: Canada Limited reserve the right to Text Telephone (TTY) users, call make any changes or discontinue 1-800-833-9935. . Your name, home address, and the Roadside Assistance program at home telephone number. any time without notification. . Telephone number of your location. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)
13-8 Customer Information
Buick and General Motors of cannot be driven. Assistance is Services Specific to Canadian‐ Canada Limited reserve the right to also given when the vehicle is Purchased Vehicles limit services or payment to an stuck in sand, mud, or snow. owner or driver if they decide the . Fuel delivery: Reimbursement . Flat Tire Change: Service to claims are made too often, or the is approximately $5 Canadian. change a flat tire with the spare Diesel fuel delivery may be same type of claim is made tire. The spare tire, if equipped, many times. restricted. Propane and other must be in good condition and fuels are not provided through Services Provided properly inflated. It is the owner's this service. responsibility for the repair or . Emergency Fuel Delivery: replacement of the tire if it is . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle Delivery of enough fuel for the not covered by the warranty. registration is required. vehicle to get to the nearest . Trip Routing Service: Detailed service station. . Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start a dead battery. maps of North America are . Lock‐Out Service: Service to provided when requested either unlock the vehicle if you are Services Not Included in with the most direct route or the locked out. A remote unlock Roadside Assistance most scenic route. There is a may be available if you have six request limit per year. . Impound towing caused by OnStar®. For security reasons, Additional travel information is violation of any laws. the driver must present also available. Allow three identification before this . Legal fines. weeks for delivery. service is given. . Mounting, dismounting, . Emergency Tow from a or changing of snow tires, Public Road or Highway: chains, or other traction devices. Tow to the nearest Buick dealer . Towing or services for vehicles for warranty service, or if the driven on a non-public road vehicle was in a crash and or highway. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)
Customer Information 13-9
. Trip Interruption Benefits and Roadside Assistance This program expires two years Assistance: Must be over from the date of the invoice for the 250 kilometers from where your Program (Mexico) vehicle, regardless of vehicle trip was started to qualify. As a new owner, your vehicle is mileage and changes in General Motors of automatically enrolled in the vehicle ownership. Canada Limited requires Roadside Assistance program. For more information about the pre-authorization, original The services are available at no detailed receipts, and a copy renewal of this program at the end cost under the terms and conditions of its term, contact the Buick of the repair orders. Once of the program. The Roadside authorization has been received, Customer Assistance Center at Assistance program is not part of, 01-800-466-0818. the Roadside Assistance advisor or included, in the coverage will help you make arrangements provided by the new vehicle Services Provided and explain how to receive limited warranty. payment. . Flat Tire Change: If unable to Roadside Assistance provides change a flat tire, Roadside . Alternative Service: assistance to the driver and Assistance will provide towing If assistance cannot be provided passengers while driving the vehicle service to the nearest authorized right away, the Roadside within your city of residence or on Buick dealership. It is the Assistance advisor may give any passable road in Mexico, the owner's responsibility for the permission to get local United States, and Canada. repair or replacement of the tire. emergency road service. You will Services are subject to the This service is limited to the receive payment, up to $100, limitations described in the following transfer of the vehicle to the after sending the original receipt pages. Program coverage varies by repair facility. to Roadside Assistance. country. Mechanical failures may be . Emergency Fuel Delivery: covered, however any cost for Roadside Assistance is available Delivery of enough fuel for the parts and labor for repairs not 24 hours a day, 365 days of vehicle to get to the nearest covered by the warranty are the the year. service station. owner responsibility. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)
13-10 Customer Information
. Lock-Out Service: Service to When the vehicle is not . *Trip Interruption: This service unlock the vehicle if you are accessible to be towed, all is provided if you are prevented locked out. maneuvers required to access it from further usage of your vehicle while traveling and it is . Battery Jump Start: Service to will be at the owner's expense. jump start a dead battery. not possible for the nearest If the vehicle is in another city Buick dealership to repair the . *Emergency Messages: outside of your residence, vehicle the same day, requiring Transmission of urgent phone Roadside Assistance is limited the vehicle to stay at the messages. to moving the vehicle to the dealership for a night or more. nearest dealer. If you would like . If this happens, in addition to the *Emergency Calls: Call for the vehicle moved to a different emergency services. previously listed services and dealer, you will be asked to prior to confirmation by the . *Dealership Location cover the difference in cost at dealership, you are entitled to Assistance: Information the time of the move. choose one of the following regarding addresses and If the vehicle cannot be received alternatives, within the limits of telephone numbers for by the nearest Buick dealer due existing Roadside Assistance Buick dealers. to scheduling conflicts, the program guidelines. If the costs . Emergency Towing: Tow to the vehicle will be taken to a safe exceed the amount authorized nearest dealer for warranty place where it will remain for up for these services, you must pay service if the vehicle cannot be to 48 hours until it can be taken the difference at the time of driven. to the dealer. If the storage costs service. exceed the amount authorized, If the vehicle is involved in an Roadside Assistance will the owner is responsible to pay accident during the commission coordinate hotel the difference at the time of of a crime, administrative accommodations for all vehicle service. Contact Roadside violation, or breach of traffic travelers for up to two nights. Assistance for more information regulations, Roadside on authorized amounts. Assistance will not provide service. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)
Customer Information 13-11
A rental car will be provided for . *Complimentary Services Not Included in Roadside up to two days and the vehicle Transportation for Vehicle Pick Assistance Up: Transportation to pick up must be returned to its original Roadside Assistance does not destination, excluding vehicles your vehicle after repairs are complete. Once the dealer has cover or reimburse services for with a carrying capacity greater the following: than 3.5 tons. reported that the vehicle has been repaired, Roadside . Events caused by fraud or Complimentary Transportation: Assistance will provide bus or bad faith by the driver. If you prefer to continue your commercial airline one-way . Vehicle immobilization situations trip to the intended destination service (subject to availability) due to a major force or or return to your place of for the person designated by you unforeseen circumstances, such residence, and the trip requires to collect your vehicle at the as natural phenomena of an more than eight hours driving on dealership's location if you or the extraordinary nature, the road, transportation for the designated person are not in the earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, driver and passengers by first same town or city as the and other cyclonic storms. class bus or coach commercial dealership. airline will be provided to a . Vehicle immobilization situations *These services are not provided for location chosen by Roadside arising from car accidents U.S. or Canada residents. All Assistance, depending on caused by the driver of the services provided in the U.S. and availability at the chosen vehicle or third parties. This Canada are at the owner's expense destination. Restrictions apply means any occurrence that and will be reimbursed by Roadside based on vehicle specifications. causes physical injury to the Assistance. If you are on the road, taxi occupants and/or the vehicle service to the nearest bus caused by external forces. station or airport will be . Acts of terrorism, riot or uproar, provided. armed forces or police actions which prevent timely delivery of assistance services. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)
13-12 Customer Information
. Food service, beverages, Contacting Roadside Assistance Scheduling Service telephone calls, or other extra costs. Accommodation costs Roadside Assistance services are of Appointments (U.S. and apply only to Mexico per the no cost to you and available Canada) terms and conditions of the 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. Roadside Assistance program. Costs are only incurred in situations When the vehicle requires warranty that exceed the limits of the service, contact your dealer and . Any damage to the vehicle program, some of which are listed request an appointment. By without intent, derived from the previously in this section. scheduling a service appointment services provided. and advising the service consultant To contact Roadside Assistance by of your transportation needs, your . Cost of towing a trailer when phone, use the following numbers: choosing a Buick dealer that is dealer can help minimize your nearest to the temporary storage Mexico inconvenience. facility for the disabled vehicle. 01-800-466-0818 If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department . Cost of all maneuvers required United States to access the vehicle when it immediately, keep driving it until it is not available to be towed. 1-866-466-8197 can be scheduled for service, unless, of course, the problem is . Cost of fuel provided. Canada safety related. If it is, please call Routine vehicle repair costs are 1-800-268-6800 your dealership, let them know this, not covered by the Roadside and ask for instructions. E-mail Assistance program. For more If your dealer requests you to bring information, see your new vehicle [email protected] the vehicle for service, you are warranty. Buick reserves the right to make urged to do so as early in the work any changes or discontinue the day as possible to allow for same Roadside Assistance program at day-repair. any time without notification. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)
Customer Information 13-13
Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options original receipts and can only be up to the maximum amount allowed by Warranty service can generally be Program (U.S. and GM for shuttle service. In addition, completed while you wait. However, Canada) for U.S. customers, should you if you are unable to wait, GM helps arrange transportation through To enhance your ownership to minimize inconvenience by a friend or relative, limited experience, we and our participating providing several transportation reimbursement for reasonable fuel dealers are proud to offer Courtesy options. Depending on the expenses may be available. Claim Transportation, a customer support circumstances, your dealer can amounts should reflect actual costs program for vehicles with the offer one of the following: Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty and be supported by original Coverage period in Canada), Shuttle Service receipts. See your dealer for information regarding the allowance extended powertrain, and/or Shuttle service is the preferred amounts for reimbursement of fuel warranties specific to e-Assist in means of offering Courtesy or other transportation costs. both the U.S. and Canada. Transportation. Dealers may provide Several Courtesy Transportation shuttle service to get you to your Courtesy Rental Vehicle destination with minimal interruption options are available to assist in Your dealer may arrange to provide of your daily schedule. This includes reducing inconvenience when you with a courtesy rental vehicle or one way or round trip shuttle service warranty repairs are required. ‐ ‐ reimburse you for a rental vehicle within reasonable time and distance that you obtain if the vehicle is kept Courtesy Transportation is not a parameters of your dealer's area. part of the New Vehicle Limited for an overnight warranty repair. Warranty. A separate booklet Public Transportation or Fuel Rental reimbursement will be limited entitled “Warranty and Owner Reimbursement and must be supported by original receipts. This requires that you sign Assistance Information” furnished If the vehicle requires overnight and complete a rental agreement with each new vehicle provides warranty repairs, and public and meet state/provincial, local, and detailed warranty coverage transportation is used instead of rental vehicle provider requirements. information. your dealer's shuttle service, the expense must be supported by Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)
13-14 Customer Information
Requirements vary and may eligibility pursuant to the terms and are preserved. The use of Genuine include minimum age requirements, conditions described herein at its GM parts can help maintain the insurance coverage, credit card, etc. sole discretion. GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty. You are responsible for fuel usage Recycled original equipment parts charges and may also be Collision Damage Repair may also be used for repair. These responsible for taxes, levies, (U.S. and Canada) parts are typically removed from usage fees, excessive mileage, vehicles that were total losses in If the vehicle is involved in a or rental usage beyond the prior crashes. In most cases, the collision and it is damaged, have the completion of the repair. parts being recycled are from damage repaired by a qualified It may not be possible to provide a undamaged sections of the vehicle. technician using the proper like vehicle as a courtesy rental. A recycled original equipment GM equipment and quality replacement part may be an acceptable choice to parts. Poorly performed collision Additional Program maintain the vehicle's originally repairs diminish the vehicle resale Information designed appearance and safety value, and safety performance can performance; however, the history of All program options, such as shuttle be compromised in subsequent these parts is not known. Such parts service, may not be available at collisions. every dealer. Please contact your are not covered by the GM New dealer for specific information Collision Parts Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any about availability. All Courtesy related failures are not covered by Genuine GM Collision parts are new that warranty. Transportation arrangements will parts made with the same materials be administered by appropriate and construction methods as the Aftermarket collision parts are dealer personnel. parts with which the vehicle was also available. These are made by General Motors reserves the originally built. Genuine GM companies other than GM and may right to unilaterally modify, Collision parts are the best choice to not have been tested for the vehicle. change, or discontinue Courtesy ensure that the vehicle's designed Transportation at any time and to appearance, durability, and safety resolve all questions of claim Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)
Customer Information 13-15
As a result, these parts may fit Insuring the Vehicle Genuine GM Original Equipment poorly, exhibit premature durability/ Manufacturer (OEM) parts or Protect your investment in the corrosion problems, and may not Genuine Manufacturer replacement GM vehicle with comprehensive and perform properly in subsequent parts. Read the lease carefully, as collision insurance coverage. There collisions. Aftermarket parts are not you may be charged at the end of are significant differences in the covered by the GM New Vehicle the lease for poor quality repairs. quality of coverage afforded by Limited Warranty, and any vehicle various insurance policy terms. failure related to such parts is not If a Crash Occurs Many insurance policies provide covered by that warranty. reduced protection to the GM If there has been an injury, call emergency services for help. Do not Repair Facility vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs by using leave the scene of a crash until all GM also recommends that you aftermarket collision parts. Some matters have been taken care of. choose a collision repair facility that insurance companies will not Move the vehicle only if its position meets your needs before you ever specify aftermarket collision parts. puts you in danger, or you are need collision repairs. Your dealer When purchasing insurance, we instructed to move it by a may have a collision repair center recommend that you ensure that police officer. with GM-trained technicians and the vehicle will be repaired with Give only the necessary information state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be GM original equipment collision to police and other parties involved able to recommend a collision parts. If such insurance coverage in the crash. repair center that has GM-trained is not available from your current technicians and comparable For emergency towing see insurance carrier, consider switching Roadside Assistance Program (U.S. equipment. to another insurance carrier. and Canada) on page 13‑7 or If the vehicle is leased, the leasing Roadside Assistance Program company may require you to have (Mexico) on page 13‑9. insurance that ensures repairs with Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)
13-16 Customer Information
Gather the following information: Managing the Vehicle Damage If another party's insurance company is paying for the repairs, . Driver name, address, and Repair Process telephone number. you are not obligated to accept a In the event that the vehicle requires repair valuation based on that . Driver license number. damage repairs, GM recommends insurance company's collision policy that you take an active role in its repair limits, as you have no . Owner name, address, and repair. If you have a pre-determined telephone number. contractual limits with that company. repair facility of choice, take the In such cases, you can have control . Vehicle license plate number. vehicle there, or have it towed there. of the repair and parts choices as Specify to the facility that any . Vehicle make, model, and long as the cost stays within required replacement collision parts model year. reasonable limits. be original equipment parts, either . Vehicle Identification new Genuine GM parts or recycled Number (VIN). original GM parts. Remember, Service Publications Ordering Information . Insurance company and policy recycled parts will not be covered by the GM vehicle warranty. number. Service Manuals Insurance pays the bill for the repair, . General description of the Service Manuals have the diagnosis damage to the other vehicle. but you must live with the repair. Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the Choose a reputable repair facility your insurance company may engines, transmission, axle, that uses quality replacement parts. initially value the repair using suspension, brakes, electrical, See “Collision Parts” earlier in aftermarket parts. Discuss this with steering, body, etc. this section. the repair professional, and insist on Service Bulletins If the airbag has inflated, see What Genuine GM parts. Remember, Service Bulletins give additional Will You See after an Airbag if the vehicle is leased, you may be technical service information Inflates? on page 3‑26. obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts, needed to knowledgeably service even if your insurance coverage General Motors cars and trucks. does not pay the full cost. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1)
Customer Information 13-17
Each bulletin contains instructions Current and Past Models Reporting Safety to assist in the diagnosis and Technical Service Bulletins and service of the vehicle. Defects Manuals are available for current Owner Information and past model GM vehicles. Reporting Safety Defects Owner publications are written ORDER TOLL FREE: to the United States specifically for owners and intended 1-800-551-4123 Monday - Friday to provide basic operational 8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time Government information about the vehicle. For Credit Card Orders Only If you believe that your vehicle The Owner Manual includes (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), has a defect which could cause the Maintenance Schedule for visit Helm, Inc. at: a crash or could cause injury or all models. www.helminc.com. death, you should immediately In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Or write to: inform the National Highway Owner Manual, and Warranty Traffic Safety Administration Booklet. Helm, Incorporated P.O. Box 07130 (NHTSA) in addition to notifying RETAIL SELL PRICE: Detroit, MI 48207 General Motors. $35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and shipping fees. Prices are subject to change If NHTSA receives similar without notice and without incurring complaints, it may open an Without Portfolio: obligation. Allow ample time investigation, and if it finds Owner Manual only. for delivery. that a safety defect exists in a RETAIL SELL PRICE: All listed prices are quoted in group of vehicles, it may order $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and U.S. funds. Make checks payable a recall and remedy campaign. shipping fees. in U.S. funds. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1)
13-18 Customer Information
To contact NHTSA, you may Call Transport Canada at Vehicle Data call the Vehicle Safety Hotline 1-800-333-0510 or write to: toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 Transport Canada Recording and (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Road Safety Branch Privacy http://www.safercar.gov; or 80 rue Noel write to: Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 This GM vehicle has a number of sophisticated computers that record Administrator, NHTSA information about the vehicle’s 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Reporting Safety Defects performance and how it is driven. Washington, D.C. 20590 to General Motors For example, the vehicle uses In addition to notifying NHTSA computer modules to monitor and You can also obtain other control engine and transmission information about motor (or Transport Canada) in a situation like this, please notify performance, to monitor the vehicle safety from General Motors. conditions for airbag deployment http://www.safercar.gov. and deploy airbags in a crash, and, Call 1-800-521-7300, or write: if so equipped, to provide antilock Reporting Safety Defects Buick Customer Assistance Center braking to help the driver control the to the Canadian P.O. Box 33136 vehicle. These modules may store Detroit, MI 48232-5136 data to help your dealer technician Government service the vehicle. Some modules In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 If you live in Canada, and you may also store data about how you (English) or 1-800-263-7854 believe that the vehicle has a safety operate the vehicle, such as rate of (French), or write: defect, notify Transport Canada fuel consumption or average speed. immediately, and notify General General Motors of Canada Limited These modules may also retain the Motors of Canada Limited. Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: owner’s personal preferences, such CA1-163-005 as radio pre-sets, seat positions, 1908 Colonel Sam Drive and temperature settings. Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1)
Customer Information 13-19
Event Data Recorders This data can help provide a better GM will not access this data or understanding of the circumstances share it with others except: with the This vehicle has an Event Data in which crashes and injuries occur. consent of the vehicle owner or, Recorder (EDR). The main purpose Important: EDR data is recorded if the vehicle is leased, with the of an EDR is to record, in certain consent of the lessee; in response crash or near crash-like situations, by the vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data is to an official request by police or such as an airbag deployment or similar government office; as part of hitting a road obstacle, data that recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal GM's defense of litigation through will assist in understanding how a the discovery process; or, as vehicle's systems performed. The data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) is recorded. required by law. Data that GM EDR is designed to record data collects or receives may also be related to vehicle dynamics and However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the used for GM research needs or may safety systems for a short period of be made available to others for time, typically 30 seconds or less. EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely research purposes, where a need is The EDR in this vehicle is designed shown and the data is not tied to a to record such data as: acquired during a crash investigation. specific vehicle or vehicle owner. . How various systems in the vehicle were operating. To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and . Whether or not the driver and access to the vehicle or the EDR is passenger safety belts were needed. In addition to the vehicle buckled/fastened. manufacturer, other parties, such as . How far, if at all, the driver was law enforcement, that have the pressing the accelerator and/or special equipment, can read the brake pedal. information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR. . How fast the vehicle was traveling. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1)
13-20 Customer Information
OnStar® Radio Frequency Operation is subject to the following two conditions: If the vehicle is equipped with an Identification (RFID) active OnStar system, that system 1. The device may not cause RFID technology is used in some harmful interference. may also record data in crash or vehicles for functions such as tire near crash‐like situations. The pressure monitoring and ignition 2. The device must accept any OnStar Terms and Conditions system security, as well as in interference received, including provides information on data connection with conveniences such interference that may cause collection and use and is available as key fobs for remote door locking/ undesired operation of the at www.onstar.com (U.S.) or unlocking and starting, and device. www.onstar.ca (Canada), or by in-vehicle transmitters for garage Changes or modifications to any of pressing the Q button and door openers. RFID technology in these systems by other than an speaking to an advisor. See OnStar GM vehicles does not use or record authorized service facility could void Overview on page 14‑1 for more personal information or link with any authorization to use this equipment. information. other GM system containing personal information. Navigation System If the vehicle has a navigation Radio Frequency system, use of the system may Statement result in the storage of destinations, This vehicle has systems that addresses, telephone numbers, and operate on a radio frequency that other trip information. Refer to the comply with Part 15 of the Federal navigation manual for information Communications Commission (FCC) on stored data and for deletion rules and with Industry Canada instructions. Standards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)
OnStar 14-1
OnStar OnStar Overview Push X to: . Make a call, end a call, or answer an incoming call. OnStar Overview OnStar Overview ...... 14-1 . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling voice commands. OnStar Services . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Emergency ...... 14-2 Navigation voice commands. Security ...... 14-2 Requires the available Directions Navigation ...... 14-2 If equipped, this vehicle has a and Connections service plan. Connections ...... 14-4 comprehensive, in-vehicle system Diagnostics ...... 14-5 that can connect to a live Advisor Push Q to connect to a live for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Advisor to: OnStar Additional Information Connection, and Diagnostic . OnStar Additional Services. Verify account information or Information ...... 14-5 update contact information. Overview . Get driving directions. Requires The OnStar system status light is the available Directions and next to the OnStar buttons. If the Connections service plan. status light is: . Receive On-Demand . Solid Green: System is ready. Diagnostics for a check on the vehicle s key operating systems. . Flashing Green: On a call. ’ . . Red: Indicates a problem. Receive Roadside Assistance. Push Q or call 1-888-4-ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)
14-2 OnStar
Push ] to get a priority connection OnStar Services Navigation to an Emergency Advisor available OnStar navigation requires the 24/7 to: Emergency Directions and Connections . Get help for an emergency. With Automatic Crash Response, service plan. . Be a Good Samaritan or the built-in system can automatically Push Q to receive directions or respond to an AMBER Alert. connect to help in a crash even if have them sent to the vehicle you cannot ask for it. . Get crisis assistance and navigation screen. Destinations can evacuation routes. Push ] to connect to an also be forwarded to the vehicle Emergency Advisor. GPS from Google Maps™ or technology is used to identify the MapQuest.com. The OnStar vehicle location and can provide mapping database is continuously critical information to emergency updated. Visit www.onstar.com for personnel. The Advisor is also coverage maps. trained to offer critical assistance in Turn‐by‐Turn Navigation emergency situations. 1. Push Q to connect to a live Security Advisor. OnStar provides services like Stolen 2. Request directions. Vehicle Assistance, Remote Ignition 3. Directions are downloaded to Block, and Roadside Assistance, the vehicle. if the vehicle is equipped with these services. OnStar can unlock the 4. Follow the voice-guided vehicle doors remotely, if it is commands. equipped with automatic door locks, and can help police locate the vehicle if it is stolen. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)
OnStar 14-3
Using Voice Commands Repeat Other Navigation Services During a Planned Route Available from OnStar 1. Push X. System responds: Cancel Route “OnStar ready,” then a tone. OnStar eNav: Allows subscribers to send destinations from Google 2. Say Repeat. System responds 1. Push X. System responds: “ ” Maps and MapQuest.com to with the last direction given, then ™ “OnStar ready,” then a tone. their Turn-by-Turn Navigation or responds with OnStar ready, Say “Cancel route.” System “ ” screen-based navigation system. then a tone. responds: “Would you like to When ready, the directions will be cancel route directions to your 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice downloaded to the vehicle. destination?” commands. Destination Download: Push Q, 2. Say “Yes.” System responds: Get My Destination then request the Advisor to “OK, route canceled.” 1. Push X. System responds: download directions to the 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice navigation system in the vehicle. “OnStar ready,” then a tone. commands. After the call ends, push the “Go” 2. Say “Get my destination.” button on the navigation screen to Route Preview System responds with miles to begin driving directions. the destination, then responds 1. Push X. System responds: Destinations can also be with OnStar ready, then a tone. “OnStar ready,” then a tone. “ ” downloaded on the go. For 2. Say “Route Preview.” System 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice information about eNav, Destination responds with the next three commands. Download, and coverage maps visit maneuvers. www.onstar.com. 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice commands. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)
14-4 OnStar
Connections End a Call Place a Call Using a Stored Number OnStar Hands-Free Calling allows Push X. System responds: calls to be made and received from “Call ended.” 1. Push X. System responds: the vehicle. The vehicle can also “OnStar ready.” be controlled from a cell phone Store a Name Tag for Speed through the OnStar mobile app. See Dialing 2. Say “Call
OnStar 14-5
Diagnostics OnStar Additional How OnStar Service Works OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics will Information Automatic Crash Response, perform a vehicle check every Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, month. It will check the engine, Transferring Service Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle transmission, antilock brakes, and Q Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock, major vehicle systems. It also Push to request account transfer Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn checks the tire pressures, if the eligibility information. The Advisor Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling vehicle is equipped with the Tire can assist in canceling or removing are available on most vehicles. Not Pressure Monitoring System. If a account information. If OnStar all OnStar services are available diagnostics check is needed receives information that vehicle everywhere or on all vehicles. For ownership has changed, OnStar between e-mails, push Q, and more information, a full description may send a voice message to the of OnStar services, system an Advisor can run a check. vehicle, requesting updated limitations, and OnStar terms and account information. conditions, see www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada); Reactivation for Subsequent contact OnStar at 1-888-4-ONSTAR Owners (1‐888‐466‐7827) or Push Q and follow the prompts to TTY 1‐877‐248‐2080; or speak to an Advisor as soon as push Q to speak with an Advisor. possible after acquiring the vehicle. OnStar services require a vehicle The Advisor will update vehicle electrical system, wireless service, records and will explain the OnStar and GPS satellite technologies to be service offers and options available. available and operating for features to function properly. These systems may not operate if the battery is discharged or disconnected. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)
14-6 OnStar
OnStar service cannot work unless See Radio Frequency Statement on TTY Users your vehicle is in a place where page 13 20 for information ‑ OnStar has the ability to OnStar has an agreement with a regarding Part 15 of the Federal communicate to the deaf, wireless service provider for service Communications Commission (FCC) hard of hearing, or speech impaired in that area, and the wireless rules and Industry Canada ‐ ‐ ‐ customers while in the vehicle. service provider has coverage, Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. The available dealer installed network capacity, reception, and ‐ TTY system can provide in-vehicle technology compatible with OnStar s Services for People with ’ access to all of the OnStar services, service. Service involving location Disabilities except Virtual Advisor and OnStar information about the vehicle cannot Advisors provide services to help Turn‐by‐Turn Navigation. work unless GPS signals are subscribers with physical disabilities available, unobstructed, and and medical conditions. Onstar.com compatible with the OnStar hardware. OnStar service may not Push Q for help with: The website provides access to work if the OnStar equipment is not account information, manages the . Locating a gas station with an OnStar subscription, and allows properly installed or it has not been attendant to pump gas. properly maintained. If equipment or viewing of videos of each service. software is added, connected, . Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc., Get subscription plan pricing or modified, OnStar service may that meets accessibility needs. and sign up for OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics. Click on the not work. Other problems beyond . Providing directions to the My Account tab on the OnStar’s control may prevent “ ” closest hospital or pharmacy in home page. service such as hills, tall buildings, urgent situations. tunnels, weather, electrical system design and architecture of the vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless phone network congestion or jamming. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)
OnStar 14-7
OnStar Personal Identification Potential Issues . In emergency situations, OnStar Number (PIN) can use the last stored GPS Some OnStar services are disabled location to send to emergency A PIN is needed to access some of after five days. OnStar cannot responders. the OnStar services, like Remote perform Remote Door Unlock or . Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the A temporary loss of GPS can Assistance. You will be prompted vehicle has been off continuously cause loss of the ability to send to change the PIN the first time for five days. After five days, OnStar a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. when speaking with an Advisor. can contact Roadside Assistance The Advisor may give a verbal To change the OnStar PIN, call and a locksmith to help gain access route or may ask for a call back OnStar and provide the Advisor with to the vehicle. after the vehicle is driven into an the current number. open area. Global Positioning Warranty System (GPS) Cellular and GPS Antennas Avoid placing items over or near the OnStar equipment may be . Obstruction of the GPS can warranted as part of the new-vehicle occur in a large city with tall antenna to prevent blocking cellular limited warranty. The manufacturer buildings; in parking garages; and GPS signal reception. Cellular of the vehicle furnishes detailed around airports; in tunnels, reception is required for OnStar to warranty information. underpasses, or parking send remote signals to the vehicle. garages; or in an area with very Languages Unable to Connect to OnStar dense trees. If GPS signals are Message The vehicle can be programmed not available, the OnStar system to respond in French or Spanish. should still operate to call If there is limited cellular coverage or the cellular network has reached Push Q and ask an Advisor. OnStar. However, OnStar could have difficulty identifying the maximum capacity, this message Advisors can speak French or Q Spanish. exact location. may come on. Push to try the call again or try again after driving a few miles into another cellular area. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)
14-8 OnStar
Vehicle and Power Issues Privacy OnStar services require a vehicle The complete OnStar Privacy electrical system, wireless service, Statement may be found at and GPS satellite technologies to be www.onstar.com. Privacy-sensitive available and operating for features users of wireless communications to function properly. These systems are cautioned that the privacy of any may not operate if the battery is information sent via wireless cellular discharged or disconnected. communications cannot be assured. Third parties may unlawfully Add-on Electrical Equipment intercept or access transmissions The OnStar system is integrated and private communications into the electrical architecture of the without consent. vehicle. Do not add any electrical equipment. See Add-On Electrical Equipment on page 9‑60. Added electrical equipment may interfere with the operation of the OnStar system and cause it to not operate. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)
INDEX i-1
A Airbag System Anti-theft Check ...... 3-33 Alarm System ...... 2-13 Accessories and How Does an Airbag Alarm System Messages . . . . .5-38 Modifications ...... 10-3 Restrain? ...... 3-26 Antilock Brake Accessory Power ...... 9-25 Passenger Sensing System (ABS) ...... 9-33 Adaptive Forward System ...... 3-27 Warning Light ...... 5-20 Lighting (AFL) ...... 6-4 What Makes an Airbag Appearance Care Add-On Electrical Inflate? ...... 3-25 Exterior ...... 10-98 Equipment ...... 9-60 What Will You See after an Interior ...... 10-101 Additional Information, ® Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-26 Assistance Program, OnStar ...... 14-5 When Should an Airbag Roadside ...... 13-7, 13-9 Adjustments Inflate? ...... 3-24 Audio Players ...... 7-26 Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 3-5 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 3-23 CD ...... 7-26 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-13 Airbags CD/DVD ...... 7-29 Air Conditioning ...... 8-1 Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-15 MP3 ...... 7-32 Air Filter, Passenger Readiness Light ...... 5-14 Audio System Compartment ...... 8-10 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Backglass Antenna ...... 7-25 Air Intake ...... 8-10 Vehicles ...... 3-31 Radio Reception ...... 7-24 Air Vents ...... 8-9 System Check ...... 3-21 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-3 Airbag Alarm System Automatic Adding Equipment to the Anti-theft ...... 2-13 Climate Control System ...... 8-1 Vehicle ...... 3-32 All-Wheel Drive ...... 9-32 Headlamp System ...... 6-3 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-17, 7-19 Antenna Satellite Radio ...... 7-26 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)
i-2 INDEX
Automatic Transmission ...... 9-29 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 9-15 Capacities and Fluid ...... 10-13 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-35 Specifications ...... 12-2 Manual Mode ...... 9-31 Fog Lamps ...... 6-5 Carbon Monoxide Shift Lock Control Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-31 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-28 Function Check ...... 10-26 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-28 Trunk ...... 2-12 Auxiliary Headlamps ...... 10-31 Winter Driving ...... 9-8 Devices ...... 7-38, 7-41, 7-44 Headlamps, Front Turn Cautions, Danger, and Signal, and Parking Warnings ...... iv B Lamps ...... 10-32 CD Player ...... 7-26 Battery ...... 10-25 High Intensity Discharge CD/DVD Player ...... 7-29 Jump Starting ...... 10-90, 10-93 (HID) Lighting ...... 10-31 Center Console Storage ...... 4-2 Load Management ...... 6-8 License Plate Lamps ...... 10-34 Chains, Tire ...... 10-64 Power Protection ...... 6-8 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Charging System Light ...... 5-16 Voltage and Charging Stoplamps, and Check Messages ...... 5-33 Back-up Lamps ...... 10-33 Engine Light ...... 5-16 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-27 Buying New Tires ...... 10-60 Ignition Bluetooth ...... 7-57, 7-59, Transmission Lock ...... 10-27 7-64, 7-70 C Child Restraints Brake System Warning Light . . . 5-19 Calibration ...... 5-4 Infants and Young Brakes ...... 10-22 California Children ...... 3-36 Antilock ...... 9-33 Fuel Requirements ...... 9-50 Lower Anchors and Assist ...... 9-36 Perchlorate Materials Tethers for Children ...... 3-42 Fluid ...... 10-23 Requirements ...... 10-3 Older Children ...... 3-34 Parking ...... 9-34 Warning ...... 10-3 Securing ...... 3-50, 3-52 System Messages ...... 5-33 Camera, Rear Vision ...... 9-46 Systems ...... 3-39 Braking ...... 9-3 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... iii Circuit Breakers ...... 10-36 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)
INDEX i-3
Cleaning Courtesy Transportation Devices, Exterior Care ...... 10-98 Program ...... 13-13 Auxiliary ...... 7-38, 7-41, 7-44 Interior Care ...... 10-101 Cruise Control ...... 9-40 Diagnostics, OnStar® ...... 14-5 Climate Control Systems Light ...... 5-25 Differential, Limited-Slip ...... 9-39 Automatic ...... 8-1 Messages ...... 5-34 Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 Dual Automatic ...... 8-4 Cupholders ...... 4-1 Dome Lamps ...... 6-6 Clock ...... 5-5, 5-6 Customer Assistance ...... 13-6 Door Cluster, Instrument ...... 5-9 Offices ...... 13-4, 13-5 Ajar Messages ...... 5-34 Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-14 Text Telephone (TTY) Delayed Locking ...... 2-11 Compact Spare Tire ...... 10-89 Users ...... 13-6 Locks ...... 2-10 Compass ...... 5-4 Customer Information Power Locks ...... 2-11 Messages ...... 5-34 Service Publications Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4 Compressor Kit, Ordering Information ...... 13-16 Drive Systems Tire Sealant ...... 10-67, 10-74 Customer Satisfaction All-Wheel Drive ...... 9-32 Connections, OnStar® ...... 14-4 Procedure ...... 13-1, 13-3 Driver Efficiency Gauge ...... 5-12 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Driver Information Convenience Net ...... 4-3 D Center (DIC) ...... 5-25 Convex Mirrors ...... 2-16 Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-14 Driving Coolant Danger, Warnings, and Characteristics and Engine ...... 10-16 Cautions ...... iv Towing Tips ...... 9-54 Engine Temperature Data Recorders, Event ...... 13-19 Defensive ...... 9-3 Gauge ...... 5-13 Daytime Running Drunk ...... 9-3 Engine Temperature Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-27 Warning Light ...... 5-22 Defensive Driving ...... 9-3 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-7 Cooling System ...... 10-15 Delayed Locking ...... 2-11 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-7 Engine Messages ...... 5-35 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 9-10 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)
i-4 INDEX
Driving (cont.) E Engine (cont.) Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Coolant Temperature Electric Parking Brake Light . . . 5-19 Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-5 Warning Light ...... 5-22 Electrical Equipment, Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-10 Cooling System ...... 10-15 Add-On ...... 9-60 Wet Roads ...... 9-6 Cooling System Messages . . .5-35 Electrical System Winter ...... 9-8 Drive Belt Routing ...... 12-4 Engine Compartment Dual Automatic Climate Exhaust ...... 9-28 Fuse Block ...... 10-36 Control System ...... 8-4 Heater ...... 9-24 Fuses and Circuit DVD Overheated Protection Breakers ...... 10-36 Rear Seat Entertainment Operating Mode ...... 10-20 Instrument Panel Fuse System ...... 7-47 Overheating ...... 10-19 Block ...... 10-40 DVD/CD Player ...... 7-29 Power Messages ...... 5-36 Overload ...... 10-35 Pressure Light ...... 5-23 Rear Compartment Fuse Running While Parked ...... 9-28 Block ...... 10-42 Starting ...... 9-20 Emergency, OnStar® ...... 14-2 Engine Oil Engine Life System ...... 10-12 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 10-13 Messages ...... 5-35 Check and Service Engine Entry Lighting ...... 6-7 Soon Light ...... 5-16 Equipment, Towing ...... 9-59 Compartment Overview ...... 10-6 Event Data Recorders ...... 13-19 Coolant ...... 10-16 Exit Lighting ...... 6-7 Coolant Temperature Extender, Safety Belt ...... 3-19 Gauge ...... 5-13 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-2 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 6-2 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)
INDEX i-5
F Fuel ...... 9-49 G Additives ...... 9-50 Features Garage Door Opener ...... 5-46 Filling a Portable Fuel Memory ...... 1-8 Programming ...... 5-46 Container ...... 9-53 Filter, Gasoline Filling the Tank ...... 9-52 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 10-13 Specifications ...... 9-50 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . .9-50 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 Gauges Gasoline Specifications ...... 9-50 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 6-4 Driver Efficiency ...... 5-12 Gauge ...... 5-11 Flat Tire ...... 10-64 Engine Coolant Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-24 Changing ...... 10-83 Temperature ...... 5-13 Recommended ...... 9-49 Floor Mats ...... 10-104 Fuel ...... 5-11 Requirements, California . . . . .9-50 Fluid Odometer ...... 5-11 System Messages ...... 5-36 Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-13 Speedometer ...... 5-11 Fuel Economy Brakes ...... 10-23 Tachometer ...... 5-11 Driving ...... 1-27 Power Steering ...... 10-21 Warning Lights and Fuses Washer ...... 10-22 Indicators ...... 5-8 Engine Compartment Fog Lamps General Information Fuse Block ...... 10-36 Bulb Replacement ...... 6-5 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 Fuses and Circuit Folding Mirrors ...... 2-16 Towing ...... 9-54 Breakers ...... 10-36 Front Fog Lamp Vehicle Care ...... 10-3 Instrument Panel Fuse Light ...... 5-25 Glove Box ...... 4-1 Block ...... 10-40 Front Seats GM Mobility Reimbursement Rear Compartment Fuse Adjustment ...... 3-4 Program ...... 13-7 Block ...... 10-42 Heated and Ventilated ...... 3-10 Front Storage ...... 4-1 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)
i-6 INDEX
H Heated I Steering Wheel ...... 5-3 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-31 Ignition Positions ...... 9-16, 9-18 Heated and Ventilated Front Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 6-4 Ignition Transmission Lock Seats ...... 3-10 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Check ...... 10-27 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-17 Head-up Display ...... 5-29 Immobilizer ...... 2-14 Heater Headlamps Infants and Young Children, Engine ...... 9-24 Adaptive Forward Restraints ...... 3-36 Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 8-1 Lighting (AFL) ...... 6-4 Infotainment ...... 7-2 High Voltage Devices and Aiming ...... 10-28 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-9 Wiring ...... 10-35 Automatic ...... 6-3 Introduction ...... iii High-Beam On Light ...... 5-24 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-31 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-7 Daytime Running Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-7 J Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-36 Jump Starting ...... 10-90, 10-93 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 Hood ...... 10-5 High Intensity Discharge Horn ...... 5-3 (HID) Lighting ...... 10-31 K How to Wear Safety Belts High-Beam On Light ...... 5-24 Key and Lock Messages ...... 5-36 Properly ...... 3-14 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Keyless Entry Remote (RKE) System ...... 2-3 Keys ...... 2-2 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)
INDEX i-7
L Lighting Lights (cont.) Adaptive Forward ...... 6-4 Tire Pressure ...... 5-23 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 10-46 Entry ...... 6-7 Traction Control System Lamp Messages ...... 5-36 Exit ...... 6-7 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® ...... 5-21 Lamps Illumination Control ...... 6-6 Traction Off ...... 5-21 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 6-3 Lights Limited-Slip Differential ...... 9-39 Dome ...... 6-6 Airbag Readiness ...... 5-14 Locks Exterior Controls ...... 6-2 Antilock Brake System Delayed Locking ...... 2-11 Exterior Lamps Off (ABS) Warning ...... 5-20 Door ...... 2-10 Reminder ...... 6-2 Brake System Warning ...... 5-19 Power Door ...... 2-11 Headlamps, Front Turn Charging System ...... 5-16 Safety ...... 2-11 Signal, and Parking Cruise Control ...... 5-25 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Lamps ...... 10-32 Electric Parking Brake ...... 5-19 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-24 License Plate ...... 10-34 Engine Coolant Lower Anchors and Tethers Malfunction Indicator ...... 5-16 Temperature Warning ...... 5-22 for Children (LATCH Reading ...... 6-6 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-23 System) ...... 3-42 Sun Visor ...... 6-7 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-5 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-15 Front Fog Lamp ...... 5-25 Front Seats ...... 3-5 LATCH System High-Beam On ...... 5-24 Replacing Parts after a Crash ...... 3-50 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Low Fuel Warning ...... 5-24 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-14 Tethers for Children ...... 3-42 Security ...... 5-24 Light ® Taillamp Indicator ...... 5-25 StabiliTrak OFF ...... 5-21 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)
i-8 INDEX
M Messages (cont.) N Lamp ...... 5-36 Maintenance Navigation Object Detection System . . . . .5-37 Records ...... 11-17 Vehicle Data Recording Ride Control System ...... 5-37 Maintenance Schedule and Privacy ...... 13-20 Starting the Vehicle ...... 5-38 Recommended Fluids Navigation, OnStar® ...... 14-2 Tire ...... 5-39 and Lubricants ...... 11-14 Net, Convenience ...... 4-3 Transmission ...... 5-39 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-16 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-15 Vehicle ...... 5-33 Manual Mode ...... 9-31 Window ...... 5-40 Mass Storage Media (MEM) . . . 7-35 Mirrors O Memory Features ...... 1-8 Automatic Dimming Object Detection System Memory Seats ...... 3-7 Rearview ...... 2-18 Messages ...... 5-37 Messages Convex ...... 2-16 Object Detection, Side Blind Anti-theft Alarm System ...... 5-38 Folding ...... 2-16 Zone Alert (SBZA) ...... 9-44 Battery Voltage and Heated ...... 2-17 Odometer ...... 5-11 Charging ...... 5-33 Manual Rearview ...... 2-17 Off-Road Brake System ...... 5-33 Park Tilt ...... 2-17 Recovery ...... 9-5 Compass ...... 5-34 Power ...... 2-16 Oil Door Ajar ...... 5-34 Monitor System, Tire Engine ...... 10-9 Engine Cooling System ...... 5-35 Pressure ...... 10-53 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-12 Engine Oil ...... 5-35 MP3 ...... 7-32 Messages ...... 5-35 Engine Power ...... 5-36 Pressure Light ...... 5-23 Fuel System ...... 5-36 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-34 Key and Lock ...... 5-36 Online Owner Center ...... 13-6 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)
INDEX i-9
OnStar® P Phone Additional Information ...... 14-5 Bluetooth ...... 7-57, 7-59, Park Connections ...... 14-4 7-64, 7-70 Shifting into ...... 9-25 Diagnostics ...... 14-5 Power Shifting out of ...... 9-26 Emergency ...... 14-2 Door Locks ...... 2-11 Park Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-17 Navigation ...... 14-2 Mirrors ...... 2-16 Parking Overview ...... 14-1 Outlets ...... 5-6 Assist, Ultrasonic ...... 9-42 Security ...... 14-2 Protection, Battery ...... 6-8 Brake ...... 9-34 OnStar® System ...... 1-28 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-25 Brake and P (Park) Operation, Infotainment Seat Adjustment ...... 3-5 Mechanism Check ...... 10-27 System ...... 7-12 Steering Fluid ...... 10-21 Over Things That Burn ...... 9-27 Ordering Windows ...... 2-19 Passenger Airbag Status Service Publications ...... 13-16 Pregnancy, Using Safety Indicator ...... 5-15 Outlets Belts ...... 3-19 Passenger Compartment Air Power ...... 5-6 Privacy Filter ...... 8-10 Overheated Engine Radio Frequency Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-27 Protection Identification (RFID) ...... 13-20 Perchlorate Materials Operating Mode ...... 10-20 Program Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3 Overheating, Engine ...... 10-19 Courtesy Transportation . . . . 13-13 Personalization Proposition 65 Warning, Overview, Vehicle ...... 5-40 Infotainment California ...... 10-3 System ...... 7-4, 7-6, 7-8 Overview, OnStar® ...... 14-1 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)
i-10 INDEX
R Records Restraints Maintenance ...... 11-17 Where to Put ...... 3-41 Radio Frequency Recreational Vehicle Retained Accessory Identification (RFID) ...... 13-20 Towing ...... 10-95 Power (RAP) ...... 9-25 Statement ...... 13-20 Reimbursement Program, Ride Control Systems Radios GM Mobility ...... 13-7 Enhanced Traction AM-FM Radio ...... 7-17, 7-19 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System (ETS) ...... 9-39 CD/DVD Player ...... 7-29 System ...... 2-3 Messages ...... 5-37 Reception ...... 7-24 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-8 Selective ...... 9-39 Satellite ...... 7-23 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-35 Roads Reading Lamps ...... 6-6 Replacement Parts Driving, Wet ...... 9-6 Rear Seat Entertainment Airbags ...... 3-33 Roadside Assistance System ...... 7-47 Maintenance ...... 11-16 Program ...... 13-7, 13-9 Rear Seats ...... 3-11 Replacing Airbag System ...... 3-33 Roof Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-46 Replacing LATCH System Sunroof ...... 2-21 Rearview Mirror Parts after a Crash ...... 3-50 Rotation, Tires ...... 10-58 Automatic Dimming ...... 2-18 Replacing Safety Belt Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4 Rearview Mirrors ...... 2-17 System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-20 Running the Vehicle While Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-6 Reporting Safety Defects Parked ...... 9-28 Recommended Canadian Government ...... 13-18 Fuel ...... 9-49 General Motors ...... 13-18 Recommended Fluids and U.S. Government ...... 13-17 Lubricants ...... 11-14 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)
INDEX i-11
S Seats Service (cont.) Adjustment, Front ...... 3-4 Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 Safety Belts ...... 3-13 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Publications Ordering Care ...... 3-20 Heated and Ventilated Information ...... 13-16 Extender ...... 3-19 Front ...... 3-10 Scheduling Appointments . . . 13-12 How to Wear Safety Belts Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-5 Servicing the Airbag ...... 3-31 Properly ...... 3-14 Memory ...... 3-7 Shift Lock Control Function Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-15 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 3-5 Check, Automatic Reminders ...... 5-14 Rear ...... 3-11 Transmission ...... 10-26 Replacing after a Crash ...... 3-20 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-6 Shifting Use During Pregnancy ...... 3-19 Securing Child Into Park ...... 9-25 Safety Defects Reporting Restraints ...... 3-50, 3-52 Out of Park ...... 9-26 Canadian Government ...... 13-18 Security Side Blind Zone Alert ...... 9-44 General Motors ...... 13-18 Light ...... 5-24 Signals, Turn and U.S. Government ...... 13-17 Vehicle ...... 2-13 Lane-Change ...... 6-4 Safety Locks ...... 2-11 Security, OnStar® ...... 14-2 Spare Tire Safety System Check ...... 3-19 Selective Ride Control ...... 9-39 Compact ...... 10-89 Satellite Radio ...... 7-23 Service Specifications and Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 13-12 Accessories and Capacities ...... 12-2 Sealant Kit, Tire ...... 10-67, 10-74 Modifications ...... 10-3 Speedometer ...... 5-11 Doing Your Own Work ...... 10-4 StabiliTrak Engine Soon Light ...... 5-16 OFF Light ...... 5-21 Maintenance Records ...... 11-17 System ...... 9-37 Maintenance, General Information ...... 11-1 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)
i-12 INDEX
Start Assist, Hills ...... 9-36 Storing the Tire Sealant Tires Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 2-8 and Compressor Kit ...... 10-82 Buying New Tires ...... 10-60 Starter Switch Check ...... 10-26 Stuck Vehicle ...... 9-10 Chains ...... 10-64 Starting the Engine ...... 9-20 Sun Visor Lamps ...... 6-7 Changing ...... 10-83 Starting the Vehicle Sun Visors ...... 2-20 Compact Spare ...... 10-89 Messsages ...... 5-38 Sunroof ...... 2-21 Designations ...... 10-48 Steering ...... 9-4 Symbols ...... iv Different Size ...... 10-61 Fluid, Power ...... 10-21 System If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-64 Heated Wheel ...... 5-3 Infotainment ...... 7-2 Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-54 Wheel Adjustment ...... 5-2 Inspection ...... 10-57 Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 T Messages ...... 5-39 Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps Tachometer ...... 5-11 Pressure Light ...... 5-23 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-33 Taillamp Indicator Light ...... 5-25 Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-53 Storage Taillamps Rotation ...... 10-58 Mass Media (MEM) ...... 7-35 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-33 Sealant and Storage Areas Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-6 Compressor Kit . . . . 10-67, 10-74 Center Console ...... 4-2 Theft-Deterrent Sealant and Compressor Convenience Net ...... 4-3 Systems ...... 2-14, 2-15 Kit, Storing ...... 10-82 Front ...... 4-1 Immobilizer ...... 2-14 Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-46 Glove Box ...... 4-1 Time ...... 5-5, 5-6 Terminology and Definitions ...... 10-49 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)
INDEX i-13
Tires (cont.) Traction U Uniform Tire Quality Control System (TCS) ...... 9-36 Ultrasonic Parking Assist ...... 9-42 Grading ...... 10-62 Control System (TCS)/ Uniform Tire Quality Wheel Alignment and Tire StabiliTrak® Light ...... 5-21 Grading ...... 10-62 Balance ...... 10-63 Limited-Slip Differential ...... 9-39 Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-46 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-63 Off Light ...... 5-21 Operation ...... 5-49 When It Is Time for New Selective Ride Control ...... 9-39 Programming ...... 5-46 Tires ...... 10-59 Trailer Towing ...... 9-57, 9-59 Using This Manual ...... iv Winter ...... 10-45 Transmission Towing Automatic ...... 9-29 Driving Characteristics ...... 9-54 Fluid, Automatic ...... 10-13 Equipment ...... 9-59 Messages ...... 5-39 General Information ...... 9-54 Transportation Program, Recreational Vehicle ...... 10-95 Courtesy ...... 13-13 Trailer ...... 9-57, 9-59 Trunk ...... 2-12 Vehicle ...... 10-94 Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 6-4 Turn Signal Bulb Replacement ...... 10-33 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)
i-14 INDEX
V W Winter Driving ...... 9-8 Vehicle Warning Winter Tires ...... 10-45 Canadian Owners ...... iii Brake System Light ...... 5-19 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-27 Control ...... 9-3 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Wiring, High Voltage Identification Indicators ...... 5-8 Devices ...... 10-35 Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 Warnings ...... iv Load Limits ...... 9-10 Cautions and Danger ...... iv Messages ...... 5-33 Hazard Flashers ...... 6-4 Personalization ...... 5-40 Washer Fluid ...... 10-22 Remote Start ...... 2-8 Wheels Security ...... 2-13 Alignment and Tire Towing ...... 10-94 Balance ...... 10-63 Vehicle Care Different Size ...... 10-61 Storing the Tire Sealant Replacement ...... 10-63 and Compressor Kit ...... 10-82 When It Is Time for New Tire Pressure ...... 10-51 Tires ...... 10-59 Vehicle Identification Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-41 Service Parts Identification Windows ...... 2-18 Label ...... 12-1 Messages ...... 5-40 Ventilation, Air ...... 8-9 Power ...... 2-19 Visors ...... 2-20 Windshield Voltage Devices and Wiper/Washer ...... 5-3 Wiring ...... 10-35